ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (5,022)
  • Online Books  (5,022)
  • English  (5,015)
  • French  (7)
  • Undetermined  (2)
Collection
  • Books  (5,022)
Language
Branch Library
  • 1
    facet.materialart.12
    New York, Basingstoke : Freeman
    Call number: 9781464138744
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (755 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: 7th edition
    ISBN: 978-1-4641-3874-4 , 1-4641-3874-5
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : De Gruyter Saur
    Call number: 9783110278736 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Das Buch ist sowohl eine Einführung in die Themen Linked Data, Open Data und Open Linked Data als es auch den konkreten Bezug auf Bibliotheken behandelt. Hierzu werden konkrete Anwendungsprojekte beschrieben. Der Band wendet sich dabei sowohl an Personen aus der Bibliothekspraxis als auch an Personen aus dem Bibliotheksmanagement, die noch nicht mit dem Thema vertraut sind. Das Buch ist eine Einführung in die Themen Data. | This book is an introduction to the subjects of linked data, open data and open linked data, and to their specific relevance for libraries. It illustrates these concepts through detailed descriptions of actual data projects. The volume will be useful to individuals involved in library practice and those in library management who have not yet become familiarized with these important contemporary fields.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1 electronic resource (vi, 244 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 9783110278736 , 9783110276343
    Series Statement: Bibliotheks- und Informationspraxis 50
    Language: Undetermined
    Note: German
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Type of Medium: Non-book medium
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    In: Marine Chemistry, 3664
    Description / Table of Contents: Profiles of particulate and dissolved 234Th (t1/2=24.1 days) in seawater and particulate 234Th collected in drifting traps were analyzed in the Barents Sea at five stations during the ALV3 cruise (from June 28 to July 12, 1999) along a transect from 78°15′N–34°09′E to 73°49′N–31°43′E. 234Th/238U disequilibrium was observed at all locations. 234Th data measured in suspended and trapped particles were used to calibrate the catchment efficiency of the sediment traps. Model-derived 234Th fluxes were similar to 234Th fluxes measured in sediment traps based on a steady-state 234Th model. This suggests that the sediment traps were not subject to large trapping efficiency problems (collection efficiency ranges from 70% to 100% for four traps). The export flux of particulate organic carbon (POC) can be calculated from the model-derived export flux of 234Th and the POC/234Th ratio. POC/234Th ratios measured in suspended and trapped particles were very different (52.0±9.9 and 5.3±2.2 μmol dpm−1, respectively). The agreement between calculated and measured POC fluxes when the POC/234Th ratio of trapped particles was used confirms that the POC/234Th ratio in trap particles is representative of sinking particles. Large discrepancies were observed between calculated and measured POC fluxes when the POC/234Th ratio of suspended particles was used. In the Barents Sea, vertical POC fluxes are higher than POC fluxes estimated in the central Arctic Ocean and the Beaufort Sea and lower than those calculated in the Northeast Water Polynya and the Chukchi Sea. We suggest that the latter fluxes may have been strongly overestimated, because they were based on high POC/234Th ratios measured on suspended particles. It seems that POC fluxes cannot be reliably derived from thorium budgets without measuring the POC/234Th ratio of sediment trap material or of large filtered particles.
    Type of Medium: 13
    ISSN: 0304-4203 , 1872-7581
    Language: English
    Note: Outline Abstract Keywords 1. Introduction 2. Methods 2.1. Sample collection 2.2. 234Th analyses 2.3. Particulate organic carbon analyses 3. Results 3.1. Hydrography 3.2. Nutrients 3.3. 234Th activities and POC concentrations 3.4. Trapped material 4. Discussion 4.1. Origins of 234Th/238U disequilibrium 4.2. Determining 234Th fluxes 4.3. Calibration of sediment trap with 234Th 4.4. Vertical flux of particulate organic carbon and the POC/234Thp ratio 5. Conclusion Acknowledgements References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Call number: IASS 19.93024
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxvii, 645 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783030299958 , 3030299953 , 9783030299965 (electronic)
    Series Statement: IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 567
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Call number: IASS 19.93023
    Description / Table of Contents: The two-volume set IFIP AICT 566 and 567 constitutes the refereed proceedings of the International IFIP WG 5.7 Conference on Advances in Production Management Systems, APMS 2019, held in Austin, TX, USA. The 161 revised full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 184 submissions. They discuss globally pressing issues in smart manufacturing, operations management, supply chain management, and Industry 4.0. The papers are organized in the following topical sections: lean production; production management in food supply chains; sustainability and reconfigurability of manufacturing systems; product and asset life cycle management in smart factories of industry 4.0; variety and complexity management in the era of industry 4.0; participatory methods for supporting the career choices in industrial engineering and management education; blockchain in supply chain management; designing and delivering smart services in the digital age; operations management in engineer-to-order manufacturing; the operator 4.0 and the Internet of Things, services and people; intelligent diagnostics and maintenance solutions for smart manufacturing; smart supply networks; production management theory and methodology; data-driven production management; industry 4.0 implementations; smart factory and IIOT; cyber-physical systems; knowledge management in design and manufacturing; collaborative product development; ICT for collaborative manufacturing; collaborative technoloy; applications of machine learning in production management; and collaborative technology
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVII, 735 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783030299996
    Series Statement: IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 566
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    Call number: IASS 19.93029
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 198 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783319937298 , 3319937294 , 9783319937304 , 3319937308
    Series Statement: Sustainable Production, Life Cycle Engineering and Management
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Call number: 9781789241662 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Planetary Health - the idea that human health and the health of the environment are inextricably linked - encourages the preservation and sustainability of natural systems for the benefit of human health. Drawing from disciplines such as public health, environmental science, evolutionary anthropology, welfare economics, geography, policy and organizational theory, it addresses the challenges of the modern world, where human health and well-being is threatened by increasing pollution and climate change.A comprehensive publication covering key concepts in this emerging field, Planetary Health reviews ideas and approaches to the subject such as natural capital, ecological resilience, evolutionary biology, One Earth and transhumanism. It also sets out through case study chapters the main links between human health and environmental change, covering:- Climate change, land use and waterborne infectious diseases.- Sanitation, clean energy and fertilizer use.- Trees, well-being and urban greening. - Livestock, antibiotics and greenhouse gas emissions.Providing an extensive overview of key theories and literature for academics and practitioners who are new to the field, this engaging and informative read also offers an important resource for students of a diverse range of subjects, including environmental sciences, animal sciences, geography and health.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (176 pages)
    ISBN: 9781789241662 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Table of contents Part 1: Introduction and Key Concepts 1: Introduction to Planetary Health 2: Key Concepts in Planetary Health Part 2: Conceptual Frameworks for Planetary Health 3: The Evolutionary Biology Approach: a Natural Baseline for Human Health 4: The Natural Capital Approach: Opportunities and Challenges 5: The One Earth Approach: Planetary Health in an Era of Limits 6: The Transhuman Approach: Technoscience and Nature Part 3: Human Health in an Era of Global Environmental Change 7: Trends in Human Health 8: The Demographic Transition 9: The Epidemiological Transition 10: The Ecological Transition 11: Agriculture: Land Use, Food Systems and Biodiversity 12: Urbanization, Living Standards and Sustainability 13: Energy Use, Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Global Warming 14: Environmental Protection: a Key Tool for Planetary Health 15: Conclusions: Equity, Distribution and Planetary Health Part 4: Case Studies of Planetary Health 16: Climate Change, Land Use and Waterborne Infectious Disease 17: Sanitation, Clean Energy and Fertilizer 18: Trees, Well-being and Urban Greening 19: Livestock, Antibiotics and Greenhouse Gas Emissions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: M 20.94085
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: v, 146 Seiten , Graphiken
    Language: English
    Note: Dissertation
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (254 pages)
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments 1 Introduction to environmental DNA (eDNA) 1.1 Definitions 1.2 A brief history of eDNA analysis 1.3 Constraints when working with eDNA 1.4 Workflow in eDNA studies and main methods used 1.5 Environmental DNA as a monitoring tool 2 DNA metabarcode choice and design 2.1 Which DNA metabarcode? 2.2 Properties of the ideal DNA metabarcode 2.3 In silica primer design and testing 2.3.1 Prerequisites 2.3.2 Reference sequences: description, filtering, and formatting for ecoPrimers 2.3.3 In silica primer design with ecoPrimers 2.3.3.1 'Ihe ecoPrimers output 2.3.4 In silica primer testing with ecoPCR 2.3.4.1 The ecoPCR output 2.3.4.2 Filtering of the ecoPCR output 2.3.4.3 Evaluation of primer conservation 2.3.4.4 Taxonomic resolution and Bs index 2.4 Examples of primer pairs available for DNA metabarcoding 3 Reference databases 3.1 Extracting reference databases from EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ 3.1.1 Downloading a local copy of EMBL 3.1.2 Identifying sequences corresponding to the relevant metabarcode 3.2 Marker-specific reference databases 3.2.1 Nuclear rRNA gene reference databases 3.2.2 Eukaryote-specific databases 3.3 Building a local reference database 3.3.1 PCR-based local reference database 3.3.2 Shotgun-based local reference database 3.4 Current challenges and future directions 4 Sampling 4.1 The cycle of eDNA in the environment 4.1.1 State and origin 4.1.2 Fate 4.1.3 Transport 4.2 Sampling design 4.2.1 Focusing on the appropriate DNA population 4.2.2 Defining the sampling strategy 4.3 Sample preservation 5 DNA extraction 5.1 From soil samples 5.2 From sediment 5.3 From litter 5.4 From fecal samples 5.5 From water samples 6 DNA amplification and multiplexing 6.1 Principle of the PCR 6.2 Which polymerase to choose? 6.3 The standard PCR reaction 6.4 The importance of including appropriate controls 6.4.1 Extraction negative controls 6.4.2 PCR negative controls 6.4.3 PCR positive controls 6.4.4 Tagging system controls 6.4.5 Internal controls 6.5 PCR optimization 6.6 How to limit the risk of contamination? 6.7 Blocking oligonucleotides for reducing the amplification of undesirable sequences 6.8 How many PCR replicates? 6.9 Multiplexing several metabarcodes within the same PCR 6.10 Multiplexing many samples on the same sequencing lane 6.10.1 Overview of the problem 6.10.2 Strategy 1: single-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.3 Strategy 2: two-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.4 Strategy 3: single-step PCR with tagged primers 7 DNA sequencing 7.1 Overview of the first, second, and third generations of sequencing technologies 7.2 The Illumina technology 7.2.1 Library preparation 7.2.2 Flow cell, bridge PCR, and clusters 7.2.3 Sequencing by synthesis 7.2.4 Quality scores of the sequence reads 8 DNA metabarcoding data analysis 8.1 Basic sequence handling and curation 8.1.1 Sequencing quality 8.1.1.1 The pros and cons of read quality-based filtering 8.1.1.2 Quality trimming software 8.1.2 Paired-end read pairing 8.1.3 Sequence demultiplexing 8.1.4 Sequence dereplication 8.1.5 Rough sequence curation 8.2 Sequence classification 8.2.1 Taxonomic classification 8.2.2 Unsupervised classification 8.2.3 Chimera identification 8.3 Taking advantages of experimental controls 8.3.1 Filtering out potential contaminants 8.3.2 Removing dysfunctional PCRs 8.4 General considerations on ecological analyses 8.4.1 Sampling effort and representativeness 8.4.1.1 Evaluating representativeness of the sequencing per PCR 8.4.1.2 Evaluating representativeness at the sampling unit or site level 8.4.2 Handling samples with varying sequencing depth 8.4.3 Going further and adapting the ecological models to metabarcoding 9 Single-species detection 9.1 Principle of the quantitative PCR (qPCR) 9.1.1 Recording amplicon accumulation in real time via fluorescence measurement 9.1.2 The typical amplification curve 9.1.3 Quantification of target sequences with the Ct method 9.2 Design and testing of qPCR barcodes targeting a single species 9.2.1 1he problem of specificity 9.2.2 qPCR primers and probe 9.2.3 Candidate qPCR barcodes 9.3 Additional experimental considerations 9.3.1 General issues associated with sampling, extraction, and PCR amplification 9.3.2 The particular concerns of contamination and inhibition 10 Environmental DNA for functional diversity 10.1 Functional diversity from DNA metabarcoding 10.1.1 Functional inferences 10.1.2 Targeting active populations 10.2 Metagenomics and metatranscriptomics: sequencing more than a barcode 10.2.1 General sampling constraints 10.2.1.1 Optimization of the number of samples 10.2.1.2 Enrichment in target organisms 10.2.1.3 Enrichment in functional information 10.2.2 General molecular constraints 10.2.3 From sequences to functions 10.2.3.1 Assembling (or not) a metagenome 10.2.3.2 Sorting contigs or reads in broad categories 10.2.3.3 Extracting functional information via taxonomic inferences 10.2.3.4 Functional annotation of metagenomes 11 Some early landmark studies 11.1 Emergence of the concept of eDNA and first results on microorganisms 11.2 Examining metagenomes to explore the functional information carried by eDNA 11.3 Extension to macroorganisms 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Production, persistence, transport, and delectability of eDNA in freshwater ecosystems 12.1.1 Production 12.1.2 Persistence 12.1.3 Transport/ diffusion distance 12.1.4 Detectability 12.2 Macroinvertebrates 12.3 Diatoms and microeukaryotes 12.4 Aquatic plants 12.5 Fish, amphibians, and other vertebrates 12.5.1 Species detection 12.5.2 Biomass estimates 12.6 Are rivers conveyer belts of biodiversity information? 13 Marine environments 13.1 Environmental DNA cycle and transport in marine ecosystems 13.2 Marine microbial diversity 13.3 Environmental DNA for marine macroorganisms 14 Terrestrial ecosystems 14.1 Delectability, persistence, and mobility of eDNA in soil 14.2 Plant community characterization 14.3 Earthworm community characterization 14.4 Bacterial community or metagenome characterization 14.5 Multitaxa diversity surveys 1 5 Paleoenvironments 15.1 Lake sediments 15.1.1 Pollen, macrofossils, and DNA metabarcoding 15.1.2 Plants and mammals from Lake Anteme 15.1.3 Viability in the ice-free corridor in North America 15.2 Permafrost 15.2.1 Overview of the emergence of permafrost as a source of eDNA 15.2.2 Large-scale analysis of permafrost samples for reconstructing past plant communities 15.3 Archaeological midden material 15.3.1 Bulk archaeological fish bones from Madagascar 15.3.2 Midden from Greenland to assess past human diet 16 Host-associated microbiota 16.1 DNA dynamics 16.2 Early molecular-based works 16.3 Post-holobiont works 17 Diet analysis 17.1 Some seminal diet studies 17.1.1 Proof of concept-analyzing herbivore diet using next-generation sequencing 17.1.2 Assessing the efficiency of conservation actions in Bialowieza forest 17.1.3 Characterizing carnivore diet, or how to disentangle predator and prey eDNA 17.1.4 Analyzing an omnivorous diet, or integrating several diets in a single one 17.2 Methodological and experimental specificities of eDNA diet analyses 17.2.1 eDNAsources 17.2.1.1 Feces 17.2.1.2 Gut content 17.2.1.3 Whole body 17.2.2 Quantitative aspects 17.2.2.1 Relationship between the amount of ingested food and DNA quantity in the sample 17.2.2.2 Quantifying DNA with PCR and next-generation sequencing 17.2.2.3 Empirical correction of abundances 17.2.3 Diet as a sample of the existing biodiversity 17.2.4 Problematic diets 18 Analysis of bulk samples 18.1 What is a bulk sample? 18.2 Case studies 18.2.1 Bulk insect samples for biodiversity monitoring 18.2.2 Nematode diversity in tropical rainforest 18.2.3 Marine metawan diversity in benthic ecosystems 18.3 Metabarcoding markers for bulk samples 18.4 Alternative strategies 19 The future of eDNA metabarcoding 19.1 PCR-based approaches 19.1.1 Singl
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Call number: M 20.93506
    Description / Table of Contents: In the Highlands of Sri Lanka, erosion and chemical weathering rates are among the lowest for global mountain denudation. In this tropical humid setting, highly weathered deep saprolite profiles have developed from high-grade metamorphic charnockite during spheroidal weathering of the bedrock. The spheroidal weathering produces rounded corestones and spalled rindlets at the rock-saprolite interface. I used detailed textural, mineralogical, chemical, and electron-microscopic (SEM, FIB, TEM) analyses to identify the factors limiting the rate of weathering front advance in the profile, the sequence of weathering reactions, and the underlying mechanisms. The first mineral attacked by weathering was found to be pyroxene initiated by in situ Fe oxidation, followed by in situ biotite oxidation. Bulk dissolution of the primary minerals is best described with a dissolution – re-precipitation process, as no chemical gradients towards the mineral surface and sharp structural boundaries are observed at the nm scale. Only the local oxidation in pyroxene and biotite is better described with an ion by ion process. The first secondary phases are oxides and amorphous precipitates from which secondary minerals (mainly smectite and kaolinite) form. Only for biotite direct solid state transformation to kaolinite is likely. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: ix, 107, XXIV Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP407
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Description / Table of Contents: This Special Publication is dedicated to heritage stone: those natural stones that have special significance in human culture. Some stones that have had important uses in the past are now neglected because theyare no longer extracted. Others are still commercially important, but their heritage uses have not beenwell documented in widely available sources. The Heritage Stone Task Group of the International Unionof Geological Sciences is working to establish a new formal designation of 'Global Heritage StoneResource' to recognize those stones that have had internationally significant architectural and ornamentaluses. The aim is to spread awareness of the cultural heritage aspects of these stones, to help to encouragecontinued supply for maintenance and repair of important monuments and to preserve historically importantquarries. The aim is neither to promote nor to limit these stones for new construction: in some cases continuingcommercial use might help to ensure future supplies for building conservation purposes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 275 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781862396951 (electronic) , 9781862396852 (print)
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 407
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: Introduction -- Procedures and criteria for the definition of Global Heritage Stone Resources -- The 'Global Heritage Stone Resource' designation: past, present and future -- Global stone heritage: Larvikite, Norway -- The Hallandia gneiss, a Swedish heritage stone resource -- The Kolmården serpentine marble in Sweden: a stone found both in castles and peoples homes -- Global Heritage Stone: Estremoz Marbles, Portugal -- Contribution of Portuguese two-mica granites to stone built heritage: the historical value of Oporto granite -- Piedra Pajarilla: a candidacy as a global heritage stone resource for Martinamor granite -- The Sierra Nevada serpentinites: the serpentinites most used in Spanish heritage buildings -- Villamayor Stone (Golden Stone) as a Global Heritage Stone Resource from Salamanca (NW of Spain) -- Colmenar Limestone, Madrid, Spain: considerations for its nomination as a Global Heritage Stone Resource due to its long term durability -- Carrara Marble: a nomination for Global Heritage Stone Resource from Italy -- Rosa Beta granite (Sardinian Pink Granite): a heritage stone of international significance from Italy -- Pietra Serena: the stone of the Renaissance -- Ornamental stones of the Verbano Cusio Ossola quarry district: characterization of materials, quarrying techniques and history and relevance to local and national heritage -- Stone materials used for monumental buildings in the historical centre of Turin (NW Italy): architectonical survey and petrographic characterization of Via Roma -- Podpec limestone: a heritage stone from Slovenia -- Stone heritage in Southeast Slovenia -- Ornamental stone in the history of St Petersburg architecture -- Natural stone in the built heritage of the interior of Brazil: the use of stone in Minas Gerais -- Piedra Mar del Plata: An Argentine orthoquartzite worthy of being considered as a Global Heritage Stone Resource..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    facet.materialart.12
    Oxford [u.a.] : Oxford Univ. Press
    Call number: 9780191758317 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This invaluable dictionary covers all aspects of statistics, including terms used in computing, mathematics, and probability, presented in a clear and practical way. It also provides biographical entries on over 200 key figures in the field, plus coverage of statistical journals and societies. The new edition features expanded coverage of applied statistics. Entries are complemented by over 120 figures and diagrams, and many provide worked examples. Wide-ranging appendices include a historical calendar of important statistical events, lists of statistical and mathematical notation, and statistical tables. It also features recommended web links for many entries, which provide valuable extra information. It is an invaluable dictionary for statistics students and professionals from a wide range of disciplines, including economics, politics, market research, medicine, psychology, pharmaceuticals, and mathematics, and provides a clear introduction to the subject for the general reader.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource , 488 S. , graph. Darst.
    Edition: 3. ed.
    ISBN: 9780191758317 (Online) , 9780199679188 (Print)
    Series Statement: Oxford paperback reference
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Call number: PIK P 037-21-94593
    Description / Table of Contents: The Routledge Handbook of Research Methods for Social-Ecological Systems provides a synthetic guide to the range of methods that can be employed in social-ecological systems (SES) research. The book is primarily targeted at graduate students, lecturers and researchers working on SES, and has been written in a style that is accessible to readers entering the field from a variety of different disciplinary backgrounds. Each chapter discusses the types of SES questions to which the particular methods are suited and the potential resources and skills required for their implementation, and provides practical examples of the application of the methods. In addition, the book contains a conceptual and practical introduction to SES research, a discussion of key gaps and frontiers in SES research methods, and a glossary of key terms in SES research. Contributions from 97 different authors, situated at SES research hubs in 16 countries around the world, including South Africa, Sweden, Germany and Australia, bring a wealth of expertise and experience to this book. The first book to provide a guide and introduction specifically focused on methods for studying SES, this book will be of great interest to students and scholars of sustainability science, environmental management, global environmental change studies and environmental governance. The book will also be of interest to upper-level undergraduates and professionals working at the science–policy interface in the environmental arena.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 494 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-0-367-89840-3
    Series Statement: Routledge International Handbooks
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(509)
    In: Geological Society special publication ; 509
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 289 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 509
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(493)
    In: Geological Society special publication ; 493
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 493
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: 9/M 07.0421(502)
    In: Geological Society special publication : 502
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 353 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISSN: 978-1-78620-489-9
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication no. 502
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    facet.materialart.12
    London : The Geological Society
    Associated volumes
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Description / Table of Contents: The collection of papers in this volume records the development of hydrogeology in Britain over the last 200 years. Following the application, by William smith, of stratigraphic principles to the sinking of wells, Victorian engineers and scientists established groundwater as a major contributor to public water supplies. In the twentieth century, the development of groundwater continued rapidly, controlled by an ever-changing regulatory regime. The 25 papers in this volume review the progrss which has been made, and the lives and work of some of those who were intimately involved.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (393 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-1-86239-473-5
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 225
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: About this title / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, NP, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.27 --- Preface / John Mather / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, vi, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.01 --- 200 years of British hydrogeology — an introduction and overview / J. D. Mather / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 1-13, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.02 --- The water-related work of William Smith (1769–1839) / H. S. Torrens / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 15-30, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.03 --- Dr John Snow and an early investigation of groundwater contamination / Michael Price / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 31-49, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.04 --- William Whitaker (1836–1925) — geologist, bibliographer and a pioneer of British hydrogeology / William H. George / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 51-65, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.05 --- Joseph Lucas (1846–1926) — Victorian polymath and a key figure in the development of British hydrogeology / J. D. Mather, H. S. Torrens and K. J. Lucas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 67-88, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.06 --- 19th century studies of the hydrogeology of the Permo-Triassic Sandstones of the northern Cheshire Basin, England / John H. Tellam / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 89-105, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.07 --- Robert Stephenson (1803–1859) — the first groundwater engineer / M. Preene / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 107-119, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.08 --- ‘Making water’: the hydrogeological adventures of Britain’s early mining engineers / Paul L. Younger / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 121-157, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.09 --- The contribution of geologists to the development of emergency groundwater supplies by the British army / Edward P. F. Rose / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 159-182, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.10 --- Groundwater versus surface water in Scotland and Ireland — the formative years / N. S. Robins, J. R. P. Bennett and K. T. Cullen / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 183-191, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.11 --- Bath thermal waters: 400 years in the history of geochemistry and hydrogeology / W. Mike Edmunds / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 193-199, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.12 --- Chalybeate springs at Tunbridge Wells: site of a 17th-century new town / J. G. C. M. Fuller / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 201-212, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.13 --- The Scottish hydropathic establishments and their use of groundwater / Iain Spence and Nick Robins / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 213-217, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.14 --- British hydrogeologists in North Africa and the Middle East: an historical perspective / J. W. Lloyd / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 219-227, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.15 --- British hydrogeologists in West Africa — an historical evaluation of their role and contribution / Robin Hazell / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 229-237, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.16 --- British attempts to develop groundwater and water supply on Gibraltar 1800–1985 /Edward P.F. Rose, John D. Mather and Manuel Perez / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 239-262, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.17 --- The first use of geophysics in borehole siting in hardrock areas of Africa / Ron Barker / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 263-269, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.18 --- The development of groundwater in the UK between 1935 and 1965 — the role of the Geological Survey of Great Britain / R. A. Downing / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 271-282, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.19 --- Jack Ineson (1917–1970) The instigator of quantitative hydrogeology in Britain / R. A. Downing and D. A. Gray / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 283-286, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.20 --- Stevenson Buchan (1907–1996): field geologist, hydrogeologist and administrator / D. A. Gray and J. D. Mather / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 287-293, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.21 --- Groundwater studies in the Institute of Geological Sciences between 1965 and 1977 / D. A. Gray / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 295-318, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.22 --- Norman Savage Boulton (1899–1984): civil engineer and groundwater hydrologist / R. A. Downing, W. Eastwood and K. R. Rushton / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 319-322, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.23 --- Groundwater in a national water strategy, 1964–1979 / R. A. Downing / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 323-338, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.24 --- Recollections of a golden age: the groundwater schemes of Southern Water 1970–1990 / H. G. Headworth / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 339-362, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.25 --- Developments in UK hydrogeology since 1974 / F. C. Brassington / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 225, 363-385, 1 January 2004, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.2004.225.01.26 ---
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: 9780128191101 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (806 Seiten)
    Edition: 2nd edition
    ISBN: 9780128191101
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Preface 1 Antarctic Climate Evolution - second edition 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Structure and content of the book Acknowledgements References 2 Sixty years of coordination and support for Antarctic science - the role of SCAR 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Scientific value of research in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean 2.3 The international framework in which SCAR operates 2.4 The organisation of SCAR 2.5 Sixty years of significant Antarctic science discoveries 2.6 Scientific Horizon Scan 2.7 Summary References Appendix 3 Cenozoic history of Antarctic glaciation and climate from onshore and offshore studies 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Long-term tectonic drivers and ice sheet evolution 3.3 Global climate variability and direct evidence for Antarctic ice sheet variability in the Cenozoic 3.3.1 Late Cretaceous to early Oligocene evidence of Antarctic ice sheets and climate variability 3.3.2 The Eocene-Oligocene transition and continental-scale glaciation of Antarctica 3.3.3 Transient glaciations of the Oligocene and Miocene 3.3.4 Pliocene to Pleistocene 3.4 Regional seismic stratigraphies and drill core correlations, and future priorities to reconstruct Antarctica's Cenozoic 3.4.1 Ross Sea 3.4.2 Amundsen Sea 3.4.3 Bellingshausen Sea and Pacific coastline of Antarctic Peninsula 3.4.4 The Northern Antarctic Peninsula and South Shetland Islands 3.4.5 The Eastern Margin of the Antarctic Peninsula 3.4.6 The South Orkney Microcontinent and adjacent deep-water basins 3.4.7 East Antarctic Margin 3.4.7.1 Weddell Sea 3.4.7.1.1 Gondwana break-up, Weddell Sea opening and pre-ice-sheet depositional environment 3.4.7.1.2 The Eocene-Oligocene transition and paleoenvironment during increasing glacial conditions 3.4.7.1.3 Recent geophysical survey beneath the Ekström Ice Shelf and future directions for drilling 3.4.7.2 Prydz Bay 3.4.7.2.1 Early Cenozoic greenhouse and earliest glacial phase in late Eocene 3.4.7.2.2 Oligocene-Miocene ice-sheet development 3.4.7.2.3 The Polar Ice Sheet (late Miocene(?)-Pleistocene) 3.4.7.3 East Antarctic Margin - Sabrina Coast 3.4.7.4 Wilkes Land margin and Georges V Land 3.5 Summary, future directions and challenges Acknowledgements References 4 Water masses, circulation and change in the modern Southern Ocean 4.1 Introduction 4.1.1 Defining the Southern Ocean 4.2 Water masses - characteristics and distribution 4.2.1 Upper ocean 4.2.2 Intermediate depth waters 4.2.3 Deep water 4.2.4 Bottom water 4.3 Southern Ocean circulation 4.3.1 Antarctic Circumpolar Current (ACC) 4.3.2 Southern Ocean meridional overturning circulation (SOMOC) 4.3.3 Deep western boundary currents 4.3.3.1 Pacific deep western boundary current 4.3.3.2 Indian deep western boundary currents 4.3.3.3 Atlantic deep western boundary current 4.3.4 Subpolar circulation - gyres, slope and coastal currents 4.3.4.1 Gyres 4.3.4.2 Antarctic slope and coastal currents 4.4 Modern Southern Ocean change 4.4.1 Climate change 4.4.2 Ocean change 4.4.3 Change in dynamics and circulation 4.5 Concluding remarks References 5 Advances in numerical modelling of the Antarctic ice sheet 5.1 Introduction and aims 5.2 Advances in ice sheet modelling 5.2.1 Grounding line physics 5.2.2 Adaptive grids 5.2.3 Parallel ice sheet model - PISM 5.2.4 Coupled models 5.3 Model input - bed data 5.4 Advances in knowledge of bed processes 5.5 Model intercomparison 5.6 Brief case studies 5.7 Future work References 6 The Antarctic Continent in Gondwana: a perspective from the Ross Embayment and Potential Research Targets for Future Investigations 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Antarctic plate and the present-day geological setting of the Ross Embayment 6.3 East Antarctica 6.3.1 The Main Geological Units during the Paleoproterozoic-Early Neoproterozoic Rodinia Assemblage 6.3.2 From Rodinia breakup to Gondwana (c. 800-650 Ma) 6.3.3 The 'Ross Orogen' in the Transantarctic Mountains during the late Precambrian-early Paleozoic evolution of the paleo-Pacific margin of Gondwana (c. 600-450 Ma) 6.4 West Antarctic Accretionary System 6.4.1 West Antarctica in the Precambrian to Mesozoic (c. 180 Ma) evolution of Gondwana until the middle Jurassic breakup 6.4.1.1 Precambrian to Cambrian metamorphic basement 6.4.1.2 Devono-Carboniferous arc magmatism ('Borchgrevink Event') (c. 370-350 Ma) 6.4.1.3 Beacon Supergroup (Devonian-Permo-Triassic-earliest Jurassic) 6.4.1.4 The Ellsworth-Whitmore Mountains Terrane and the Permo-Triassic arc magmatism 6.4.1.5 Ferrar Supergroup and the Gondwana breakup (c. 180Ma) 6.4.1.6 The Antarctic Andean Orogen 6.5 Mesozoic to Cenozoic Tectonic Evolution of the Transantarctic Mountains 6.6 Tectonic evolution in the Ross Sea Sector during the Cenozoic 6.7 Concluding remarks, open problems and potential research themes for future geoscience investigations in Antarctica 6.7.1 Persistent challenges for onshore geoscience investigations 6.7.2 Antarctica and the Ross Orogen in the Transantarctic Mountains 6.7.3 Antarctica after Gondwana fragmentation Acknowledgements References 7 The Eocene-Oligocene boundary climate transition: an Antarctic perspective 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Background 7.2.1 Plate tectonic setting 7.2.2 Antarctic paleotopography 7.2.3 Paleoceanographic setting 7.2.4 Global average and regional sea level response 7.2.5 Proxies to reconstruct past Antarctic climatic and environmental evolution 7.2.6 Far-field proxies 7.3 Antarctic Sedimentary Archives 7.3.1 Land-based outcrops 7.3.1.1 Antarctic Peninsula Region 7.3.1.2 King George (25 de Mayo) Island, South Shetland Islands 7.3.1.3 The Ross Sea Region 7.3.2 Sedimentary archives from drilling on the Antarctic Margin 7.3.2.1 Drill cores in the western Ross Sea 7.3.2.2 The Prydz Bay Region 7.3.2.3 Weddell Sea 7.3.2.4 Wilkes Land 7.4 Summary of climate signals from Antarctic sedimentary archives 7.4.1 Longer-term changes 7.4.2 The climate of the Eocene-Oligocene transition 7.5 The global context of Earth and climate system changes across the EOT 7.5.1 Climate modelling 7.5.2 Relative sea-level change around Antarctica 7.6 Summary 7.6.1 Early-middle Eocene polar warmth 7.6.2 Late Eocene cooling 7.6.3 Eocene-Oligocene transition Acknowledgements References 8 Antarctic Ice Sheet dynamics during the Late Oligocene and Early Miocene: climatic conundrums revisited 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Oligocene-Miocene Transition in Antarctic geological records and its climatic significance 8.3 Conundrums revisited 8.3.1 What caused major transient glaciation of Antarctica across the OMT? 8.3.2 Apparent decoupling of Late Oligocene climate and ice volume? 8.4 Concluding remarks Acknowledgements References 9 Antarctic environmental change and ice sheet evolution through the Miocene to Pliocene - a perspective from the Ross Sea and George V to Wilkes Land Coasts 9.1 Introduction 9.1.1 Overview and relevance 9.1.2 Far-field records of climate and ice sheet variability 9.1.2.1 The Early Miocene 9.1.2.2 The mid-Miocene 9.1.2.3 The Late Miocene 9.1.2.4 The Pliocene 9.1.3 Southern Ocean Paleogeography and Paleoceanography 9.1.4 Land elevation change and influences on Antarctic Ice Sheet evolution 9.2 Records of Miocene to Pliocene climate and ice sheet variability from the Antarctic margin 9.2.1 Introduction to stratigraphic records 9.2.2 George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.1 Geological setting 9.2.2.2 Oceanography of the Adelie coast 9.2.2.3 Seismic stratigraphy off the George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.4 Drill core records from the George V Land to Wilkes Land Margin 9.2.2.5 Neogene history of the George V Land to Wilkes Land margin 9.2.3 The Ross Sea Embayment and Southern Victoria Land 9.2.3.1 Geological setting 9.2.3.2 Oceanography and climate in the Ross Sea Region 9.2.3.3 Seismic stratigraphic records in the Ross Sea 9.2.3.4 Stratigraphic records from drill cores in the Ross Sea 9.2.3.5 Terrestrial records from Southern Victoria Land 9.2.3.6 Neogene history in the Ross Sea Region 9.3 Numerical modelling 9.3.1 Miocene
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    facet.materialart.12
    Tucson : University of Arizona Press
    Call number: 978-0-8165-4439-4 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: "Once Upon the Permafrost is a longitudinal climate ethnography about "knowing" a specific culture and the ecosystem that culture physically and spiritually depends on in the twenty-first-century context of climate change. Through careful integration of contemporary narratives, on-site observations, and document analysis, Susan Alexandra Crate shows how local understandings of change and the vernacular knowledge systems they are founded on provide critical information for interdisciplinary collaboration and effective policy prescriptions
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxviii, 327 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 23 cm
    Edition: Open-access edition published 2022
    ISBN: 9780816541553 , 0816541558 , 9780816541546 , 081654154X
    Series Statement: Critical green engagements: understanding the green economy and its alternatives
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Call number: 10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.31 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume [1]
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 458 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 1 Corrigenda
    Series Statement: The quarterly journal of the Geological Society of London : Supplement 120
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Part 1: Introduction Arthur Holmes Frederick Henry Stewart Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 1-11, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.03 The history of attempts to establish a quantitative time-scale L. R. Wager Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 13-28, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.04 A review of recent Phanerozoic time-scales N. J. Snelling Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 29-36, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.05 Sedimentation rates in relation to the Phanerozoic time-scale J. D. Hudson Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 37-42, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.06 The relationship between radiometric ages obtained from plutonic complexes and stratigraphical time R. St J. Lambert Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 43-54, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.07 The geological significance of radiometric age studies on volcanic and hypabyssal rocks F. J. Fitch and J. A. Miller Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 55-69, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.08 Part 2: Radiometric Methods with Respect to the Time-Scale Uranium–thorium–lead age-determinations with respect to the phanerozoic time-scale A. G. Darnley Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 73-86, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.09 The rubidium–strontium method Stephen Moorbath Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 87-99, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.10 Potassium—argon methods with special reference to basic igneous rocks John Alfred Miller and Frank John Fitch Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 101-117, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.11 Potassium—argon ages of sedimentary and pyroclastic rocks Halfdan Baadsgaard and Martin Henry Dodson Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 119-127, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.12 Potassium—argon decay constants and age tables Alan Gilbert Smith Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 129-141, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.13 Part 3: Original Data Glauconite dates from the Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous Martin Henry Dodson, David Charles Rex, Raymond Casey and Percival Allen Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 145-158, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.14 The age of the paroxysmal Variscan orogeny in England Frank Joseph Fitch and John Alfred Miller Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 159-175, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.15 Part 4: Stratigraphical Review The Tertiary period Brian Michael Funnell Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 179-191, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.16 The Cretaceous period Raymond Casey Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 193-202, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.17 The Jurassic period Michael Kingsley Howarth Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 203-205, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.18 The Triassic period Edward Timothy Tozer Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 207-209, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.19 The Permian period Denys Barker Smith Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 211-220, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.20 The Carboniferous period Edward Howel Francis and Austin William Woodland Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 221-232, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.21 The Devonian period Peter Furneaux Friend and Michael Robert House Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 233-236, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.22 The Silurian period I. Strachan Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 237-240, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.23 The Ordovician period H. B. Whittington and A. Williams Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 241-254, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.24 The Cambrian period J. W. Cowie Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 255-258, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.25 GENERAL DISCUSSION OF PAPAERS IN PART 4S Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 259, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.26 Summary of the Phanerozoic time-scale: the Geological Society Phanerozoic time-scale 1964 Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 260-262, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.27 Part 5: Abstracts of Published Radiometric and Stratigraphical Data with Comments Introduction Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 265-268, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.28 Items Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 269-442, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.29 Erratum Errata Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 443, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.01 Corrigenda Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 1, 444, 1 January 1964, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1964.001.01.30
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Call number: 10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.68 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 17
    Description / Table of Contents: The Eastern Mediterranean is an excellent ‘field laboratory’ for the study of fundamental processes of continental rifting, passive margin development, ophiolite generation and emplacement and the tectonic, magmatic and sedimentary effects of continental collision. Since its publication in 1984, The Geological Evolution of the Eastern Mediterranean has proved to be an invaluable aid to research in this important region. Many of the papers are classics that report basic data and tectonic interpretations that still remain valid today. The individual papers summarize a large amount of international research that was carried out in the Eastern Mediterranean region during the previous decade. This volume was the first integrated overview of one of the world’s most complex orogenic areas. The editors have added an outline of the main research developments since 1984 and key references to the more recent literature; several figures have been redrawn and the volume is now fully indexed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 836 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 0632011440 , 1-897799-66-7 , 1897799667
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 17
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Recent research developments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:xi-xii, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.01 --- A. H. F. Robertson and J. E. Dixon: Introduction: aspects of the geological evolution of the Eastern Mediterranean / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:1-74, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.02 --- 1. Palaeotethys --- Editor’s introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:75-76, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.03 --- A. M. C. Şengör, Y. Yılmaz, and O. Sungurlu: Tectonics of the Mediterranean Cimmerides: nature and evolution of the western termination of Palaeo-Tethys / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:77-112, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.04 --- Olivier Monod and Ergün Akay: Evidence for a Late Triassic-Early Jurassic orogenic event in the Taurides / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:113-122, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.05 --- I. E. Kerey: Facies and tectonic setting of the Upper Carboniferous rocks of Northwestern Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:123-128, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.06 --- E. Demirtaşh: Stratigraphic evidence of Variscan and early Alpine tectonics in Southern Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:129-145, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.07 --- 2. Neoththys --- Levant and North African offshore: Editor’s introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:147-149, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.08 --- M. Delaune-Mayere: Evolution of a Mesozoic passive continental margin: Baër-Bassit (NW Syria) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:151-159, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.09 --- G. Sestini: Tectonic and sedimentary history of the NE African margin (Egypt—Libya) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:161-175, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.10 --- Gdaliahu Gvirtzman and Tuvia Weissbrod: The Hercynian Geanticline of Helez and the Late Palaeozoic history of the Levant / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:177-186, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.11 --- Z. Garfunkel and B. Derin: Permian-early Mesozoic tectonism and continental margin formation in Israel and its implications for the history of the Eastern Mediterranean / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:187-201, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.12 --- Yehezkeel Druckman: Evidence for Early-Middle Triassic faulting and possible rifting from the Helez Deep Borehole in the coastal plain of Israel / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:203-212, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.13 --- Abdulkader M. Abed: Emergence of Wadi Mujib (Central Jordan) during Lower Cenomanian time and its regional tectonic implications / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:213-216, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.14 --- F. Hirsch: The Arabian sub-plate during the Mesozoic / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:217-223, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.15 --- Michel Delaloye and Jean-Jacques Wagner: Ophiolites and volcanic activity near the western edge of the Arabian plate / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:225-233, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.16 --- 3. Neotethys: Turkey --- Editor’s introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:235-240, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.17 --- A. Poisson: The extension of the Ionian trough into southwestern Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:241-249, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.18 --- A. H. F. Robertson and N. H. Woodcock: The SW segment of the Antalya Complex, Turkey as a Mesozoic-Tertiary Tethyan continental margin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:251-271, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.19 --- J. W. F. Waldron: Structural history of the Antalya Complex in the ‘Isparta angle’, Southwest Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:273-286, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.20 --- A. B. Hayward: Miocene clastic sedimentation related to the emplacement of the Lycian Nappes and the Antalya Complex, S.W. Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:287-300, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.21 --- Hubert Whitechurch, Thierry Juteau, and Raymond Montigny: Role of the Eastern Mediterranean ophiolites (Turkey, Syria, Cyprus) in the history of the Neo-Tethys / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:301-317, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.22 --- Ingrid Reuber: Mylonitic ductile shear zones within tectonites and cumulates as evidence for an oceanic transform fault in the Antalya ophiolite, S.W. Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:319-334, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.23 --- Pınar O. Yılmaz: Fossil and K-Ar data for the age of the Antalya complex, S W Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:335-347, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.24 --- L. E. Ricou, J. Marcoux, and H. Whitechurch: The Mesozoic organization of the Taurides: one or several ocean basins? / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:349-359, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.25 --- A. Michard, H. Whitechurch, L. E. Ricou, R. Montigny, and E. Yazgan: Tauric subduction (Malatya-Elazıǧ provinces) and its bearing on tectonics of the Tethyan realm in Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:361-373, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.26 --- G. Aktaş and A. H. F. Robertson: The Maden Complex, SE Turkey: evolution of a Neotethyan active margin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:375-402, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.27 --- Cahit Helvaci and William L. Griffin: Rb-Sr geochronology of the Bitlis Massif, Avnik (Bingöl) area, S.E. Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:403-413, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.28 --- Ömer T. Akıncı: The Eastern Pontide volcano-sedimentary belt and associated massive sulphide deposits / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:415-428, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.29 --- A. I. Okay and N. Özgül: HP/LT metamorphism and the structure of the Alanya Massif, Southern Turkey: an allochthonous composite tectonic sheet / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:429-439, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.30 --- Teoman N. Norman: The role of the Ankara Melange in the development of Anatolia (Turkey) / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:441-447, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.31 --- Ayla Tankut: Basic and ultrabasic rocks from the Ankara Melange, Turkey / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:449-454, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.32 --- A. I. Okay: Distribution and characteristics of the north-west Turkish blueschists / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:455-466, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.33 --- N. Görür, F.Y. Oktay, İ. Seymen, and A. M. C. Şengör: Palaeotectonic evolution of the Tuzgölü basin complex, Central Turkey: sedimentary record of a Neo-Tethyan closure / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:467-482, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.34 --- J. P. Lauer: Geodynamic evolution of Turkey and Cyprus based on palaeomagnetic data / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:483-491, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.35 --- 4. Neotethys: Greece and the Balkans --- Editor’s introduction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:493-498, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.36 --- Robert Hall, M. G. Audley-Charles, and D. J. Carter: The significance of Crete for the evolution of the Eastern Mediterranean / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:499-516, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.37 --- Michel Bonneau: Correlation of the Hellenide nappes in the south-east Aegean and their tectonic reconstruction / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 17:517-527, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1984.017.01.38 --- M. Okrusch, P. Richter
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    Call number: 10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.01 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 2
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 827 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 2
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introduction Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 1-11, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.01 The symposium meeting Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 13-14, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.02 Part I: Symposium Papers Introduction to Part I Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 15-16, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.03 Life in Pre-Cambrian and early Cambrian times John Watson Cowie Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 17-35, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.04 The significance of certain trace-fossil ranges Roland Goldring Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 37-39, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.05 Fluctuations in the evolution of Palaeozoic intertebrates Michael Robert House Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 41-54, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.06 The origins of some Silurian enteletacean brachiopods Victor Gordon Walmsley Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 55-56, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.07 Permo-Triassic extinction Frank Harold Trevor Rhodes Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 57-76, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.08 Changes in terrestrial vertebrate faunas during the Mesozoic C. B. Cox Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 77-89, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.09 Some Cretaceous-Tertiary marine faunal changes John Michael Hancock Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 91-104, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.10 Major features of the evolution of echinoids Graeme Maxwell Philip Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 105-106, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.11 Plant-insect relationships in Palaeozoic and later time Norman Francis Hughes and John Smart Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 107-117, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.12 Biochemical evolution and the fossil record Lambert Beverly Halstead Tarlo Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 119-132, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.13 Fossil birds and their adaptive radiation James Fisher Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 133-154, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.14 General Discussion Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 155-156, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.15 Part II: Documentation of the Fossil Record Introduction to Part II Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 158-159, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.16 Plantae Plantae N. F. H. Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 162, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.17 Chapter 1 Thallophyta—1 H. P. Banks, K. I. M. Chesters, N. F. Hughes, G. A. L. Johnson, H. M. Johnson and L. R. Moore Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 163-180, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.18 Chapter 2 Thallophyta—2 M. Black, C. Downie, R. Ross and W. A. S. Sarjeant Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 181-209, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.19 Chapter 3 Bryophyta and Charophyta* L. J. Grambast and W. S. Lacey Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 211-217, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.20 Chapter 4 Pteridophyta—1 H. P. Banks, W. G. Chaloner and W. S. Lacey Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 219-231, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.21 Chapter 5 Pteridophyta—2 H. P. Banks, M. G. Collett, F. R. Gnauck and N. F. Hughes Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 233-245, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.22 Chapter 6 Gymnospermophyta K.L. Alvin, P. D. W. Barnard, T.M. Harris, N. F. Hughes, R. H. Wagner and A. Wesley Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 247-268, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.23 Chapter 7 Angiospermae K. I. M. Chesters, F. R. Gnauck and N. F. Hughes Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 269-288, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.24 Invertebrata Invertebrata M. J. S. R. Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 290, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.25 Chapter 8 Protozoa F. T. Banner, W. J. Clarke, J. L. Cutbill, F. E. Eames, A. J. Lloyd, W. R. Riedel and A. H. Smout Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 291-332, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.26 Chapter 9 Porifera and Archaeocyatha R. M. Finks and D. Hill Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 333-345, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.27 Chapter 10 Coelenterata G. A. L. Johnson, I. D. Sutton, F. M. Taylor and G. Thomas Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 347-378, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.28 Chapter 11 Bryozoa G. P. Larwood, A. W. Medd, D. E. Owen and R. Tavener-Smith Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 379-395, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.29 Chapter 12 Brachiopoda D. V. Ager, P. Copper, G. M. Dunlop, G. F. Elliott, F. A. Middlemiss, A. J. Rowell, A. Williams and A. D. Wright Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 397-421, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.30 Chapter 13 Mollusca: Amphineura, Monoplacophora and Gastropoda D. Curry and N. J. Morris Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 423-430, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.31 Chapter 14 Mollusca: Cephalopoda (Nautiloidea) C.H. Holland Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 431-443, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.32 Chapter 15 Mollusca: Cephalopoda (Ammonoidea) D. T. Donovan, F. Hodson, M. K. Howarth, M. R. House, E. T. Tozer and C. W. Wright Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 445-460, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.33 Chapter 16 Mollusca: Cephalopoda (Coleoidea) D. T. Donovan and J. M. Hancock Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 461-467, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.34 Chapter 17 Mollusca: Scaphopoda and Bivalvia N. J. Morris Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 469-477, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.35 Chapter 18 Arthropoda: Protarthropoda and Trilobitomorpha J. W. Cowie, W. T. Dean, R. Goldring, W. D. I. Rolfe, A. W. A. Rushton, J. T. Temple and R. P. Tripp Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 2, 479-497, 1 January 1967, https://doi.org/10.1144/GSL.SP.1967.002.01.36
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Call number: 10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.23 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 53
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume examines the processes responsible for sedimentation in modern glacimarine environments, and how such modern studies can be used as analogues in the interpretation of ancient glacimarine sequences. Sediments released from glaciers grounded in tidewater, floating ice shelves, ice tongues, icebergs and sea ice form complex sequences governed by glaciological, oceanographic, sedimentary and biogenic controls. Ten per cent of the world’s oceans and epicontinental seas contain such active glacimarine environments, but during Cenozoic glacial periods this area was doubled. This book will, therefore, be of relevance to all scientists concerned with high and middle latitude marine environments. The early chapters are concerned largely with processes of sedimentation in modern glacimarine environments; examples are drawn from Alaska, the Canadian Arctic, Svalbard and Antarctica. Studies of ancient sequences, both Cenzoic and pre-Cenozoic, from the Barents Sea, Greenland, Sweden, Alaska and the northwest European continental shelf, form the latter part of the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 423 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published
    ISBN: 0-903317-54-0
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 53
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Julian A. Dowdeswell and James D. Scourse: Preface --- Julian A. Dowdeswell and James D. Scourse: On the description and modelling of glacimarine sediments and sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:1-13, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.01 --- G. S. Boulton: Sedimentary and sea level changes during glacial cycles and their control on glacimarine facies architecture / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:15-52, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.02 --- Ross D. Powell: Glacimarine processes at grounding-line fans and their growth to ice-contact deltas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:53-73, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.03 --- Ellen A. Cowan and Ross D. Powell: Suspended sediment transport and deposition of cyclically interlaminated sediment in a temperate glacial fjord, Alaska, U.S.A. / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:75-89, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.04 --- Eugene W. Domack: Laminated terrigenous sediments from the Antarctic Peninsula: the role of subglacial and marine processes / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:91-103, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.05 --- Robert Gilbert: Rafting in glacimarine environments / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:105-120, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.06 --- Julian A. Dowdeswell and Tavi Murray: Modelling rates of sedimentation from icebergs / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:121-137, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.07 --- Paul R. Carlson, Terry R. Bruns, and Michael A. Fisher: Development of slope valleys in the glacimarine environment of a complex subduction zone, Northern Gulf of Alaska / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:139-153, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.08 --- Alec E. Aitken: Fossilization potential of Arctic fjord and continental shelf benthic macrofaunas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:155-176, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.09 --- James P. M. Syvitski, K. William G. LeBlanc, and R. E. Cranston: The flux and preservation of organic carbon in Baffin Island fjords / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:177-199, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.10 --- Ian J. Fairchild and Baruch Spiro: Carbonate minerals in glacial sediments: geochemical clues to palaeoenvironment / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:201-216, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.11 --- C. M. T. Woodworth-Lynas and J. Y. Guigné: Iceberg scours in the geological record: examples from glacial Lake Agassiz / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:217-233, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.12 --- Jens Bischof, Joachim Koch, Michaela Kubisch, Robert F. Spielhagen, and Jörn Thiede: Nordic Seas surface ice drift reconstructions: evidence from ice rafted coal fragments during oxygen isotope stage 6 / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:235-251, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.13 --- Anders Solheim, Lars Russwurm, Anders Elverhøi, and Mona Nyland Berg: Glacial geomorphic features in the northern Barents Sea: direct evidence for grounded ice and implications for the pattern of deglaciation and late glacial sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:253-268, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.14 --- Tore O. Vorren, Erland Lebesbye, and Kjell B. Larsen: Geometry and genesis of the glacigenic sediments in the southern Barents Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:269-288, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.15 --- D. Huddart and J. D. Peacock: Early Holocene morainal bank sedimentology and marine ecology, Skjoldungebrae gorge, North Scoresby Land, East Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:289-305, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.16 --- Rodney L. Stevens: Proximal and distal glacimarine deposits in southwestern Sweden: contrasts in sedimentation / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:307-316, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.17 --- A. R. Lord: The Pleistocene—Holocene transition in Southwestern Sweden and the recognition of deglaciation effects in adjacent seas / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:317-328, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.18 --- J. D. Scourse, W. E. N. Austin, R. M. Bateman, J. A. Catt, C. D. R. Evans, J. E. Robinson, and J. R. Young: Sedimentology and micropalaeontology of glacimarine sediments from the Central and Southwestern Celtic Sea / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:329-347, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.19 --- M. S. Stoker: Glacially-influenced sedimentation on the Hebridean slope, northwestern United Kingdom continental margin / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:349-362, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.20 --- Carolyn H. Eyles and Martin B. Lagoe: Sedimentation patterns and facies geometries on a temperate glacially-influenced continental shelf: the Yakataga Formation, Middleton Island, Alaska / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:363-386, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.21 --- A. C. M. Moncrieff and M. J. Hambrey: Marginal-marine glacial sedimentation in the late Precambrian succession of East Greenland / Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 53:387-410, doi:10.1144/GSL.SP.1990.053.01.22
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: 9783319904375 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers a collection of papers presented in the International Conference on Geomagnetism, Paleomagnetism and Rock Magnetism held in Kazan (Russia) in October 2017. Papers in this book are dedicated to the study of the geomagnetic field through most of the Earth's history as well as planetary and meteorite magnetism, and magnetic signatures of terrestrial impact craters. Recent studies, summaries, and reviews include: 1 - theory of the geomagnetic field, its generation and variations; 2 - experimental data on the geomagnetic field changes; 3 - studies of rock magnetism; 4 - paleotectonic reconstructions and paleoceanography; 5 - magnetostratigraphy; 6 - extraterrestrial magnetism. Summary reports and reviews will be presented by the world’s leading experts in the field of geomagnetic studies. Such workshops held by Academic Council have become traditional. They are always attended by leading professionals from Russia, CIS and non-CIS countries. In addition to discussion sessions focused on recent studies and findings, lectures on some basic concepts of geomagnetism will be delivered by leading Russian and foreign scientists
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (IX, 534 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319904375 , 978-3-319-90437-5
    ISSN: 2364-9119 , 2364-9127
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Paleomagnetism 1 Results of Paleomagnetic and Geochronological Studies of Sedimentary Rocks from Kema and Silasa Formations of the Sikhote-Alin Orogen / M. V. Arkhipov, A. Yu. Peskov, A. N. Didenko, S. Otoh, A. V. Kudymov, M. Nagata, Y. Kouchi and K. Yamamoto 2 Late Paleozoic Remagnetization: Evaluation of the Sequence of Folding in the South Urals / Inessa Golovanova, Konstantin Danukalov and Raushaniya Sal’manova 3 Paleomagnetic Directions Distortion Caused by Viscous-Plastic Deformations Estimated from Anisotropy of Magnetic Susceptibility (Case Study of Berriasian Clays from East Crimea) / V. A. Grishchenko and A. Yu. Guzhikov 4 Carboniferous of the Russian Platform: Paleomagnetic Data / A. G. Iosifidi, V. A. Mikhailova, V. V. Popov, E. S. Sergienko, A. V. Danilova, N. M. Otmas and A. V. Zhuravlev 5 Evidence for the Existence of the Gothenburg and Mono Lake Excursions Based on Paleomagnetic Data from Baunt Lake Sediments (Northern Transbaikalia) / M. A. Krainov, E. V. Bezrukova, A. A. Shchetnikov and A. Yu. Peskov 6 Intrusions of the Kulumbe River Valley, NW Siberian Traps Province: Paleomagnetism, Magnetic Fabric and Geochemistry / A. V. Latyshev, N. A. Krivolutskaya, P. S. Ulyahina, Ya. V. Bychkova and B. I. Gongalsky 7 Paleomagnetism of Basalts from the Mid-Atlantic Ridge and the Bouvet Triple Junction / V. I. Maksimochkin and A. N. Tselebrovskiy 8 Archaeomagnetic Studies of the Material of the Archaeological Monument Dmitrievskaya Sloboda II of the Second Millennium B.C / O. V. Pilipenko, I. E. Nachasova, S. K. Gribov and O. V. Zelentsova Part II Rock and Environmental Magnetism 9 Influence of Magnetostatic Interaction on Magnetic Characteristics of Decay Products of Nanodisperse Titanomagnetites / S. V. Anisimov, L. L. Afremov and I. G. Iliushin 10 An Estimate of the Remanent Magnetization in the Case of a Ferromagnet Transformation Accompanied by a Change in the Curie Temperature / V. I. Belokon, E. V. Chibiriak and O. I. Dyachenko 11 A 13,000-Yr Record of Environmental Change from Tschuchye Lake in Northeast Yakutia / S. S. Burnatny, A. N. Naumov and Yu. A. Korzun 12 Comparison of the Porosity Determination on the Whole Core and Petrophysical Samples / A. V. Fattakhov, V. E. Kosarev, D. L. Melnikova, V. D. Skirda and A. V. Starovoytov 13 Magnetic Properties of Soils from the Volga-Kama Forest-Steppe / L. A. Fattakhova, L. R. Kosareva and A. A. Shinkarev 14 Magnetic Properties of Artificial CRM Created on Titanomagnetite-Bearing Oceanic Basalts / S. K. Gribov, V. P. Shcherbakov and N. A. Aphinogenova 15 Blocking Temperature and Hysteresis Characteristics of Nanoparticles of Oxidated Magnetite / Ilia Iliushin and Leonid Afremov 16 Low-Temperature Magnetic Properties and Magnetic Mineralogy of the Ropruchey Sill (Russian Karelia) / Andrei Kosterov, Elena S. Sergienko, Petr V. Kharitonskii, Svetlana Yu. Yanson and Irina A. Vasilieva 17 Preliminary Magnetic Investigation of Samples from Reference Permian-Triassic Sequence, Kemerovo Region, Russia / Dilyara Kuzina, Lina Kosareva, Ilmir Gilmetdinov, Radmir Aupov, Vladimir Silantiev, Vladimir Davydov, Irina Dogadina and Natalia Kuzmina 18 Magnetic Properties and Concentration of Heavy Metals in Soils of the Krasnyi Kut Town (Saratov, Russia) / M. V. Reshetnikov, A. S. Sheshnev, E. S. Sokolov and S. D. Shkodin 19 Rock-Magnetism and Granulometry of Late Palaeolithic Sites in the Tunka Rift Valley (Pribaikalie) as a Tool for Reconstruction of Sedimentary Environment / G. G. Matasova, A. A. Shchetnikov, I. A. Filinov, A. Yu. Kazansky, G. A. Vorobyeva, N. E. Berdnikova, E. O. Rogovskoy, E. A. Lipnina, I. M. Berdnikov and L. V. Lbova 20 Application of Methods of Rocks Magnetism for Determination of Criteria of Perspectiveness of Ore-Formation / J. H. Minasyan 21 Rock Magnetic Properties of Pleistocene Tephras from the Polovinka Section of the Central Kamchatka Depression / A. N. Naumov, S. S. Burnatny, P. S. Minyuk and A. G. Zubov 22 Basalts of the Zhom-Bolok Lava River as a Possible Sources of Metallic Iron in Sediments of Local Lakes: Thermomagnetic and Microprobe Justification / D. M. Pechersky, A. Yu. Kazansky, A. Kozlovsky, G. P. Markov, A. A. Shchetnikov and V. A. Tselmovich Part III Magnetostratigraphy 23 Magnetostratigraphy of the Reference Sections of the Cisuralian Series (Permian System) / Yu. P. Balabanov, R. Kh. Sungatullin, G. M. Sungatullina, L. R. Kosareva, M. S. Glukhov, P. G. Yakunina, A. O. Zhernenkov, V. V. Antonenko and A. A. Сhurbanov 24 General Magnetostratigraphic Scale: Present Status and Outlook of Development / A. Yu. Guzhikov 25 Existence of the Reversal Polarity Zones in Turonian-Coniacian from the Lower Volga (Russia): New Data / A. A. Guzhikova, A. Yu. Guzhikov, E. M. Pervushov, I. P. Ryabov and A. M. Surinskiy 26 Magnetostratigraphy of the Key Loess-Palaesol Sequence at Roxolany (Western Black Sea Region) / D. V. Hlavatskyi and V. G. Bakhmutov 27 Magnetic Polarity Stratigraphy of the Upper Cenozoic Deposits of Near-Sea Dagestan (Russia) and the Age of the Early Paleolithic Site Rubas-1 / A. Yu. Kazansky, A. A. Anoikin, A. P. Derevianko, G. G. Matasova and V. Yu. Bragin 28 Magnetic Stratigraphy of the Bazhenov Suite of Western Siberia and the Surrounding Deposits / A. G. Manikin, V. A. Grishchenko, A. Yu. Guzhikov and V. V. Kolpakov Part IV Extraterrestrial Magnetism 29 Metallic Iron in the Planets Interior: Generalization of Thermomagnetic and Microprobe Results / D. M. Kuzina and D. M. Pechersky 30 Magnetic Properties of Tektite-like Impact Glasses from Zhamanshin Astrobleme, Kazakhstan / Vyacheslav A. Starunov, Andrei Kosterov, Elena S. Sergienko, Svetlana Yu. Yanson, Gennady P. Markov, Petr V. Kharitonskii, Aleksandr S. Sakhatskii, Irina E. Lezova and Evgenii V. Shevchenko 31 Background Magnetic Component of Holocene Cosmic Dust Allocated from Peat / V. A. Tselmovich and A. Yu. Kurazhkovskii Part V Geomagnetic Field and Magnetic Surveys 32 Preliminary Results of the Geohistorical and Paleomagnetic Analysis of Marine Magnetic Anomalies in the Northwestern Indian Ocean / S. A. Ivanov and S. A. Merkuriev 33 Geomagnetic Variations for Axial Dipole Hypothesis and Dynamo Parameters / S. V. Starchenko 34 Simple Estimations for Planetary Convection Turbulence and Dynamo Magnetism from Optimized Scaling and Observations / S. V. Starchenko 35 MHD Sources, 1600-2005 Evolution and 1900-2005 Probabilistic Time Analysis for Logarithmic Time-Derivatives of Geomagnetic Spherical Harmonics / S. V. Starchenko and S. V. Yakovleva 36 Unmanned Airborne Magnetic Survey Technologies: Present and Future / Tsirel Vadim, Parshin Alexander, Ancev Vasily and Kapshtan Dmitry
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1982.073
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 73
    Description / Table of Contents: Die 1981 im Territorium der Deutschen Demokratischen Republik durchgeführten Feldarbeiten und Arbeitsberatungen der Unterkommission 2 bilden den Abschluß einer Reihe von Einsätzen in Typusgebieten der Ophiolithassoziation, wie sie im kleinen Kaukasus und der Seenzone der MVR einerseits sowie in mittel- bis südosteuropäischen Regionen mit besonders problematischen Ophiolith- und Initialitvorkommen andererseits gemeinsam durchgeführt wurden. Diese im Südteil der DDR und SW-Teil der VR Polen besuchten Gebiete gehören zu den klassischen Deformationszonen der Varisziden Zentraleuropas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (83 Seiten) , Illustrationen , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 73
    Language: German , English , Russian
    Note: Vorwort Hovorka, D.; Pitoňák, P.; Spišiak, J.: Mesozoic basalts of the Malé Karpaty Mts. (the Western Carpathians) - Their significance for the tectonic interpretation of the Variscan granodiorite massif Savu, H.; Udrescu, C.: The prealpine basic and ultramaphic rocks from Romania Pilot, J.: Zu einigen isotopengeochemischen Ergebnissen und Problemen basischer Magmatite Mitteleuropas Виноградова, В.И., Буякайте, М.И.: Изотопный состав стронция в породах Войквро-Сыньинского офиолитового массива Полярного Урала Колчева, К., Желязкова-панайотова, М.: Ультрабазиты и связанное с ним хром-никельмагнетитовое оруденение в районе гор. Ардино (Центральные Родопы, Болгария) Зоненшайн, Л.П.: Сравнение базальтого ложа прошлых и современных океанов Добрецов, Н.Л.: Условня образования пироповых перидотитов и зклогоюитов в кристаллическом Фундаменте Богемского массива и его аналогов Werner, C.-D.: Ophiolites and initialites - a comparing reflection Haupt, M.; Kramer, W.; Noack, C.: Beiträge zum initialen Magmatismus des Saxothuringikums (Vogtländisches Synklinorium) Collective of authors: Final remarks on field work and sessions of the Problem Commission IX, Subcommission 2, in 1981 under the theme 'Ophiolithes and initialites of northern border of the Bohemian massif' Erläuterung der Tafeln
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030730932 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is a textbook for non-atmospheric specialists who work in the coastal zone. Its purpose will be to help coastal environmental, engineering, and planning professionals to understand coastal atmospheric processes. This in turn will allow more effective communication with climate modelers, atmospheric environmental consultants, and members of the media. The coastal environment is among the most intensively used and chronically abused components of the Earth-ocean-atmosphere system. It is also home to an ever-increasing proportion of humanity with their increasing development, trade, transportation, and industrial activities, amid increasing impacts of natural hazards. The atmosphere is an integral part of the system, with all of the above human activities affecting and being affected by atmospheric processes and hazards. Yet few of the specialists studying the coastal environment have expertise on atmospheric processes, this therefore presents a highly relevant textbook on coastal atmospheric processes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 525 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030730932 , 978-3-030-73093-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to Our Coastal Atmosphere 1 Scope, Uniqueness, and Importance of Our Coastal Atmosphere 2 Atmospheric Composition, Structure, and Evolution Part II Thermodynamics in Our Coastal Atmosphere 3 Energy Transfer and Electromagnetic Radiation 4 Temperature 5 Application of the Gas Laws in Meteorology 6 The Hydrostatic Equation and Adiabatic Processes 7 Atmospheric Moisture 8 Atmospheric Stability and Potential Temperature 9 Measuring and Estimating Atmospheric Stability 10 Using Thermodynamic Diagrams in Meteorology 11 Clouds 12 Precipitation Processes and Types Part III Dynamic Processes in Our Coastal Atmosphere 13 Pressure and Winds 14 Coriolis Effect 15 Effect of Friction 16 Centripetal Acceleration and the Gradient Wind 17 Gravitation 18 The Seven Basic Equations in Weather Forecasting Models 19 Comparison of Weather Forecasting Models and General Circulation Models 20 General Circulation of the Atmosphere Part IV Weather Systems in the Coastal Zone 21 Air Masses 22 Atmospheric Lifting Mechanisms 23 Fronts and the Mid-Latitude Wave Cyclone 24 Thunderstorms 25 Lightning 26 Tornadoes and Waterspouts 27 Advising the Public About the Severe Weather Risk 28 Tropical Cyclones 29 Coastal Flooding 30 Coastal Drought 31 Winter Storms 32 Sea Ice and Weather Systems 33 Summary of Energy Transfer by Atmospheric and Oceanic Motion Part V Atmospheric Boundary Layers and Air-Sea Interaction 34 Introduction to Near-Surface Atmospheric Dynamics 35 The Logarithmic Wind Profile in Neutral Stability Conditions 36 Non-neutral or Diabatic Wind Profile 37 Introduction to the Transition (or Ekman) Layer 38 The Classical Solution to the Atmospheric Ekman Spiral 39 Fundamentals of Air-Sea Interactions 40 Weather Effects on the Coastal Ocean 41 Wind Stress and Turbulent Flux Drag Coefficients Over Water Part VI Air-Sea-Land Interaction 42 Surface Fluxes of Energy, Moisture, and Momentum 43 Sea and Land Breezes 44 Coastal Fog 45 Coastal Upwelling and Weather 46 Atmospheric Impacts on Lake Processes 47 Coastal Jets 48 Atmospheric Optical Effects in the Coastal Zone 49 Solar Radiation in Aquatic Systems Part VII Dispersion and Engineering Applications 50 Meteorology and Climatology of Coastal Cities 51 Atmospheric Dispersion in the Coastal Zone 52 Engineering Aspects of the Wind Profile Appendices References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: 9789811664250 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces systematically the cryospheric science, covering the formation, development, evolution, and research methods of each component of the cryosphere, the interaction between the cryosphere and the other spheres of the climate system and the anthroposphere, and the hot topics of social and economic sustainable development and geopolitics. The authors are world-renowned experts and scientists working in the related fields. They have a deep understanding and accurate grasp of the basic theory, evolution mechanism, and international frontiers of the cryosphere, as well as rich teaching experience, which makes this book suitable also as textbook for graduate students. It is also the first book that introduces the knowledge of cryospheric science systematically. In addition to theoretical knowledge, the book also introduces field work and experimental analysis. It should be of interests for the scholars and graduate student working in the fields of geography, hydrology, geology, geomorphology, atmosphere, ecology, environment, oceanography, and regional economic and social sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811664250 , 978-981-16-6425-0
    ISSN: 2194-315X , 2194-3168
    Series Statement: Springer Geography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Cryosphere and Cryospheric Science 2 Classification and Geographical Distribution of Cryosphere 3 Formation and Development of the Cryosphere 4 Physical Properties of the Cryosphere 5 Chemical Characteristics of the Cryosphere 6 Climatic and Environmental Record in Cryosphere 7 Cryospheric Evolutions at Different Time Scales 8 Interactions Between Cryosphere and the Other Spheres 9 Cryosphere Change Impact, Adaptation and Sustainable Development 10 Field Observations and Measurements for Cryospheric Science References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: 9783030392123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: High-resolution images of phytoplankton cells such as diatoms or desmids, which are useful for monitoring water quality, can now be provided by digital microscopes, facilitating the automated analysis and identification of specimens. Conventional approaches are based on optical microscopy; however, manual image analysis is impractical due to the huge diversity of this group of microalgae and its great morphological plasticity. As such, there is a need for automated recognition techniques for diagnostic tools (e.g. environmental monitoring networks, early warning systems) to improve the management of water resources and decision-making processes. Describing the entire workflow of a bioindicator system, from capture, analysis and identification to the determination of quality indices, this book provides insights into the current state-of-the-art in automatic identification systems in microscopy. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXIV, 294 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030392123 , 978-3-030-39212-3
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 10
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Fundamentals 1 Overview: Antecedents, Motivation and Necessity / Gabriel Cristóbal, Saúl Blanco, and Gloria Bueno 2 Diatom Classifications: What Purpose Do They Serve? / David M. Williams 3 Diatom Taxonomy and Identification Keys / Saúl Blanco 4 Naturally and Environmentally Driven Variations in Diatom Morphology: Implications for Diatom-Based Assessment of Water Quality / Adriana Olenici, C ̆alin Baciu, Saúl Blanco, and Soizic Morin Part II Sensing 5 Microscopic Modalities and Illumination Techniques / J. Piper and T. Piper 6 Light Filtering in Microscopy / J. Piper 7 Automatization Techniques. Slide Scanning / Carlos Sánchez, Jesús Ruiz-Santaquiteria Alegre, José Luis Espinosa Aranda, and Jesús Salido Part III Analysis 8 Segmentation Techniques / Gloria Bueno, Manuel G. Forero, Carlos A. Jacanamejoy, J. Alejandro Libreros, M. Milagro Fernandez-Carrobles, and Oscar Deniz 9 Diatom Feature Extraction and Classification / Noelia Vallez, Anibal Pedraza, Carlos Sánchez, Jesus Salido, Oscar Deniz, and Gloria Bueno 10 Multifocus and Multiexposure Techniques / Harbinder Singh, Gabriel Cristóbal, and Vinay Kumar 11 Stereoscopic Imaging of Diatoms in Light and Electron Microscopy / Robert Sturm 12 Geometric Morphometrics and the Shape of Microscopic Organisms / Ecaterina Fodor and Ovidiu Ioan Hâruta Part IV Applications 13 Water Quality Assessment / A. Goldenberg-Vilar, R. Álvarez-Troncoso, V. Roldán, and Saúl Blanco 14 Diatoms in Forensic Analysis / Eloy Girela-Lopez, Cristina M. Beltran-Aroca, and Herminia García-Mozo 15 Benthic Foraminifera and Diatoms as Ecological Indicators / Xavier Benito Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: 9783030332082 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Until recently, the prevailing view of marine life at high latitudes has been that organisms enter a general resting state during the dark Polar Night and that the system only awakens with the return of the sun. Recent research, however, with coordinated, multidisciplinary field campaigns based on the high Arctic Archipelago of Svalbard, have provided a radical new perspective. Instead of a system in dormancy, a new perspective of a system in full operation and with high levels of activity across all major phyla is emerging. Examples of such activities and processes include: Active marine organisms at sea surface, water column and the sea-floor. At surface we find active foraging in seabirds and fish, in the water column we find a high biodiversity and activity of zooplankton and larvae such as active light induced synchronized diurnal vertical migration, and at seafloor there is a high biodiversity in benthic animals and macroalgae. The Polar Night is a period for reproduction in many benthic and pelagic taxa, mass occurrence of ghost shrimps (Caprellides), high abundance of Ctenophores, physiological evidence of micro- and macroalgal cells that are ready to utilize the first rays of light when they appear, deep water fishes found at water surface in the Polar night, and continuous growth of bivalves throughout the winter. These findings not only begin to shape a new paradigm for marine winter ecology in the high Arctic, but also provide conclusive evidence for a top-down controlled system in which primary production levels are close to zero. In an era of environmental change that is accelerated at high latitudes, we believe that this new insight is likely to strongly impact how the scientific community views the high latitude marine ecosystem. Despite the overwhelming darkness, the main environmental variable affecting marine organisms in the Polar Night is in fact light. The light regime during the Polar Night is unique with respect to light intensity, spectral composition of light and photoperiod. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 375 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030332082 , 978-3-030-33208-2
    ISSN: 2468-5720 , 2468-5712
    Series Statement: Advances in polar ecology volume 4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Jørgen Berge, Geir Johnsen, and Jonathan H. Cohen 2 The Marine Physical Environment During the Polar Night / Finlo Cottier and Marie Porter 3 Light in the Polar Night / Jonathan H. Cohen, Jørgen Berge, Mark A. Moline, Geir Johnsen, and Artur P. Zolich 4 Marine Micro- and Macroalgae in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Eva Leu, and Rolf Gradinger 5 Zooplankton in the Polar Night / Jørgen Berge, Malin Daase, Laura Hobbs, Stig Falk-Petersen, Gerald Darnis, and Janne E. Søreide 6 Benthic Communities in the Polar Night / Paul E. Renaud, William G. Ambrose Jr., and Jan Marcin Węsławski 7 Fish Ecology During the Polar Night / Maxime Geoffroy and Pierre Priou 8 Biological Clocks and Rhythms in Polar Organisms / Kim S. Last, N. Sören Häfker, Vicki J. Hendrick, Bettina Meyer, Damien Tran, and Fabio Piccolin 9 Sensor-Carrying Platforms / Asgeir J. Sørensen, Martin Ludvigsen, Petter Norgren, Øyvind Ødegård, and Finlo Cottier 10 Operative Habitat Mapping and Monitoring in the Polar Night / Geir Johnsen, Aksel A. Mogstad, Jørgen Berge, and Jonathan H. Cohen 11 Life and Light at the Dead of Night / Jørgen Berge and Geir Johnsen Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030526559 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the atmosphere of our planet, and discusses historical and contemporary achievements in meteorological science and technology for the betterment of society. The book explores many significant atmospheric phenomena and physical processes from the local to global scale, as well as from the perspective of short and long-term time scales, and links these processes to various applications in other scientific disciplines with linkages to meteorology. In addition to addressing general topics such as climate system dynamics and climate change, the book also discusses atmospheric boundary layer, atmospheric waves, atmospheric chemistry, optics/photometeors, electricity, atmospheric modeling and numeric weather prediction. Through its interdisciplinary approach, the book will be of interest to researchers, students and academics in meteorology and atmospheric science, environmental physics, climate change dynamics, air pollution and human health impacts of atmospheric aerosols. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 437 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030526559 , 978-3-030-52655-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References 2 Meteorology as a Natural Science 2.1 Definition of the Atmosphere 2.2 Methods of Research of the Atmosphere 2.2.1 Experimental Method of Research 2.3 Relationship Between Meteorology and Other Sciences 2.4 Classification of Meteorology 2.4.1 Classification Based on the Studied Area 2.4.2 Classification According to the Scale of Processes 2.5 The Modern Term of Meteorology References 3 Historical Background 3.1 Aristotle’s Meteorologica 3.2 Early Research Period 3.3 Modern Research Period References 4 Structure and Composition of the Atmosphere 4.1 Earth Spheres 4.2 Basic Characteristics of the Atmosphere 4.3 Origin of the Atmosphere 4.4 Chemical Composition of the Atmosphere 4.5 Significant Atmospheric Gases 4.5.1 General Facts About the Atmosphere 4.6 Atmospheric Structure 4.6.1 Thermal Structure of the Atmosphere 4.7 Magneto-electronic Structure References 5 Energy and Radiation 5.1 Basic Features 5.2 Radiation Laws 5.3 Electromagnetic Radiation 5.4 Solar Radiation 5.4.1 Solar Constant 5.4.2 Direct Solar Radiation 5.4.3 Diffused Solar Radiation (D) 5.4.4 Solar Radiation Factors 5.4.5 Temporal and Spatial Changes in Insolation 5.5 Optical Radiation 5.5.1 UV Index 5.5.2 UV Index Factors 5.6 Ozone Layer 5.7 Earth Longwave Radiation 5.7.1 Earth’s Annual and Global Mean Energy Budget 5.7.2 Earth’s Heat Balance 5.7.3 Earth Radiation Budget and the Planetary Temperature 5.7.4 The Simple Greenhouse Model References 6 Atmospheric Thermodynamics 6.1 Definition 6.1.1 Thermodynamic System 6.2 An Ideal Gas Law 6.2.1 The Equation of State of Dry Air 6.2.2 The Equation of State of Moist Air 6.3 First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.3.1 The First Principle of Thermodynamics for an Ideal Gas 6.3.2 Enthalpy 6.3.3 Poisson Equations 6.3.4 Potential Temperature 6.3.5 Implementation of the First Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4 The Second Principle of Thermodynamics 6.4.1 Definition of Entropy 6.4.2 Summary on Reversible and Irreversible Processes References 7 Air Temperature 7.1 Air Temperature Definition 7.2 Heat and Temperature 7.2.1 Heat Transfer 7.3 Temperature Factors 7.3.1 Heat Advection 7.4 Temperature Changes 7.4.1 Daily Insolation and Pure Radiation 7.4.2 Daily Air Temperature Distribution 7.4.3 Vertical Temperature Change 7.4.4 Adiabatic Changes of Temperature 7.4.5 Temperature Inversion 7.4.6 Global Distributions of Temperature 7.4.7 Surface Temperatures 7.4.8 Urban Heat Island 7.5 Temperature Scales 7.6 Isotherms 7.7 Latitudinal Heat Balance References 8 Atmospheric Pressure and Wind 8.1 Mass of the Atmosphere 8.2 Definition of Atmospheric Pressure 8.3 Geopotential 8.4 Barometric Pressure Distribution 8.4.1 Pressure Gradient 8.4.2 Isobars 8.4.3 Isohypses 8.4.4 Hydrostatic Balance 8.5 Pressure Systems 8.6 Daily Pressure Distribution 8.7 Reduction of the Surface Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure (MSL) 8.8 Hydrostatic Equilibrium (Approximation) 8.9 Standard Atmosphere 8.10 Barotropic vs Baroclinic Atmosphere 8.11 Reduction on Atmospheric Pressure to Mean Sea Level Pressure 8.12 Stream Field 8.13 Definition of Wind 8.14 Classification of the Winds 8.14.1 Permanent Wind 8.14.2 Trade Winds 8.14.3 Anti-trade Winds 8.14.4 Periodic Winds 8.14.5 Local Winds 8.14.6 Land and Sea Breezes 8.14.7 Mountain and Valley Winds 8.14.8 Katabatic Winds References 9 Atmospheric Stability 9.1 Air Stability 9.2 Static Atmospheric Stability 9.3 Stability Due to Air Movement 9.4 Convective Instability 9.5 Low-Level Inversions References 10 Atmospheric Moisture 10.1 Water Vapour in the Atmosphere 10.2 Air Moisture Quantities 10.3 The Relative Humidity 10.4 The Moisture Deficit 10.5 A Dew Point Temperature 10.6 The Phase Changes 10.7 Condensation and Evaporation References 11 Clouds and Precipitation 11.1 Formation of Clouds 11.1.1 Air Saturation Mechanism 11.1.2 Adiabatic Cooling 11.1.3 Water Vapour Supply by Air Mixing 11.1.4 Mixing and Diffusion 11.1.5 Diabatic Cooling 11.1.6 Formation of Cloud Elements 11.1.7 Precipitation 11.1.8 The Mechanism of Ice Nucleation 11.1.9 Classification of the Microprocesses 11.2 Cloud Definition and Classification 11.2.1 Cloud Classification 11.2.2 Cloud Classification by Form 11.2.3 Cloud Classification Based on Height 11.2.4 International Cloud Classification 11.2.5 Cloud Classification by Composition 11.2.6 Classification by Mechanism of Formation 11.2.7 Special Clouds 11.3 Fog 11.3.1 Fog Types and Formation 11.4 Hydrometeors 11.4.1 Precipitation 11.4.2 Orographic Rainfall 11.4.3 Convective Rainfall 11.4.4 Frontal Rainfall References 12 Atmospheric Motion 12.1 Real Forces 12.1.1 Pressure Gradient Force 12.1.2 Gravity 12.1.3 Friction 12.2 The Forces That Are the Effects of Earth’s Rotation 12.2.1 Centrifugal Force 12.2.2 Coriolis Force (C) 12.3 Some Common Resultant Forces 12.3.1 Earth’s Gravity Force 12.3.2 Buoyancy Force 12.4 Atmospheric Motion 12.4.1 The Equation of Motion in a System Rotating Together with the Earth 12.5 Application of the Equations of Horizontal Motion 12.5.1 Geostrophic Wind (V g) 12.5.2 Thermal Wind (V T ) 12.5.3 Gradient Wind 12.5.4 Quasi-geostrophic Equations of Motion 12.6 Vertical Motions in the Atmosphere 12.7 Vorticity Equation 12.8 Basic Characteristics of Vorticity 12.8.1 Positive Vorticity Advection PVA and Upward Air Motion References 13 Atmospheric Waves 13.1 Waves: General Features 13.2 Wave Equation 13.2.1 Mathematical Description of 1-D Waves 13.3 Atmospheric Waves 13.3.1 History Studying Atmospheric Waves 13.3.2 Atmospheric Waves: Definition 13.3.3 Factors that Form a Wave 13.3.4 Basic Wave Properties and Classification 13.4 The Mathematical Concept of Atmospheric Waves 13.4.1 Atmospheric Sound Waves 13.4.2 Gravity Waves 13.4.3 Inertial-Gravity Waves 13.4.4 Rossby Waves References 14 Atmospheric Boundary Layer (ABL) 14.1 ABL Historical Overview 14.2 ABL Definition and Basic Characteristics 14.2.1 ABL Significance 14.3 ABL Structure 14.3.1 Surface Layer 14.3.2 Mixing Layer 14.3.3 Residual Layer 14.3.4 Stable Boundary Layer 14.3.5 Free Atmosphere 14.4 Factors Influence on ABL Structure 14.4.1 The Neutral PBL 14.4.2 The Ekman Wind Spiral 14.4.3 Unstable Stratified Atmospheric Boundary Layer References 15 General Circulation of the Atmosphere 15.1 General Atmospheric Circulation Definition 15.2 Conceptual Model of the General Atmospheric Circulation 15.3 Three-Cell Model of Circulation 15.3.1 Circulation in Hadley Cell 15.3.2 Intertropical Convergence Zone 15.3.3 Zonal Pressure Patterns 15.3.4 Upper Tropospheric Wind and Pressure Patterns 15.4 The Wind Patterns 15.4.1 Eastern and Western Winds 15.5 Global Distribution of Pressure, Rainfall, and Climate 15.6 Ocean Circulation 15.6.1 Major Ocean Currents 15.7 Ocean Waves 15.8 Large-Scale Circulation Modes 15.8.1 North Atlantic (NAO) and Artic Oscillation (AO) 15.8.2 El Niño-Southern Oscillation 15.8.3 La Nina 15.9 Winds at the Regional Scale: Monsoon 15.10 Jet Streams 15.10.1 A Waiver Jet Stream 15.11 Rossby Planetary Waves References 16 Air Masses and Fronts 16.1 Definition of Air Masses 16.1.1 Air Mass Source Region 16.1.2 Formation Criteria 16.2 Air Mass Classification 16.2.1 Polar Continental and Artic Continental Air Masses (cP and cA) 16.2.2 Maritime Polar Air Masses (mP) 16.2.3 Tropical Maritime Air Masses (mT) 16.3 Air Mass Modification 16.4 Fronts (Frontal Boundaries) 16.4.1 Types of Weather Fronts 16.4.2 Occluded Fronts References 17 Cyclones and Anticyclones 17.1 General Terms 17.2 Low-Pressure Systems: Cyclones 17.2.1 Formation of Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.2 Life Cycle of the Extratropical Cyclone 17.2.3 Cyclone Movement 17.2.4 Upper Level Low 17.3 High-Pressure System: Anticyclone 17.4 Weather Conditions Associate with Cyclones and Anticyclones References 18 Tropical Storms 18.1 General Overview 18.2 Tropical Cyclone Formation 18.2.1 General Factors 18.2.2 The Basic Ingredients 18.3 Areas of Formation 18.4 Classification of Tropical Cyclones 18.5 Tropical Storm Structure 18.5.1 Cyclonic Eye 18.5.2 Eyewall
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Call number: 9783030459093 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book addresses a broad range of issues concerning microplastic pollution, including microplastic pollution in various environments (freshwater, marine, air and soil); the sources, fate and effects of microplastics; detection systems for microplastic pollution monitoring; green approaches for the synthesis of environmentally friendly polymers; recovery and recycling of marine plastics; wastewater treatment plants as a microplastic entrance route; nanoplastics as emerging pollutants; degradation of plastics in the marine environment; impacts of microplastics on marine life; microplastics: from marine pollution to the human food chain; mitigation of microplastic impacts and innovative solutions; sampling, extraction, purification and identification approaches for microplastics; adsorption and transport of pollutants on and in microplastics; and lastly, the socio-economic and environmental impacts: assessment and risk analysis. In addition to presenting cutting-edge information and highlighting current trends and issues, the book proposes concrete solutions to help face this significant environmental threat. It is chiefly intended for researchers and industry decision-makers; international, national and local institutions; and NGOs, providing them with comprehensive information on the origin of the problem; its effects on marine environments, with a particular focus on the Mediterranean Sea and coasts; and recent and ongoing research activities and projects aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 329 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030459093 , 978-3-030-45909-3
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Impact of Microplastics on Filter-Feeding Megafauna / Maria Cristina Fossi, Matteo Baini, and Cristina Panti Microplastic Contamination of Sediment and Water Column in the Seine River Estuary / Soline Alligant, Johnny Gasperi, Aline Gangnery, Frank Maheux, Benjamin Simon, Marie-Pierre Halm-Lemille, Maria El Rakwe, Catherine Dreanno, Jérôme Cachot, and Bruno Tassin Plastic Debris in Urban Water and in Freshwater: Lessons Learned from Research Projects Launched in the Seine Basin Catchment / Johnny Gasperi, Soline Alligant, Rachid Dris, Romain Tramoy, Robin Treilles, and Bruno Tassin Insights on Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Ecosystems: The EPHEMARE Project / Francesco Regoli, Marina Albentosa, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Annika Batel, Maria João Bebianno, Marie-Laure Bégout, Ricardo Beiras, Juan Bellas, Ronny Blust, Agathe Bour, Thomas Braunbeck, Jérôme Cachot, Camilla Catarci Carteny, Bettie Cormier, Xavier Cousin, Alberto Cuesta, María Ángeles Esteban, Marco Faimali, Chiara Gambardella, Francesca Garaventa, Stefania Gorbi, Lúcia Guilhermino, Ketil Hylland, Steffen H. Keiter, Kathrin Kopke, Bénédicte Morin, Alexandre Pacheco, Lucia Pittura, Raewyn M. Town, and Luis R. Vieira What Can Model Polystyrene Nanoparticles Can Teach Us on the Impact of Nanoplastics in Bivalves? Studies in Mytilus from the Molecular to the Organism Level / Manon Auguste, Teresa Balbi, Caterina Ciacci, and Laura Canesi In Vitro Effects of Mercury (Hg) on the Immune Function of Mediterranean Mussel (Mytilus Galloprovincialis) Are Enhanced in Presence of Microplastics in the Extracellular Medium / Concepción Martínez-Gómez, Juan Santos-Echeandía, José R. Rivera-Hernández, Ramón Ortuño, Marina Albentosa, and Víctor M. León Study of Chemical Pollutants over Marine Microplastics Based on Their Composition and Degradation Rate / Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, Daura Vega-Moreno, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Marine Litter: Are There Solutions to This Environmental Challenge? / Richard C. Thompson and Francesca De Falco Development of a Thermo Degradation Method to Assess Levels and Distribution of Microplastics in Marine Sediments and Its Application in Two Case Studies: The Northern Adriatic Sea (Italy) and Boknafjord (Norway) / Alessio Gomiero, Kjell Birger Øysæd, Pierluigi Strafella, Gianna Fabi, and Giuseppe Scarcella Microplastics Extraction and Counting from Wastewater and Sludge Through Elutriation and Hydrocyclone / Rubén Rodríguez-Alegre, Javier Eduardo Sánchez-Ramírez, Laura Pastor, Silvia Doñate, Adrián Marí, Abel Lara, and Edxon Licon Microfiber Pollution from Source to Mitigation / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, and Mariacristina Cocca Textile Fibres in Mediterranean Surface Waters: Abundance and Composition / Giuseppe Suaria, Marta Musso, Aikaterini Achtypi, Deborah Bassotto, and Stefano Aliani When Size Matters – Textile Microfibers into the Environment / Francisco Belzagui, Carmen Gutiérrez-Bouzán, Antonio Álvarez-Sánchez, and Mercedes Vilaseca Derelict Fishing Gear – Removing a Source of Microplastics from the Marine Environment / Andrea Stolte, Jochen Lamp, Gabriele Dederer, Falk Schneider, Marta Kalinowska, Sylwia Migdal, Marek Press, Vesa Tschernij, and Andreas Frössberg Biodegradable Plastics Do not Form Chemically Persistent Microplastics / Francesco Degli Innocenti Controlled Aging and Degradation of Selected Plastics in Marine Environment: 12 Months of Follow-up / Luca Fambri, Roberto Caria, Fabrizio Atzori, Riccardo Ceccato, and Denis Lorenzi Inhalable Microplastics: A New Cause for Concern? / Frank J. Kelly, Joseph Levermore, and Stephanie Wright Microplastics and Nanoplastics Occurrence and Composition in Drinking Water from Akureyri Urban Area, Iceland / Ásta Margrét Ásmundsdóttir, Alessio Gomiero, and Kjell Birger Øysæd Association of Potential Human Pathogens with Microplastics in Freshwater Systems / Loriane Murphy, Kieran Germaine, David N. Dowling, Thomais Kakouli-Duarte, and John Cleary Sample Preparation and Analysis Methods of Microplastics / Tiziano Battistini, Masenka Mikuz, Giulia Dalla Fontana, Alessio Montarsolo, and Raffaella Mossotti INTO THE MED: Searching for Microplastics from Space to Deep-Sea / Catharina Pieper, Ana Martins, Erik Zettler, Clara Magalhães Loureiro, Victor Onink, Anu Heikkilä, Alexandre Epinoux, Ethan Edson, Vincenzo Donnarumma, Fons de Vogel, Kara Lavender Law, and Linda Amaral-Zettler Analysis of Marine Microplastics in the Water Column Sampled up to 300 M Depth / Daura Vega-Moreno, Bárbara Abaroa-Pérez, and J. Joaquín Hernández-Brito Macro and Microplastics in Stormwater and Combined Sewer Overflows in Paris Megacity / Robin Treilles, Johnny Gasperi, Mohamed Saad, Alain Rabier, Jérôme Breton, Vincent Rocher, Sabrina Guérin, and Bruno Tassin The Effect of Drinking Water Ozonation on Different Types of Submicron Plastic Particles / Gerardo Pulido-Reyes, Denise M. Mitrano, Ralf Kägi, and Urs von Gunten Microplastic in Coastal Areas - Impact of Waves, Sediments and Saltwater on the Degradation Behaviour / Maximilian P. Born and Holger Schüttrumpf The Role of Humic Acids on the Effects of Nanoplastics in Fish / I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Preliminary Data on the Polymer Type Identification from Estuarine Environmental Samples / Gonçalo Brás Gomes, Vanessa Morgado, and Carla Palma Qualitative and Quantitative Screening of Organic Pollutants Associated on Microplastics from Ofanto River (South Italy) / Claudia Campanale, Giuseppe Bagnuolo, Georg Dierkes, Carmine Massarelli, and Vito Felice Uricchio Assessment of Microplastic Pollution in Sarno River / Francesca De Falco, Emilia Di Pace, Gennaro Gentile, Rachele Castaldo, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Maurizio Avella, Giancarlo Chiavazzo, Mariateresa Imaparato, Francesca Montuoro, Luca Pucci, Stefania Di Vito, and Mariacristina Cocca Holistic Approach to the Marine Microplastics: Sampling, Characterization, Consequences / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Marine Microplastics at Santuario Pelagos / Agnieszka Dąbrowska Microplastics Uptake and Egestion Dynamics in Pacific Oysters, Magallana Gigas (Thunberg, 1793), Under Controlled Conditions / Philip Graham, Luca Palazzo, Stefano Carboni, Trevor Telfer, Maura Baroli, and Giuseppe Andrea de Lucia Extraction Protocol Optimization for Detection of Microplastics in Digestive System Contents of Loggerhead Turtle (Caretta Caretta) / Ludovica Di Renzo, Giuseppina Mascilongo, Federica Di Giacinto, Daniela Zezza, Gabriella Di Francesco, Vincenzo Olivieri, Miriam Berti, Antonio Petrini, and Nicola Ferri Study of Plastics Debris Collected on the North Beaches of the Garda Lake After the Severe Storm Vaia in Autumn 2018 / Luca Fambri, Giada Bombardelli, Claudia Gavazza, Alfredo Casagranda, Paola Battocchi, and Renzo Tomasi Microplastics and Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons Occurrence in a Demersal Fish (Solea solea) in the Adriatic Sea / Emanuela Frapiccini, Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Giuseppe Scarcella, Stefano Guicciardi, Anna Annibaldi, Mattia Betti, and Mauro Marini Ecotoxicological Effects of Microplastics in Marine Zooplankton / Silvia Morgana, Chiara Gambardella, Elisa Costa, Veronica Piazza, Francesca Garaventa, and Marco Faimali Occurrence of Microplastics in the Gastrointestinal Tracts (GITs) of the Common Dolphinfish, Coryphaena Hippurus, from the Western Mediterranean Sea / Gabriella Schirinzi, Cristina Pedà, Franco Andaloro, Matteo Baini, Pietro Battaglia, Michela D’Alessandro, Martina Genovese, Marinella Farré, Cristina Panti, Maria Cristina Fossi, and Teresa Romeo Effects of Polymethacrylate Nanoplastics on Lipid Metabolism in Sparus Aurata / C. Barría, I. Brandts, J. C. Balasch, A. Tvarijonaviciute, A. Barreto, M. A. Martins, L. Tort, M. Oliveira, and M. Teles Measuring the Size and the Charge of Microplastics in Aqueous Suspensions With and With
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: 9783319916088 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: What do we know about Mediterranean Cold (Deep)-Water coral ecosystems? In this book, specialists offer answers and insights with a series of chapters and short papers about the paleoecology, biology, physiology and ecology of the corals and other organisms that comprise these ecosystems. Structured on a temporal axis—Past, Present and Future—the reviews and selected study cases cover the cold and deep coral habitats known to date in the Mediterranean Basin. This book illustrates and explains the deep Mediterranean coral habitats that might have originated similar thriving ecosystems in today’s Atlantic Ocean
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 582 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9783319916088 , 978-3-319-91608-8
    ISSN: 2213-719X , 2213-7203
    Series Statement: Coral reefs of the world volume 9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction 1 An Introduction to the Research on Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Covadonga Orejas and Carlos Jiménez Part I Past 2 Paleoecology of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Marco Taviani, Agostina Vertino, Lorenzo Angeletti, Paolo Montagna, and Alessandro Remia 3 Cold-Water Corals in the Mediterranean: A History of Discovery / Julian Evans, Leyla Knittweis, Joseph A. Borg, and Patrick J. Schembri 4 A Turbulent Story: Mediterranean Contourites and Cold-Water Corals / Michele Rebesco and Marco Taviani 5 Messinian Salinity Crisis: What Happened to Cold-Water Corals? / André Freiwald 6 Did Quaternary Climate Fluctuations Affect Mediterranean Deep-Sea Coral Communities? / Agostina Vertino and Cesare Corselli 7 A Deglacial Cold-Water Coral Boom in the Alborán Sea: From Coral Mounds and Species Dominance / Claudia Wienberg 8 Highly Variable Submarine Landscapes in the Alborán Sea Created by Cold-Water Corals / Dierk Hebbeln 9 Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Agostina Vertino, Marco Taviani, and Cesare Corselli 10 Bathyal Corals Within the Aegean Sea and the Adjacent Hellenic Trench / Jürgen Titschack 11 Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals as Paleoclimate Archives / Paolo Montagna and Marco Taviani 12 Tomography of Cold-Water Corals-Bearing Cores / Lorenzo Angeletti, Matteo Bettuzzi, and Maria Pia Morigi 13 Changing Views About Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Marco Taviani Part II Present 14 Taxonomy, Genetics and Biodiversity of Mediterranean Deep-Sea Corals and Cold-Water Corals / Alvaro Altuna and Angelo Poliseno 15 Habitat Mapping of Cold-Water Corals in the Mediterranean Sea / Claudio Lo Iacono, Alessandra Savini, Veerle A. I. Huvenne, and Eulàlia Gràcia 16 Cold-Water Coral Habitat Mapping in the Mediterranean Sea: Methodologies and Perspectives / Lorenzo Angeletti, Annaëlle Bargain, Elisabetta Campiani, Federica Foglini, Valentina Grande, Elisa Leidi, Alessandra Mercorella, Mariacristina Prampolini, and Marco Taviani 17 Working with Visual Methods, Comparison Among the French Deep-Sea Canyons / Maïa Fourt, Adrien Goujard, and Pierre Chevaldonné 18 Review of the Circulation and Characteristics of Intermediate Water Masses of the Mediterranean: Implications for Cold-Water Coral Habitats / Daniel R. Hayes, Katrin Schroeder, Pierre-Marie Poulain, Pierre Testor, Laurent Mortier, Anthony Bosse, and Xavier du Madron 19 Occurrence and Biogeography of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Giovanni Chimienti, Marzia Bo, Marco Taviani, and Francesco Mastrototaro 20 Gorgonian and Black Coral Assemblages in Deep Coastal Bottoms and Continental Shelves of the Mediterranean Sea / Andrea Gori, Jordi Grinyó, Carlos Dominguez-Carrió, Stefano Ambroso, Pablo J. López-González, Josep-Maria Gili, Giorgio Bavestrello, and Marzia Bo 21 Mediterranean Black Coral Communities / Marzia Bo and Giorgio Bavestrello 22 Recent Discoveries of Extensive Cold-Water Coral Assemblages in Maltese Waters / Leyla Knittweis, Julian Evans, Ricardo Aguilar, Helena Álvarez, Joseph A. Borg, Silvia García, and Patrick J. Schembri 23 Corals of Aphrodite: Dendrophyllia ramea Populations of Cyprus / Covadonga Orejas, Carlos Jiménez, Andrea Gori, Jesús Rivera, Claudio Lo Iacono, Didier Aurelle, Louis Hadjioannou, Antonis Petrou, and Katerina Achilleos 24 Cold-Water Corals in Fluid Venting Submarine Structures / Desirée Palomino, José Luis Rueda, Juan Tomás Vázquez, Javier Urra, Olga Sánchez-Guillamón, Emilio González-García, Nieves López-González, and Luis Miguel Fernández-Salas 25 Cold-Water Corals and Mud Volcanoes: Life on a Dynamic Substrate / Andres Rüggeberg and Anneleen Foubert 26 Occurrence of Living Cold-Water Corals at Large Depths Within Submarine Canyons of the Northwestern Mediterranean Sea / Anna Aymà, Jacopo Aguzzi, Miquel Canals, Joan Batista Company, Galderic Lastras, Ariadna Mecho, and Claudio Lo Iacono 27 Submarine Canyons in the Mediterranean: A Shelter for Cold-Water Corals / Pere Puig and Josep-Maria Gili 28 A Cold-Water Coral Habitat in La Fonera Submarine Canyon, Northwestern Mediterranean Sea / Galderic Lastras, Anna Sanchez-Vidal, and Miquel Canals 29 Cold-Water Coral Associated Fauna in the Mediterranean Sea and Adjacent Areas / José L. Rueda, Javier Urra, Ricardo Aguilar, Lorenzo Angeletti, Marzia Bo, Cristina García-Ruiz, Manuel M. González-Duarte, Eduardo López, Teresa Madurell, Manuel Maldonado, Ángel Mateo-Ramírez, César Megina, Juan Moreira, Francina Moya, Lais V. Ramalho, Antonietta Rosso, Cèlia Sitjà, and Marco Taviani 30 Cold-Water Corals as Shelter, Feeding and Life-History Critical Habitats for Fish Species: Ecological Interactions and Fishing Impact / Gianfranco D’Onghia 31 Past, Present and Future Connectivity of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals: Patterns, Drivers and Fate in a Technically and Environmentally Changing World / Joana Boavida, Ronan Becheler, Anna Maria Addamo, Florent Sylvestre, and Sophie Arnaud-Haond 32 Desmophyllum dianthus Genetics and More / Anna Maria Addamo 33 Diversity of Bacteria Associated with the Cold Water Corals Lophelia pertusa and Madrepora oculata / Markus G. Weinbauer, Davide Oregioni, Anne Großkurth, Marie-Emanuelle Kerros, Tilmann Harder, Michael DuBow, Jean-Pierre Gattuso, and Cornelia Maier 34 Lophelia pertusa and Madrepora oculata: An Archaea Riddle? / Markus G. Weinbauer, Davide Oregioni, and Cornelia Maier 35 Biology and Ecophysiology of Mediterranean Cold–Water Corals / Stéphanie Reynaud and Christine Ferrier-Pagès 36 Growth Patterns of Mediterranean Calcifying Cold-Water Corals / Franck Lartaud, Vincent Mouchi, Leïla Chapron, Anne-Leïla Meistertzheim, and Nadine Le Bris 37 Demography and Conservation of Deep Corals: The Study of Population Structure and Dynamics / Lorenzo Bramanti, Giovanni Santangelo, Maria Carla Benedetti, Mimmo Iannelli, and Katell Guizien 38 Cold-Water Coral in Aquaria: Advances and Challenges. A Focus on the Mediterranean / Covadonga Orejas, Marco Taviani, Stefano Ambroso, Vasilis Andreou, Meri Bilan, Marzia Bo, Sandra Brooke, Paal Buhl-Mortensen, Erik Cordes, Carlos Dominguez-Carrió, Christine Ferrier-Pagès, Antonio Godinho, Andrea Gori, Jordi Grinyó, Cristina Gutiérrez-Zárate, Sebastian Hennige, Carlos Jiménez, Ann I. Larsson, Franck Lartaud, Jay Lunden, Cornelia Maier, Sandra R. Maier, Juancho Movilla, Fiona Murray, Erwan Peru, Autun Purser, Maria Rakka, Stéphanie Reynaud, J. Murray Roberts, Pedro Siles, Susanna M. Strömberg, Laurenz Thomsen, Dick van Oevelen, Alfredo Veiga, and Marina Carreiro-Silva 39 Approaching Cold-Water Corals to the Society: Novel Ways to Transfer Knowledge / Sergio Rossi and Covadonga Orejas Part III Future 40 Perspectives of Biophysical Modelling with Implications on Biological Connectivity of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals / Matthew W. Johnston and Ann I. Larsson 41 The Interface Between Tectonic Evolution and Cold-Water Coral Dynamics in the Mediterranean / Rinus Wortel and Paul Meijer 42 The Mediterranean Is Getting Saltier: From the Past to the Future / Nikolaos Skliris 43 The Spread of Non-indigenous Species in the Mediterranean – A Threat to Cold-Water Corals? / Bella S. Galil 44 Fate of Mediterranean Scleractinian Cold-Water Corals as a Result of Global Climate Change. A Synthesis / Cornelia Maier, Markus G. Weinbauer, and Jean-Pierre Gattuso 45 A Case Study: Variability in the Calcification Response of Mediterranean Cold-Water Corals to Ocean Acidification / Juancho Movilla 46 Conservation of Cold-Water Corals in the Mediterranean: Current Status and Future Prospects for Improvement / Maria del Mar Otero and Pilar Marin Species Index Subject Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Call number: 9783030104665 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: It is not so long ago (a mere 17,000 years – a blink in geologic time) that vast areas of the Northern Hemisphere were covered with ice sheets up to two miles thick, lowering the oceans by more than 120 m. By 11,000 years ago, most of the ice was gone. Evidence from polar ice cores and ocean sediments show that Ice Ages were persistent and recurrent over the past 800,000 years. The data suggests that Ice Ages were the normal state, and were temporarily interrupted by interglacial warm periods about nine times during this period. Quasi-periodic variations in the Earth cause the solar input to high northern latitudes to vary with time over thousands of years. The widely accepted Milankovitch theory implies that the interglacial warm periods are associated with high solar input to high northern latitudes. However, many periods of high solar input to high northern latitudes occur during Ice Ages while the ice sheets remain. The data also indicates that Ice Ages will persist regardless of solar input to high northern latitudes, until several conditions are met that are necessary to generate a termination of an Ice Age. An Ice Age will not terminate until it has been maturing for many tens of thousands of years leading to a reduction of the atmospheric CO2 concentration to less than 200 ppm. At that point, CO2 starvation coupled with lower temperatures will cause desertification of marginal regions, leading to the generation of large quantities of dust. High winds transfer this dust to the ice sheets greatly increasing their solar absorptivity, and at the next up-lobe in the solar input to high northern latitudes, solar power melts the ice sheets over about a 6,000-year interval. A warm interglacial period follows, during which dust levels drop remarkably. Slowly but surely, ice begins accumulating again at high northern latitudes and an incipient new Ice Age begins. This third edition presents data and models to support this theory
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 346 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (überwiegend farbig)
    Edition: Tthird edition
    ISBN: 9783030104665 , 978-3-030-10466-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 History and Description of Ice Ages 1.1 Discovery of Ice Ages 1.2 Description of Ice Sheets 1.3 Vegetation During LGM 1.3.1 LGM Climate 1.3.2 Global Flora 1.3.3 Ice Age Forests 1.4 Vegetation and Dust Generation During the LGM 1.4.1 Introduction: Effect of Low CO2 on Plants 1.4.2 C3 and C4 Flora Differences 1.4.3 Effects of Low CO2 on Tree Lines 1.4.4 Source of the LGM Dust 2 Variability of the Earth’s Climate 2.1 Factors that Influence Global Climate 2.2 Stable Extremes of the Earth’s Climate 2.3 Ice Ages in the Recent Geological Past 3 Ice Core Methodology 3.1 History of Ice Core Research 3.2 Dating Ice Core Data 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Age Markers 3.2.3 Counting Layers Visually 3.2.4 Layers Determined by Measurement 3.2.5 Ice Flow Modeling 3.2.6 Other Dating Methods 3.2.7 Synchronization of Dating of Ice Cores from Greenland and Antarctica 3.2.8 GISP2 Experience 3.2.9 Tuning 3.2.10 Flimsy Logic 3.3 Processing Ice Core Data 3.3.1 Temperature Estimates from Ice Cores 3.3.2 Temperature Estimates from Borehole Models 3.3.3 Climate Variations 3.3.4 Trapped Gases 4 Ice Core Data 4.1 Greenland Ice Core Historical Temperatures 4.2 Antarctica Ice Core Historical Temperatures 4.2.1 Vostok and EPICA Data 4.2.2 Homogeneity of Antarctic Ice Cores 4.3 North-South Synchrony 4.3.1 Direct Comparison of Greenland and Antarctica Ice Core Records 4.3.2 Sudden Changes 4.3.3 Interpretation of Sudden Change in Terms of Ocean Circulation 4.3.4 Seasonal Variability of Precipitation 4.4 Data from High-Elevation Ice Cores 4.5 Carbon Dioxide 4.5.1 Measurements 4.5.2 Explanations 4.6 Dust in Ice Cores 5 Ocean Sediment Data 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Chronology 5.3 Universality of Ocean Sediment Data 5.4 Summary of Ocean Sediment Ice Volume Data 5.5 Comparison of Ocean Sediment Data with Polar Ice Core Data 5.6 Historical Sea Surface Temperatures 5.7 Ice-Rafted Debris 6 Other Data Sources 6.1 Devil’s Hole 6.1.1 Devil’s Hole Data 6.1.2 Comparison of Devil’s Hole Data with Ocean Sediment Data 6.1.3 Devil’s Hole: Global or Regional Data? 6.1.4 Comparison of Devil’s Hole Data with Vostok Data 6.1.5 The Continuing Controversy 6.2 Speleothems in Caves 6.3 Magnetism in Rocks and Loess 6.3.1 Magnetism in Loess 6.3.2 Rock Magnetism in Lake Sediments 6.4 Pollen Records 6.5 Physical Indicators 6.5.1 Ice Sheet Moraines 6.5.2 Coral Terraces 6.5.3 Mountain Glaciers 6.6 Red Sea Sediments 7 Overview of the Various Models for Ice Ages 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Variability of the Sun 7.3 Astronomical Theory 7.4 Volcanism 7.5 Greenhouse Gases 7.6 Role of the Oceans 7.6.1 Glacial-Interglacial Cycles: The Consensus View 7.6.2 Sudden Climate Change - The Consensus View 7.6.3 Wunsch’s Objections 7.7 Models Based on Clouds 7.7.1 Extraterrestrial Dust Accretion 7.7.2 Clouds Induced by Cosmic Rays 7.7.3 Ocean–Atmosphere Model 7.8 Models Based on the Southern Hemisphere 8 Variability of the Earth’s Orbit: Astronomical Theory 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Variability of the Earth’s Orbit 8.2.1 Variability Within the Orbital Plane 8.2.2 Variability of the Orbital Plane 8.3 Calculation of Solar Intensities 8.4 Importance of Each Orbital Parameter 8.5 Historical Solar Irradiance at Higher Latitudes 8.6 Connection Between Solar Variability and Glaciation/Deglaciation Cycles According to Astronomical Theory 8.6.1 Models for Ice Volume 8.6.2 Review of the Imbries’ Model 8.6.3 Memory Model 8.6.4 Modification of Paillard Model 8.7 Models Based on Eccentricity or Obliquity 8.7.1 A Model Based on Eccentricity 8.7.2 The Middle-Pleistocene Transition (MPT) 9 Comparison of Astronomical Theory with Data 9.1 Ice Volume Versus Solar Input 9.2 Spectral Analysis 9.2.1 Introduction 9.2.2 Spectral Analysis of Solar and Paleoclimate Data 10 Interglacials 11 Terminations of Ice Ages 11.1 Abstract 11.2 Background 11.3 Terminations 11.4 North or South (or Both)? 11.5 Models Based on CO 2 and the Southern Hemisphere 11.6 Climate Models for Terminations of Ice Ages 11.7 Model Based on Solar Amplitudes 11.8 Dust as the Driver for Terminations 11.8.1 Introduction 11.8.2 Antarctic Dust Data 11.8.3 Correlation of Ice Core Dust Data with Terminations 11.8.4 Dust Levels on the Ice Sheets 11.8.5 Optical Properties of Surface Deposited Dust 11.8.6 Source of the Dust 11.8.7 Ice Sheet Margins 11.9 Model Based on Solar Thresholds 11.10 The Milankovitch Model Versus the Most Likely Model 11.10.1 Criteria for a Theory 11.10.2 The “Milankovitch” Model 11.10.3 The Most Likely Model 11.10.4 Unanswered Questions 12 Status of Our Understanding References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: 10.2312/zipe.1983.077
    In: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde, Nr. 77
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (228 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISSN: 0514-8790
    Series Statement: Veröffentlichungen des Zentralinstituts Physik der Erde Nr. 77
    Language: English , Russian , German
    Note: Vorwort/Preface part I: Development and spatial position of molasses and their region of accumulation Lützner, H.; Vass, D.: Subdivision and stages of development of Variscan and Alpine molasses (on the base of the example of Central European Variscides and West Carpathians) Vass, D.; Krystek, I.; Stranik, Zd.: Tectonic activity in time of formation of Main and Late molasses in Czechoslovakian West Carpathians Vozarova, A.; Vozar, J.: Subdivision and stages of development of Variscan molasse of the Czechoslovakian West Carpathians Schwab, G.: The transition between molasse stage and platform cover in the Variscan Central Europe Волочкоич, К.Л. : Верхнепалеозойские орогенные комплексы и структуры Южного Тянь-Шаня (Late Paleozoic orogenic complexes and structures of Southern Tjan-Schan) Леонов, Ю.Г. ; Щерба, И.Г. : Некоторые особенности верхенекайнозойских моласс в зпиплатформенной активизации юга Средней Азии (Some features of Upper Cenozoic molasee in area of epi-platform reactivation in southern Middle Asia) Щерба, И.Г. : Характерный механизм образовация олистостромов в эпоху горообразования (Typical mechanism of olistostrome formation in orogenic epochs) Леонов, Ю.Г. : Корреляция тектонических движений в орогенных областях (областях молассообразования) и за их пределами (Correlation of tectonic movements within and outside of orogene regions (regions of molasse formation) part II: Geological development of block-tectonics in the region of Elbe-Lineament, especially in the territory of G.D.R. Bankwitz, P.; Frischbutter, A.; Bankwitz, E.: Structure and tectonic development of Elbe-zone Ludwig, A.O.: Die strukturelle Entwicklung des NW-Abschnittes des Elbe-Lineaments und Vergleich mit dem anschließenden SE-Abschnitt im Gebiet der DDR (The structural development of the NW-part of Elbe-lineament and comparison with the south-eastern part on the territory of G.D.R.) Benek, R.: Über Beziehungen des permosilesischen Vulkanismus zum Bruchmuster, speziell zum Elbe-Lineament (On relations of Permo-Silesian volcanism to the fault pattern, especially to the Elbe-lineament) Stackebrandt, W.: Zum tektonischen Charakter der Harznordrandstörung (On tectonic character of Northern Harz border fault system) Janssen, Chr.: Analyse der Spannungsverteilung im Tafeldeckgebirge des Subherzynen Beckens und angrenzender Gebiete (Investigations of distribution of paleostress in platform cover of Subhercyn basin and adjacent regions) Fusan, O.; Kvitkovič, J.; Plancǎr, J.: Bau und Dynamik einiger Blöcke der Westkarpaten (Structure and dynamics of several tectonic blocke of the West Carpathians) Николаев, В.Г.: Консолидированная земная кора паннонского бассейна (The consolidation of earth's crust in the Pannonian Basin)
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 9783030863906 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is of paramount importance in the fields of engineering and applied sciences, given that through the values obtained by these procedures, many structures, like spillways of dams and highway culverts, are designed and constructed. The main aim of this book is to provide procedures for implementing many probability distribution functions, all of them based on using a standard and a common computational application known as Excel, which is available to any personal computer user. The computer procedures are given in enough detail, so readers can develop their own Excel worksheets. All the probability distribution functions in the book have schemes to estimate its parameters, quantiles, and confidence limits through the methods of moments and maximum likelihood.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030863906 , 978-3-030-86390-6
    ISSN: 2730-6674 , 2730-6682
    Series Statement: Earth and environmental sciences library
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Brief History of Natural Extreme Events 1.3 Motivation and Goals 1.4 Chapter Outline 2 Basic Notions of Probability and Statistics for Natural Extreme Events Frequency Analyses 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Chapter Objectives 2.3 Basic Notions of Theory of Probability 2.3.1 Definition of Probability 2.3.2 Random Variables 2.3.3 Probability Distribution Functions 2.3.4 Probability Density Functions 2.3.5 Non-exceedance and Exceedance Probabilities 2.3.6 Return Period 2.4 Basic Notions of Statistics 2.4.1 Moments of a Distribution 2.4.2 Measures of Central Tendency 2.4.3 Measures of Dispersion 2.4.4 Measures of Symmetry 2.4.5 Measures of Peakedness 2.4.6 Descriptive Statistics 2.5 Methods for the Estimation of Parameters of Probability Distribution Functions 2.5.1 The Method of Moments (MOM) 2.5.2 The Method of Maximum Likelihood (ML) 2.5.3 The Method of Probability Weighted Moments (PWM) 2.6 Quantile Estimation and Frequency Factor 2.7 Plotting Position Formulas 2.8 Confidence Limits 2.9 Standard Errors of Estimates 2.9.1 MOM Method 2.9.2 ML Method 2.9.3 PWM Method 2.10 Plotting the Extreme Value Data and Models 2.10.1 Normal Probability Paper 2.10.2 Gumbel’s Probability Paper 2.11 Goodness of Fit Tests 2.11.1 The Standard Error of Fit 2.11.2 The Mean Absolute Relative Deviation 2.11.3 The Akaike’s Information Criterion 2.12 Outliers Tests 2.12.1 The Grubbs and Beck Test 2.13 Test for Independence and Stationarity 2.14 Test for Homogeneity and Stationarity 3 Normal Distribution 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Chapter Objectives 3.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 3.4 Estimation of Parameters 3.4.1 MOM Method 3.4.2 ML Method 3.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the NOR Distribution 3.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the NOR Distribution 3.6 Goodness of Fit Test 3.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM-ML Estimators of the Parameters of the NOR Distribution 3.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the NOR Distribution 3.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the NOR Distribution 3.8.1 MOM Method 3.8.2 ML Method 3.9 Examples of Application for the NOR Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 3.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 3.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 3.9.3 Wave Height Frequency Analysis 3.9.4 Maximum Annual Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 4 Two-Parameters Log-Normal Distribution 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Chapter Objectives 4.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 4.4 Estimation of the Parameters 4.4.1 MOM Method 4.4.2 ML Method 4.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LN2 Distribution 4.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the LN2 Distribution 4.6 Goodness of Fit Test 4.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LN2 Distribution 4.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the LN2 Distribution 4.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the LN2 Distribution 4.8.1 MOM Method 4.8.2 ML Method 4.9 Examples of Application for the LN2 Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 4.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 4.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 4.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 4.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 5 Three-Parameters Log-Normal Distribution 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Chapter Objectives 5.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 5.4 Estimation of the Parameters 5.4.1 MOM Method 5.4.2 ML Method 5.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LN3 Distribution 5.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM Quantiles for the LN3 Distribution 5.6 Goodness of Fit Test 5.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LN3 Distribution 5.7 Estimation of the Confidence Limits for the LN3 Distribution 5.8 Estimation of the Standard Errors for the LN3 Distribution 5.8.1 MOM Method 5.8.2 ML Method 5.9 Examples of Application for the LN3 Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 5.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 5.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 5.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 5.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 6 Gamma Distribution 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Chapter Objectives 6.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 6.4 Estimation of the Parameters 6.4.1 MOM Method 6.4.2 ML Method 6.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the GAM Distribution 6.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the GAM Distribution 6.6 Goodness of Fit Test 6.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the GAM Distribution 6.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the GAM Distribution 6.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the GAM Distribution 6.8.1 MOM Method 6.8.2 ML Method 6.9 Examples of Application for the GAM Distribution Using Excel ® Spreadsheets 6.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 6.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 6.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 6.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 7 Pearson Type III Distribution 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Chapter Objectives 7.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 7.4 Estimation of the Parameters 7.4.1 MOM Method 7.4.2 ML Method 7.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the PIII Distribution 7.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM and ML Quantiles for the PIII Distribution 7.6 Goodness of Fit Test 7.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the PIII Distribution 7.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the PIII Distribution 7.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the PIII Distribution 7.8.1 MOM Method 7.8.2 ML Method 7.9 Examples of Application for the PIII Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 7.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 7.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 7.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 7.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 8 Log-Pearson Type III Distribution 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Chapter Objectives 8.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 8.4 Estimation of the Parameters 8.4.1 MOM Method 8.4.2 ML Method 8.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.1 Estimation of MOM1, MOM2 and ML Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.2 Estimation of WRC Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.5.3 Examples of Estimation of MOM1, MOM2, WRC and ML Quantiles for the LPIII Distribution 8.6 Goodness of Fit Test 8.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM1, WRC and ML Estimators of the Parameters of the LPIII Distribution 8.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution 8.7.1 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution for MOM1, MOM2, and ML Methods 8.7.2 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the LPIII Distribution for WRC Method 8.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the LPIII Distribution 8.8.1 MOM Method 8.8.2 ML Method 8.9 Examples of Application for the LPIII Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 8.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 8.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 8.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 8.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analysis 9 Extreme Value Type I Distribution 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Chapter Objectives 9.3 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 9.4 Estimation of the Parameters 9.4.1 MOM Method 9.4.2 ML Method 9.4.3 PWM Method 9.5 Estimation of Quantiles for the EVI Distribution 9.5.1 Examples of Estimation of MOM, ML and PWM Quantiles for the EVI Distribution 9.6 Goodness of Fit Test 9.6.1 Examples of Application of the SEF and MARD to the MOM, ML and PWM Estimators of the Parameters of the EVI Distribution 9.7 Estimation of Confidence Limits for the EVI Distribution 9.8 Estimation of Standard Errors for the EVI Distribution 9.8.1 MOM Method 9.8.2 ML Method 9.8.3 PWM Method 9.9 Examples of Application for the EVI Distribution Using Excel® Spreadsheets 9.9.1 Flood Frequency Analysis 9.9.2 Rainfall Frequency Analysis 9.9.3 Maximum Significant Wave Height Frequency Analysis 9.9.4 Annual Maximum Wind Speed Frequency Analy
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783031141942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book explores the PhD experience as never before and provides a “survival guide” for current and prospective PhD students. The book investigates why mental health issues are so common among the postgraduate population, going beyond the statistics, looking at lived experience of both the author and as well as current PhD students, who have found balancing mental wellness with the PhD endeavour challenging. The author discusses tips and tricks she wished she had known at the start of her PhD process for managing mental health, such as managing imposter feelings, prioritising workload, and self-care strategies to help others throughout their own journey. The book goes beyond typical mental health discussions (where the focus for improving mental health is placed on PhD students to become “more resilient”) and explores some of the often unspoken environmental factors that can impact mental health. These include the PhD student-supervisor relationship, the pressure to publish, and deep systemic problems in academia, such as racism, bullying and harassment. Finally, the book is a call to action, providing tangible improvements from the author’s perspective that university institutions can make to ensure that academia is a place for all to thrive.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIX, 199 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9783031141942 , 978-3-031-14194-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Defining the Problem 1 Introduction 1.1 A Comment on the Guide 1.2 If You Are Studying for a PhD 1.3 If You Are a PhD Supervisor or PhD Course Coordinator 1.4 If You Are a Concerned Friend or Family Member References 2 Challenging Perceptions: What Is Mental Health Anyway? 2.1 The Mental Health Continuum 2.2 Barriers to Seeking Help 2.3 Recognising the Signs 2.4 Helping Others 2.5 What Mental Health Isn’t 2.6 To Declare or Not to Declare?: That Is the Question References 3 Setting the Scene: Understanding the PhD Mental Health Crisis 3.1 Exploring the Data 3.2 What Is the Cause? 3.3 Research Culture 3.4 The Ups and Downs of the PhD Journey 3.5 There Is Hope References Part II Mindset Matters 4 Self-Care: Without You There Is No PhD 4.1 Setting the Foundations 4.2 Establishing a Good Sleep Schedule 4.3 Eat Nutritious Food 4.4 Physical Exercise 4.5 Managing Finances 4.6 Examples of Self-Care 4.7 Putting Self-Care in Context of a PhD 4.8 Acknowledging There May Be a Problem: Addiction 4.9 Setting Boundaries 4.10 What to Do If You Reach Burnout 4.11 Navigating Self-Care as a Part-Time PhD Student References 5 Not Another Yoga Session: University Wellbeing Programs and Why They so Often Miss the Mark 5.1 Reactive Not Proactive 5.2 Trying Something New 5.3 Building Resilience 5.4 The Darker Side of Resilience References 6 “I’ll Read It Later” and Other Lies We Tell Ourselves: Managing Expectations and Guilt 6.1 Starting Out 6.2 Changing the World 6.3 Planning Your PhD 6.4 You Are Entitled to (and Deserve) Breaks 6.5 Becoming an Expert 6.6 First Time Failing 6.7 Be Grateful (or Else) 6.8 Productivity and Time Management 6.9 Prioritising References 7 Why You Earned It: Fighting the Impostor 7.1 Understanding the Value You Bring 7.2 Receiving Recognition 7.3 Receiving Critique 7.4 Comparing Yourself With Others 7.5 Asking for Help 7.6 Redefining Your Self-Worth 7.7 Perfectionism 7.8 Email ‘Anxiety’ 7.9 Presentation Nerves 7.10 Fighting Back 7.11 Discriminatory Gaslighting References Part III Environmental Stressors 8 Dismantling the Ivory Tower: Systemic Issues That Might Impact Your Mental Health 8.1 The Ivory Tower 8.2 Systemic Racism 8.3 Gender Discrimination 8.4 Sexual Harassment 8.5 Bullying 8.6 LGBT+ Discrimination 8.7 Being “First Generation” 8.8 Classism 8.9 Financial Concerns 8.10 Ableism, Disability and Neurodivergence 8.11 Ageism 8.12 Isolation and Culture Shock 8.13 A Comment on Intersectionality 8.14 Changing the Research Culture 8.15 In the Meantime, What Can You Do? 8.16 Finding Light in a Dark Place References 9 Perhaps It’s Not You It’s Them: PhD Student-Supervisor Relationships 9.1 Choosing Your Supervisor 9.2 The Role of a PhD Supervisor 9.3 Understanding What Makes a Supportive Supervisor 9.4 At Odds 9.5 The Flaw in the System 9.6 Identifying Your Supervisor’s Working Style 9.7 Pervasive, Damaging Biases 9.8 When Things Go Seriously Wrong (and It Is Definitely not Your Fault) 9.9 What You Can Do If Your Supervisor Is Abusive 9.10 Effective Communication 9.11 What to Do if You Have a Disagreement References 10 Publish or Perish: On the Myth of Meritocracy 10.1 It Is Not an Equal Playing Field 10.2 The Publication Process 10.3 Managing Reviewer 2 10.4 Publishing Options 10.5 Who Is Perishing, Anyway? 10.6 Perfectionism 10.7 Writing Your Thesis 10.8 Research Misconduct 10.9 What to Do if You Realise Research Misconduct Is Happening References 11 The High-Walled Rose Garden: Understanding There Is Life Outside the Academy 11.1 So What Does This Mean for You and Surviving Your PhD? 11.2 Finding Out What You Truly Enjoy 11.3 Reframing Your Skillsets 11.4 Transitioning from Your PhD 11.5 Debunking the Myths 11.6 Should I Stay or Should I Go? References Part IV Seeking Help 12 Thriving, Not Just Surviving 12.1 Identifying the Problem Set 12.2 Sharing the Hypothesis with Others 12.3 Conversation Starters 12.4 Finding a Support Network 12.5 Online Communities 12.6 Speaking About Your Mental Health with Your PhD Superviso 12.7 Lack of Understanding 12.8 Seeking External Assistance to Achieve Your Goal 12.9 If You Are at Crisis Point 12.10 The Elephant in the Room 12.11 Leading the Change 12.12 Not Just Surviving References Resources
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham, Switzerland : Springer
    Call number: 9783030637613 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: ...
    Description / Table of Contents: In December 2019, the world witnessed the occurrence of a new coronavirus to humanity. The disease spread quickly and became known as a pandemic globally, affecting both society and the health care system, both the elderly and young groups of people, and both the men’s and women’s groups. It was a universal challenge that immediately caused a surge in scientific research. Be a part of a world rising in fighting against the pandemic, the Coronavirus Disease - COVID-19 was depicted in the early days of the pandemic, but updated by more than 200 scientists and clinicians to include many facets of this new infectious pandemic, including i, characteristics, ecology, and evolution of coronaviruses; ii, epidemiology, genetics, and pathogenesis (immune responses and oxidative stress) of the disease; iii, diagnosis, prognosis, and clinical manifestations of the disease in pediatrics, geriatrics, pregnant women, and neonates; iv, challenges of co-occurring the disease with tropical infections, cardiovascular diseases, hypertension, and cancer and to the settings of dentistry, hematology, ophthalmology, and pharmacy; v, transmission, prevention, and potential treatments, ranging from supportive ventilator support and nutrition therapy to potential virus- and host-based therapies, immune-based therapies, photobiomodulation, antiviral photodynamic therapy, and vaccines; vi, the resulting consequences on social lives, mental health, education, tourism industry and economy; and vii, multimodal approaches to solve the problem by bioinformatic methods, innovation and ingenuity, globalization, social and scientific networking, interdisciplinary approaches, and art integration. We are approaching December 2020 and the still presence of COVID-19, asking us to call it COVID (without 19).
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XX, 964 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030637613 , 978-3-030-63761-3
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology Volume 1318
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction on Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19) Pandemic: The Global Challenge / Nima Rezaei, Saboura Ashkevarian, Mahsa Keshavarz Fathi, Sara Hanaei, Zahra Kolahchi, Seyedeh-Sanam Ladi Seyedian, Elham Rayzan, Mojdeh Sarzaeim, Aida Vahed, Kawthar Mohamed, Sarah Momtazmanesh, Negar Moradian, Zahra Rahimi Pirkoohi, Noosha Sameeifar, Mahsa Yousefpour, Sepideh Sargoli, Saina Adiban, Aida Vahed, Niloufar Yazdanpanah, Heliya Ziaei, Amene Saghazadeh Chapter 2. Coronaviruses: What Should We Know About the Characteristics of Viruses? / Wei Ji Chapter 3. Ecology and Evolution of Betacoronaviruses / Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Adrian J. Gibbs Chapter 4. The Epidemiologic Aspects of COVID-19 Outbreak: Spreading Beyond Expectations / Sara Hanaei, Farnam Mohebi, Maziar Moradi-Lakeh, Parnian Jabbari, Surinder Kumar Mehta, Liudmyla S. Kryvenko, Livio Luongo, Loďc Dupré, Nima Rezaei Chapter 5. The Incubation Period of COVID-19: Current Understanding and Modeling Technique / Char Leung Chapter 6. Coronavirus: Pure Infectious Disease or Genetic Predisposition / Farzaneh Darbeheshti, Hassan Abolhassani, Mohammad Bashashati, Saeid Ghavami, Sepideh Shahkarami, Samaneh Zoghi, Sudhir Gupta, Jordan S. Orange, Hans D. Ochs, Nima Rezaei Chapter 7. Genetic Polymorphisms in the Host and COVID-19 Infection / Joris R. Delanghe, Marc L. De Buyzere, Marijn M. Speeckaert Chapter 8. How COVID-19 Has Globalized: Unknown Origin, Rapid Transmission, and the Immune System Nourishment / Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 9. Potential Anti-viral Immune Response Against COVID-19: Lessons Learned from SARS-CoV / Mahzad Akbarpour, Laleh Sharifi, Amir Reza Safdarian, Pooya Farhangnia, Mahdis Borjkhani, Nima Rezaei Chapter 10. COVID-19 and Cell Stress / Abdo A Elfiky, Ibrahim M Ibrahim, Fatma G Amin, Alaa M Ismail, Wael M Elshemey Chapter 11. Clinical Manifestations of COVID-19 / Mahsa Eskian, Nima Rezaei Chapter 12. Pediatrics and COVID-19 / Tuna Toptan, Sandra Ciesek, Sebastian Hoehl Chapter 13. Geriatrics and COVID-19 / Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 14. Coronavirus Diseases in Pregnant Women, the Placenta, Fetus, and Neonate / David A. Schwartz, Amareen Dhaliwal Chapter 15. COVID-19 in Patients with Hypertension / Thiago Quinaglia, Mahsima Shabani, Nima Rezaei Chapter 16. COVID-19 and Cardiovascular Diseases / Babak Geraiely, Niloufar Samiei, Parham Sadeghipour, Azita Haj Hossein Talasaz, Seyedeh Hamideh Mortazavi, Roya Sattarzadeh Badkoubeh Chapter 17. How Prevalent Is Cancer in Confirmed Cases with Coronaviruses and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndromes? / Maryam Fotouhi, Elham Samami, Sahar Mohseni, Amir Nasrollahizadeh, Mohammad Haddadi, Mona Mirbeyk, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 18. COVID-19 in Patients with Cancer / Ali Nowroozi, Sepideh Razi, Kamal Kant Sahu, Fabio Grizzi, Jann Arends, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei Chapter 19. COVID-19 and Tropical Infection: Complexity and Concurrence / Pathum Sookaromdee, Viroj Wiwanitkit Chapter 20. Neurologic Manifestations of COVID-19 / Farnaz Delavari, Farnaz Najmi Varzaneh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 21. Autoimmune Processes Involved in Organ System Failure Following Infection with SARS-CoV-2 / Steven E. Kornguth, Robert J. Hawley Chapter 22. Clinical and Laboratory Predictors of Severity, Criticality, and Mortality in COVID-19: A Multisystem Disease / Bahareh Gholami, Samira Gholami, Amir Hossein Loghman, Behzad Khodaei, Simin Seyedpour, Nasrin Seyedpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 23. Diagnostic Tests for COVID-19 / Tung Phan, Kristin Nagaro Chapter 24. The Role of Medical Imaging in COVID-19 / Houman Sotoudeh, Masoumeh Gity Chapter 25. Therapeutic Development in COVID-19 / Chan Yang, Yuan Huang, Shuwen Liu Chapter 26. Immune-based Therapy for COVID-19 / Abdolreza Esmaeilzadeh, Davood Jafari, Safa Tahmasebi, Reza Elahi, Elnaz Khosh Chapter 27. Ventilatory Support in Patients with COVID-19 / Paolo Maria Leone, Matteo Siciliano, Jacopo Simonetti, Angelena Lopez, Tanzira Zaman, Francesco Varone, Luca Richeldi Chapter 28. Nutrition and Immunity in COVID-19 / Marjan Moallemian Isfahani, Zahra Emam-Djomeh, Idupulapati M. Rao, Nima Rezaei Chapter 29. Dietary Supplements for COVID-19 / Gerard E. Mullin, Berkeley Limektkai, Lin Wang, Patrick Hanaway, Loren Marks, Edward Giovannucci Chapter 30. Photobiomodulation and Antiviral Photodynamic Therapy in COVID-19 Management / Reza Fekrazad, Sohrab Asefi, Maryam Pourhajibagher, Farshid Vahdatinia, Sepehr Fekrazad, Abbas Bahador, Heidi Abrahamse, Michael R Hamblin Chapter 31. The COVID-19 Vaccine Landscape / Till Koch, Anahita Fathi, Marylyn M. Addo Chapter 32. Prevention of COVID-19: Preventive Strategies for General Population, Health Care Settings, and Various Professions / Shirin Moossavi, Kelsey Fehr, Hassan Maleki, Simin Seyedpour, Mahdis Keshavarz-Fath, Farhad Tabasi, Mehrdad Heravi, Rayka Sharifian, Golnaz Shafiei, Negin Badihian, Roya Kelishadi, Shahrzad Nematollahi, Majid Almasi, Saskia Popescu, Mahsa Keshavarz-Fathi, Nima Rezaei Chapter 33. Pharmacist Role and Pharmaceutical Care during the COVID-19 Pandemic / Pedro Amariles, Mónica Ledezma-Morales, Andrea Salazar-Ospina, Jaime Alejandro Hincapié-García Chapter 34. Impact of COVID-19 on Dentistry / Arghavan Tonkaboni, Mohammad Hosein Amirzade-Iranaq, Heliya Ziaei, Amber Ather Chapter 35. The Implications of COVID-19 to Ophthalmology / Tracy H.T. Lai, Emily W.H. Tang, Kenneth K.W. Li Chapter 36. Challenges of Cellular therapy during COVID-19 Pandemic / Kamal Kant Sahu, Sikander Ailawadhi, Natalie Malvik, Jan Cerny Chapter 37. COVID-19 Amid Rumours and Conspiracy Theories: The Interplay between Local and Global Worlds / Inayat Ali Chapter 38. Exploration of the Epidemiological and Emotional Impact of Quarantine and Isolation during COVID‐19 Pandemic / Helia Mojtabavi, Nasirudin Javidi, Anne-Frédérique Naviaux, Pascal Janne, Maximilien Gourdin, Mahsa Mohammadpour, Amene Saghazadeh, Nima Rezaei Chapter 39. The Main Sources and Potential Effects of COVID-19-related Prejudice and Discrimination / Piotr Rzymski, Hanna Mamzer, Michał Nowicki Chapter 40. Potential mechanisms of COVID-19-related psychological problems and mental disorders / Chunfeng Xiao Chapter 41. Mental Health in Health Professionals in the COVID-19 Pandemic / Antonia Bendau, Andreas Ströhle, Moritz Bruno Petzold Chapter 42. Treatment of Patients with Mental Illness Amid a Global COVID-19 Pandemic / Ankit Jain, Kamal Kant Sahu, Paroma Mitra Chapter 43. A Shift in Medical Education During the COVID-19 Pandemic / Farida Nentin, Nagaraj Gabbur, Adi Katz Chapter 44. Reopening Schools After a Novel Coronavirus Surge / Dan Li, Elizabeth Z. Lin, Marie A. Brault, Julie Paquette, Sten H. Vermund, Krystal J. Godri Pollitt Chapter 45. COVID-19 and Its Impact on Tourism Industry / Dimitrios G. Lagos, Panoraia Poulaki, Penny Lambrou Chapter 46. COVID-19 and Its Global Economic Impact / Zahra Kolahchi, Manlio De Domenico, Lucina Q. Uddin, Valentina Cauda, Igor Grossmann, Lucas Lacasa, Giulia Grancini, Morteza Mahmoudi, Nima Rezaei Chapter 47. Retrieval and Investigation of Data on SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 Using Bioinformatics Approach / Muhamad Fahmi, Viol Dhea Kharisma, Arif Nur Muhammad Ansori, Masahiro Ito Chapter 48. Answering the Challenge of COVID-19 Pandemic through Innovation and Ingenuity / Kathryn Clare Kelley, Jonathan Kamler, Manish Garg, Stanislaw P. Stawicki Chapter 49. COVID-19 Pandemic: The Influence of Culture and Lessons for Collaborative Activities / Linda Simon Paulo, George M. Bwire, Xingchen Pan, Tianyue Gao, Amene Saghazadeh, Chungen Pan Chapter 50. A Borderless Solution Is Needed for A Borderless Complexity, Like COVID-19, The Universal Invader / Kawthar Mohamed, Rangarirai Makuku, Eduardo Rodríguez-Román, Aram Pascal Abu Hejleh, Musa Joya, Mariya Ivanovska, Sara A. Makka, Md Shahidul Islam, Nesrine Radwan, Attig-Bahar Faten, Chunfeng Xiao, Leander Marquez, Nima Rezaei Chapter 51. Socialization During The COVID-19 Pandem
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: 9783030647773 (e-book)
    In: Water science and technology library, volume 99
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a step-by-step methodology and derivation of deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN), especially for estimating parameters, with back-propagation as well as examples with real datasets of hydrometeorology (e.g. streamflow and temperature) and environmental science (e.g. water quality). Deep learning is known as part of machine learning methodology based on the artificial neural network. Increasing data availability and computing power enhance applications of deep learning to hydrometeorological and environmental fields. However, books that specifically focus on applications to these fields are limited. Most of deep learning books demonstrate theoretical backgrounds and mathematics. However, examples with real data and step-by-step explanations to understand the algorithms in hydrometeorology and environmental science are very rare. This book focuses on the explanation of deep learning techniques and their applications to hydrometeorological and environmental studies with real hydrological and environmental data. This book covers the major deep learning algorithms as Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) and Convolution Neural Network (CNN) as well as the conventional artificial neural network model.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 204 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783030647773 , 978-3-030-64777-3
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library volume 99
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 What is Deep Learning? 1.2 Pros and Cons of Deep Learning 1.3 Recent Applications of Deep Learning in Hydrometeorological and Environmental Studies 1.4 Organization of Chapters 1.5 Summary and Conclusion References 2 Mathematical Background 2.1 Linear Regression Model 2.1.1 Simple Linear Regression 2.1.2 Multiple Linear Regression 2.2 Time Series Model 2.2.1 Autoregressive Model (AR) 2.3 Probability Distributions 2.3.1 Normal Distributions 2.3.2 Gamma Distribution 2.4 Exercises References 3 Data Preprocessing 3.1 Normalization 3.2 Data Splitting for Training and Testing 3.3 Exercises 4 Neural Network 4.1 Terminology in Neural Network 4.1.1 Components of Neural Network 4.1.2 Activation Functions 4.1.3 Error and Loss Function 4.1.4 Softmax and One-Hot Encoding 4.2 Artificial Neural Network 4.2.1 Simplest Network 4.2.2 Feedforward and Backward Propagation 4.2.3 Network with Multiple Input and Output Variables 4.2.4 Python Coding of the Simple Network 4.3 Exercises 5 Training a Neural Network 5.1 Initialization 5.2 Gradient Descent 5.3 Backpropagation 5.3.1 Simple Network 5.3.2 Full Neural Network 5.3.3 Python Coding of Network 5.4 Exercises Reference 6 Updating Weights 6.1 Momentum 6.2 Adagrad 6.3 RMSprop 6.4 Adam 6.5 Nadam 6.6 Python Coding of Updating Weights 6.7 Exercises References 7 Improving Model Performance 7.1 Batching and Minibatch 7.2 Validation 7.2.1 Python Coding of K-Fold Cross-Validation 7.3 Regularization 7.3.1 L-Norm Regularization 7.3.2 Dropout 7.3.3 Python Coding of Regularization 7.4 Exercises Reference 8 Advanced Neural Network Algorithms 8.1 Extreme Learning Machine (ELM) 8.1.1 Basic ELM 8.1.2 Generalized ELM 8.1.3 Python Coding 8.2 Autoencoder 8.2.1 Vanilla Autoencoder 8.2.2 Regularized Autoencoder 8.2.3 Python Coding of Regularized AE 8.3 Exercises Reference 9 Deep Learning for Time Series 9.1 Recurrent Neural Network 9.1.1 Backpropagation 9.1.2 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.2 Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM) 9.2.1 Basics of LSTM 9.2.2 Example of LSTM 9.2.3 Backpropagation of a Simple LSTM 9.2.4 Backpropagation Through Time (BPTT) 9.3 Gated Recurrent Unit (GRU) 9.3.1 Basics of GRU 9.3.2 Example of GRU 9.3.3 Backpropagation of a Simple GRU Model 9.4 Exercises References 10 Deep Learning for Spatial Datasets 10.1 Convolutional Neural Network (CNN) 10.1.1 Definition of Convolution 10.1.2 Elements of CNN 10.2 Backpropagation of CNN 10.3 Exercises 11 Tensorflow and Keras Programming for Deep Learning 11.1 Basic Keras Modeling 11.2 Temporal Deep Learning (LSTM and GRU) 11.3 Spatial Deep Learning (CNN) 11.4 Exercises References 12 Hydrometeorological Applications of Deep Learning 12.1 Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.1 Mathematical Description for Stochastic Simulation with LSTM 12.1.2 Colorado Monthly Streamflow 12.1.3 Results of Colorado River 12.1.4 Python Coding 12.1.5 Matlab Coding 12.2 Forecasting Daily Temperature with LSTM 12.2.1 Preparing the Data 12.2.2 Methodology 12.2.3 Results 12.2.4 Python Coding 12.3 Exercises References 13 Environmental Applications of Deep Learning 13.1 Remote Sensing of Water Quality Using CNN 13.1.1 Introduction 13.1.2 Study Area and Monitoring 13.1.3 Field Data Collection 13.1.4 Point-Centered Regression CNN (PRCNN) 13.1.5 Results and Discussion 13.1.6 Conclusion 13.1.7 Python Coding References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Call number: 9783030665760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book honors the career of Professor Elizabeth Gierlowski-Kordesch who was a pioneer and leader in the field of limnogeology since the 1980s. Her work was instrumental in guiding students and professionals in the field until her untimely death in 2016. This collection of chapters was written by her colleagues and students and recognize the important role that Professor Gierlowski-Kordesch had in advancing the field of limnogeology. The chapters show the breadth of her reach as these have been contributed from virtually every continent. This book will be a primary reference for scientists, professionals and graduate students who are interested in the latest advances in limnogeologic processes and basin descriptions in North and South America, Europe, Africa, and China. *Free supplementary material available online for chapters 3,11,12 and 13. Access by searching for the book on link.springer.com.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 592 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030665760 , 978-3-030-66576-0
    ISSN: 2211-2731 , 2211-274X
    Series Statement: Syntheses in limnogeology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Introduction to Limnogeology: Progress, Challenges, and Opportunities: A Tribute to Elizabeth Gierlowski-Kordesch / Michael R. Rosen, Lisa Park Boush, David B. Finkelstein, and Sila Pla-Pueyo Part II African Lake Modern and Ancient Animal Traces in the Extreme Environments of Lake Magadi and Nasikie Engida, Kenya Rift Valley / Jennifer J. Scott, Robin W. Renaut, Luis A. Buatois, R. Bernhart Owen, Emma P. McNulty, Mona Stockhecke, Kennie Leet, Tim K. Lowenstein, and M. Gabriela Mángano Part III European Lakes Lake-Level Fluctuations and Allochthonous Lignite Deposition in the Eocene Pull-Apart Basin “Prinz von Hessen” (Hesse, Germany) – A Palynological Study / Maryam Moshayedi, Olaf K. Lenz, Volker Wilde, and Matthias Hinderer How Changes of Past Vegetation and Human Impact Are Documented in Lake Sediments: Paleoenvironmental Research in Southwestern Germany, a Review / Manfred Rösch, Karl-Heinz Feger, Elske Fischer, Matthias Hinderer, Lucas Kämpf, Angelika Kleinmann, Jutta Lechterbeck, Elena Marinova, Antje Schwalb, Gegeensuvd Tserendorj, and Lucia Wick Large-Scale Slumps and Associated Resedimented Deposits in Miocene Lake Basins from SE Spain / José P. Calvo, David Gómez-Gras, and Miguel A. Rodríguez-Pascua Lacustrine and Fluvial Carbonate Microbialites in the Neogene of the Ebro Basin, Spain: A Summary of Up-to-Date Knowledge / Concha Arenas-Abad, Leticia Martin-Bello, F. Javier Pérez-Rivarés, Nerea Santos-Bueno, and Marta Vázquez-Urbez Part IV North America Ecological Response of Ostracodes (Arthropoda, Crustacea) to Lake-Level Fluctuations in the Eocene Green River Formation, Fossil Basin, Wyoming, USA /Lisa E. Park Boush, Christine M. S. Hall, Lucas S. Antonietto, and Andrew J. McFarland History of Great Salt Lake, Utah, USA: since the Termination of Lake Bonneville / Charles G. Oviatt, Genevieve Atwood, and Robert S. Thompson What’s New About the Old Bonneville Basin? Fresh Insights About the Modern Limnogeology of Great Salt Lake / Kathleen Nicoll Middle Holocene Hydrologic Changes Catalyzed by River Avulsion in Big Soda Lake, Nevada, USA / Michael R. Rosen, Liam Reidy, Scott Starratt, and Susan R. H. Zimmerman Diatom Record of Holocene Moisture Variability in the San Bernardino Mountains, California, USA / Scott W. Starratt, Matthew E. Kirby, and Katherine Glover A 12,000 Year Diatom-Based Paleoenvironmental Record from Lago De Zirahuén, Mexico / Isabel Israde-Alcántara, C. G. Vázquez, Sarah Davies, Ben Aston, and Margarita Caballero Miranda Sedimentary Record of the Zacapu Basin, Michoacán, México, and Implications for P’urhépecha Culture During the Preclassic and Postclassic Periods / Diana C. Soria-Caballero, Víctor Hugo Garduño-Monroy, Isabel Israde-Alcántara, Ángel G. Figueroa-Soto, M. Gabriela Gómez-Vasconcelos, and Nathalie Fagel Stratigraphy and Sedimentology of the Upper Pleistocene to Holocene Lake Chalco Drill Cores (Mexico Basin) / Blas Valero-Garcés, Mona Stockhecke, Socorro Lozano-García, Beatriz Ortega, Margarita Caballero, Peter Fawcett, Josef P. Werne, Erik Brown, Susana Sosa Najera, Kristin Pearthree, David McGee, Alastair G. E. Hodgetts, and Rodrigo Martínez Submarine Groundwater Discharge as a Catalyst for Eodiagenetic Carbonate Cements Within Marine Sedimentary Basins / Elizabeth H. Gierlowski-Kordesch, Gar W. Rothwell, Ruth A. Stockey, and David B. Finkelstein Part V South America Reconstructing Paleoenvironmental Conditions Through Integration of Paleogeography, Stratigraphy, Sedimentology, Mineralogy and Stable Isotope Data of Lacustrine Carbonates: An Example from Early Middle Triassic Strata of Southwest Gondwana, Cuyana Rift, Argentina / C. A. Benavente, A. C. Mancuso, and K. M. Bohacs Part VI Asia Modern Sedimentary Systems of Qinghai Lake / Jiang Zaixing and Liu Chao Freshwater Microbialites in Early Jurassic Fluvial Strata of the Pranhita-Godavari Gondwana Basin, India / Suparna Goswami and Parthasarathi Ghosh Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: 9783030258658 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 239
    Description / Table of Contents: Domestic and wild large mammalian herbivores occur on every continent except Antarctica. Through their browsing and grazing, they affect the structure and distribution not only of vegetation, but also of associated fauna. Consequently, the interactions between management practices and herbivore populations influence the biodiversity, structure and dynamics of ecosystems across vast expanses around the globe: signs of human activity that will be detectable for epochs to come. As a follow-up work to The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing, published in 2008, this new volume presents cutting-edge research on the behaviour, distribution, movement, and direct and indirect impacts of domestic and wild herbivores on terrestrial ecosystems. The respective chapters highlight strategic and applied research on cross-cutting issues in palaeontology and ecology, and provide concrete recommendations on the management of large herbivores to integrate production and conservation in terrestrial systems. Given its scope, the book will appeal to students, researchers and anyone interested in understanding these fascinating wild animals and how they shape the natural world
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 451 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030258658 , 978-3-030-25865-8
    ISSN: 2196-971X , 0070-8356
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 239
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins 2 The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen 3 The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J. T. Faith 4 Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss 5 Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan A. Venter, Mika M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke 6 Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee 7 Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Munib Khanyari, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi 8 Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone 9 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi 10 Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A. D. M. van de Vijver, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen 11 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo 12 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee 13 Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P. J. Smit and Corli Coetsee 14 Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W. S. Fynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf 15 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H. T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B. P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss 16 Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 9783319777887 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the result of collaboration within the framework of the Third International Scientific School for Young Scientists held at the Ishlinskii Institute for Problems in Mechanics of Russian Academy of Sciences, 2017, November. The papers included describe studies on the dynamics of natural system – geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere—and their interactions, the human contribution to naturally occurring processes, laboratory modeling of earth and environment processes, and testing of new developed physical and mathematical models. The book particularly focuses on modeling in the field of oil and gas production as well as new alternative energy sources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 382 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319777887 , 978-3-319-77788-7
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Tyrrhenian Continent Ragmentation / Al. A. Schreider, A. A. Schreider, and A. E. Sazhneva Long Waves Influence on Polarization Ratio for Microwave Backscattering from the Sea Surface / Alexandr Zapevalov Elimination of Hydrocarbons Spills on Water Objects and Fluorescent Diagnostics of Water Pureness / T. O. Chaplina and E. V. Stepanova Investigations of Internal Waves in the Seas of Russia and in the Central Atlantic / K. S. Grigorenko and S. M. Khartiev Critically Stressed Fractures and Their Relation to Elastic Moduli / Nikita Vladislavovich Dubinya and Ilya Vladimirovich Fokin Mechanical Properties of Thin Films of Coals by Nanoindentation / Elena Kossovich, Svetlana Epshtein, Nadezhda Dobryakova, Maxim Minin, and Darya Gavrilova Using the Variational Approach and Adjoint Equations Method Under the Identification of the Input Parameter of the Passive Admixture Transport Model / Sergey Germanovich Demyshev, Vladimir Sergeevich Kochergin, and Sergey Vladimirovich Kochergin Mechanisms Accounting for Interannual Variability of Advective Heat Transport in the North Atlantic Upper Layer / A. B. Polonsky and P. A. Sukhonos Convective Jets: Volcanic Activity and Turbulent Mixing in the Boundary Layers of the Atmosphere and Ocean / Alexander Vulfson, Oleg Borodin, and Petr Nikolaev Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation of Formation Fluid Composition Influence on Filtration and Elastic Properties of Porous Media / Daniil Karmanskiy and Andrey Maltsev Synchronous Changes of Geophysical Fields in the Earth’s Near-Surface Zone / Svetlana Riabova and Alexander Spivak Vertical Mass Transport by Weakly Nonlinear Inertia-Gravity Internal Waves / A. A. Slepyshev and D. I. Vorotnikov Field Investigation and Numerical Simulation of Wind-Wave Interaction at the Middle-Sized Inland Reservoirs / G. A. Baydakov, A. M. Kuznetsova, V. V. Papko, A. A. Kandaurov, M. I. Vdovin, D. A. Sergeev, and Yu. I. Troitskaya Multidecadal Variability of Hydro-Thermodynamic Characteristics and Heat Fluxes in North Atlantic / N. A. Diansky and P. A. Sukhonos Reconstruction of Hydrophysical Fields in the Coastal Region of the Black Sea on the Basis of Hydrodynamic Model with Assimilation of Observational Data / Demyshev Sergei and Evstigneeva Natalia The Vertical Turbulent Exchange Features in the Black Sea Active Layer / A. S. Samodurov and A. M. Chukharev Model of Oscillations of Earth’s Poles Based on Gravitational Tides / S. A. Kumakshev Laboratory Modeling of Ring Geophysical Structures / B. Shvilkin Principles of Controlling the Apparatus Function for Achieving Super-Resolution in Imagers / E. N. Terentiev, N. E. Terentiev, and I. I. Farshakova A Regular System of Vortices in a Circular Stratified Flow Behind the Edge of a Rotating Disk / Roman N. Bardakov Comparison of Empirical Sea-Surface Slopes Probability Densities for the Purposes of Satellite Sounding / Nick Evgenievich Lebedev and Alexandr Sergeevich Zapevalov Mathematical Modeling of Thermomechanical Behavior of Porous Impermeable Medium with Active Filler / M. V. Alekseev, E. B. Savenkov, and N. G. Sudobin Evaluation of the Temporal Dynamics of Oceanic Eddies with Initial Peripheral Rate Shift / Alexander Aleхeyevich Solovyev and Dmitry Alexandrovich Solovyev Reservoir Proxy Model as a Part of Geo-Technological Model of Gas Fields and Underground Gas Storages / Sergey A. Kirsanov, Andrey V. Chugunov, Oleg S. Gatsolaev, Yan S. Chudin, Ivan А. Fedorov, Aleksey A. Kontarev, and Alexandra P. Popovich Understanding of Rock Material Behavior Under Dynamic Loadings Based on Incubation Time Criteria Approach / A. N. Martemyanov and Yu. V. Petrov Analytical Research of Character of Relative Permeability Function Under Unsteady Two-Phase Filtration / D. U. Semiglasov and V. M. Maximov Estimation of the Hydraulic Fracture Propagation Rate in the Laboratory Experiment / M. Trimonova, E. Zenchenko, N. Baryshnikov, S. Turuntaev, P. Zenchenko, and A. Aigozhieva Paleomagnetism of Some Basalts Samples from the Red Sea Rift Zone / V. I. Maksimochkin and L. R. Preobrazhenskii Influence of Hydrodynamic Perturbations on Dispersion Characteristics of a Near-Water Aerosol / V. N. Nosov, S. G. Ivanov, V. I. Pogonin, V. I. Timonin, N. A. Zavyalov, E. A. Zevakin, and A. S. Savin A Comparative Analysis of Optical Methods for Detection and Prediction of Radionuclides Migration in the Geosphere / B. P. Yakimov, G. S. Budylin, V. G. Petrov, V. V. Fadeev, S. N. Kalmykov, S. A. Evlashin, and E. A. Shirshin Advanced Procedure for Estimation of Phytoplankton Fluorescence Quantum Yield Using Remote Sensing Data: A Comparative Study of the Amundsen Sea Polynyas / Elena E. Nikonova, Evgeny A. Shirshin, Victor V. Fadeev, and Maxim Y. Gorbunov The Exact Mathematical Models of Nonlinear Surface Waves / Anatoly Kistovich Numerical Analysis and Prediction of the Consequences of Natural and Technological Impacts in Coastal Areas of the Azov Sea / T. Ya. Shul’ga, S. M. Khartiev, and A. R. Ioshpa The Problem of Forecasting of Vertical Temperature Distribution in Inland Hydrophysical Objects with Experimental Data / D. Gladskikh, D. Sergeev, G. Baydakov, I. Soustova, and Yu. Troitskaya Modeling Geomechanical Processes in Oil and Gas Reservoirs at the True Triaxial Loading Apparatus / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, and Yu. F. Kovalenko Modeling of Deformation and Filtration Processes Near Wells with Emphasis of their Coupling and Effects Caused by Anisotropy / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, Yu. F. Kovalenko, and K. B. Ustinov Effect of a Tidal Wave Caused by Large Gliding Satellite on Formation of 220 km Seismic Boundary and Split of the Mantle into Blocks / S. Kasyanov and V. Samsonov Influence of Baroclinicity on Sea Level Oscillations in the Baltic Sea / Evgeny Zakharchuk, Natalia Tikhonova, Anatoly Gusev, and Nikolay Diansky Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 9783662562338 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This completely updated and revised second edition provides a unique and up-to-date treatment of all aspects of plant ecology, making it an ideal textbook and reference work for students, researchers and practitioners. More than 500 high-quality images and drawings, mostly in colour, aid readers’ understanding of various key topics, while the clear structure and straightforward style make it user friendly and particularly useful for students. Written by leading experts, it offers authoritative information, including relevant references. While Plant Ecology primarily addresses graduate students in biology and ecology, it is also a valuable resource for post-graduate students and researchers in botany, environmental sciences and landscape ecology, as well as all those whose study or work touches on agriculture, forestry, land use, and landscape management. Key Topics: - Molecular ecophysiology (molecular stress physiology: light, temperature, oxygen deficiency, water deficit (drought), unfavorable soil mineral conditions, biotic stress) - Physiological and biophysical plant ecology (ecophysiology of plants: thermal balance, water, nutrient, carbon relations) - Ecosystem ecology (characteristics of ecosystems, approaches how to study and how to model terrestrial ecosystems, biogeochemical fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems) - Community ecology and biological diversity (development of plant communities in time and space, interactions between plants and plant communities with the abiotic and the biotic environment, biodiversity and ecosystem functioning) - Global ecology (global biogeochemical cycles, Dynamic Global Vegetation Models, global change and terrestrial ecosystems)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 926 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9783662562338 , 978-3-662-56233-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Molecular Stress Physiology 2 General Themes of Molecular Stress Physiology 2.1 Definitions and Concepts 2.1.1 Stress 2.1.2 Quantification of Stress 2.1.3 Escape–Resistance–Avoidance–Tolerance 2.1.4 Stress Responses–Acclimation–Adaptation 2.1.5 Filters Determining Species Distribution 2.2 Activation of Stress Tolerance and Avoidance Mechanisms 2.2.1 Stress Sensing and Signal Transduction 2.2.2 Transcriptional Control 2.2.3 Oxidative Stress 2.2.4 Long-Distance Stress Signalling 2.2.5 The Model System Arabidopsis thaliana 2.3 Stress and Growth Regulation 2.4 Molecular Basis of Escape and Anticipation of Stress 2.4.1 Circadian Rhythms 2.4.2 Anticipation of Seasonal Changes in Environmental Conditions 2.4.3 Developmental Switches Triggered by Favourable Conditions 2.4.4 Trans-Generational Stress Memory Summary References 3 Light 3.1 The Dual Significance of Light 3.2 Visible Light 3.2.1 Avoidance of Light Stress and Permanent or Dynamic Acclimation 3.2.2 Overexcitation and Damage to Photosynthetic Membranes. 3.2.3 Flexible Acclimation to Changes in Light Intensity 3.2.4 Continuous Light 3.2.5 Light Triggers Plant Adaptation and Acclimation to the Environment 3.3 UV-B Radiation 3.3.1 Ranges of Ultraviolet Radiation and Biological Activity 3.3.2 Ultraviolet-B Damage and Repair Mechanisms 3.3.3 Avoidance of Ultraviolet-B-Induced Stress 3.3.4 Ultraviolet-B Perception and Signalling 3.3.5 Crosstalk Between Ultraviolet-B and Visible Light Responses Summary References 4 Temperature 4.1 The Temperature Challenge 4.1.1 Temperature Dependence of Life 4.1.2 Plants as Poikilothermic Organisms 4.1.3 Variations in Temperature Range 4.1.4 Strategies to Cope with Temperature Fluctuations and Temperature Extremes 4.2 Cold Acclimation and Freezing Tolerance 4.2.1 Adjustment of Membrane Fluidity 4.2.2 Prevention of Photoinhibition 4.2.3 Cryoprotective Proteins 4.2.4 Control of Ice Formation 4.2.5 Signalling Networks Involved in Cold Acclimation 4.2.6 Freezing Avoidance and Freezing Tolerance in Tropical High Mountain Plants 4.3 Heat Stress 4.3.1 Heat Stress Avoidance 4.3.2 Acquired Thermotolerance 4.3.3 The Heat Shock Response 4.4 Temperature Sensing 4.4.1 Sensing of Extreme Temperatures 4.4.2 Sensing of Ambient Temperature Changes Summary References 5 Oxygen Deficiency 5.1 Conditions of Flooded Soil 5.2 Hypoxia-Induced Damage: Energy Metabolism of Plants Under Oxygen Deficiency 5.3 Natural Variation in the Ability to Endure Inundation by Water 5.4 Adaptations to Flooding-Prone Habitats 5.4.1 Anatomical–Morphological Adaptations and Modifications 5.4.2 Biochemical Modifications 5.5 Sensing of Flooding and Ensuing Signal Transduction 5.5.1 Ethylene Signal Transduction 5.5.2 Oxygen Sensing 5.6 Regulation of Avoidance and Tolerance Strategies Summary References 6 Water Deficiency (Drought) 6.1 The Properties of Water 6.2 Water Acquisition and Movement: Cellular Aspects 6.2.1 The Water Potential 6.2.2 Facilitation of Intercellular and Intracellular Water Flow: Aquaporins 6.3 Drought Stress Responses: Avoidance and Tolerance 6.3.1 Control of the Osmotic Potential 6.3.2 Protective Proteins 6.3.3 Regulation of the Stomatal Aperture 6.4 Acclimation of Growth 6.4.1 Inhibition of Shoot Growth 6.4.2 Stimulation of Root Growth 6.5 Sensing of Water Status and Signal Transduction 6.5.1 Sensing of Water Status 6.5.2 ABA Signal Transduction 6.5.3 ABA-Independent Signalling 6.6 Photosynthesis Variants with Improved Water Use Efficiency 6.6.1 C4 Photosynthesis 6.6.2 Evolution of C 4 Photosynthesis 6.6.3 Crassulacean Acid Metabolism 6.6.4 Evolution of Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Photosynthesis Summary References 7 Adverse Soil Mineral Availability 7.1 Mineral Nutrients 7.2 The Mineral Nutrition Challenge 7.2.1 Elements in the Soil 7.2.2 Element Toxicity 7.3 Nutrient Acquisition and Responses to Nutrient Scarcity 7.3.1 Modulation of Nutrient Availability 7.3.2 Cellular Ion Transport Mechanisms 7.3.3 Modulation of Nutrient Uptake in Response to Deficiency 7.3.4 Intracellular Transport and Cellular Aspects of Long-Distance Transport 7.3.5 Plasticity of Root Architecture and Responses to Nutrient Deficiency 7.3.6 Sensing of Nutrient Availability and Nutrient Status . 7.4 Nutrient Acquisition Symbioses 7.4.1 Mycorrhizae 7.4.2 Nitrogen Fixation 7.4.3 The Common Sym Pathway 7.5 Responses to Element Toxicity and Tolerance Mechanisms 7.5.1 Essential Metal Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.2 Metal Hyperaccumulators as Models for Adaptation to Extreme Environments 7.5.3 Sodium Toxicity 7.5.4 Aluminium Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.5 Non-Essential Toxic Metals Summary References 8 Biotic Stress 8.1 Plant Disease Caused by Pathogens 8.1.1 Types of Pathogens: Viruses, Bacteria, Fungi, Oomycetes and Nematodes 8.1.2 Pathogenicity Mechanisms 8.2 Plant Defences Against Microbial Pathogens and Viruses 8.2.1 Preformed Defences Against Bacteria, Fungi and Oomycetes 8.2.2 Inducible Local Defences 8.2.3 Inducible Systemic Resistance 8.2.4 Defence Against Viruses via Gene Silencing 8.3 Herbivory 8.3.1 Constitutive Defences 8.3.2 Inducible Defences Against Herbivores 8.3.3 How Plant–Herbivore Interactions Drive Genetic Diversity 8.4 Parasitic Plants 8.5 Allelopathy Summary References Part II Physiological and Biophysical Plant Ecology 9 Thermal Balance of Plants and Plant Communities 9.1 Energy Balance of the Atmospheric Boundary Layer 9.2 Microclimate Near the Ground Surface 9.2.1 Daily Changes in Temperature Near the Ground 9.2.2 Modification of Environmental Radiation and Temperature by Abiotic Factors 9.2.3 Modification of the Radiation Budget and Temperature by Biotic Factors 9.3 Energy Balance of Leaves 9.4 Acclimation and Adaptation to Temperature Extremes 9.4.1 Acclimation and Adaptation to High Temperatures 9.4.2 Acclimation and Adaptation to Low Temperatures Summary References 10 Water Relations 10.1 Water as an Environmental Factor 10.1.1 Water Use by Plants and Animals 10.1.2 Availability of Water on Earth 10.1.3 Drivers of Water Flow Between the Soil and the Atmosphere 10.2 Water Transport from the Soil to the Plant 10.2.1 Water Uptake 10.2.2 Xylem Water Transport 10.2.3 Phloem Water Transport 10.3 Transpiration 10.3.1 Stomatal Responses to Plant-Internal Factors 10.3.2 Stomatal Responses to Environmental Factors Summary References 11 Nutrient Relations 11.1 Availability of Soil Nutrients and Ion Use 11.1.1 Plant Nutrients 11.1.2 Availability of Nutrients in Soil 11.1.3 General Aspects of Plant Nutrition 11.1.4 Nutrient Deficiency and Excess 11.2 Nitrogen Nutrition 11.2.1 Nitrogen in Plant Metabolism 11.2.2 Nitrogen Uptake and Nutrition 11.2.3 Nitrogen Requirements for Growth 11.2.4 Nitrogen Storage 11.2.5 Insectivorous Plants 11.2.6 Nitrogen Deficiency and Excess 11.3 Sulphur Nutrition 11.3.1 Sulphur in Plant Metabolism 11.3.2 Sulphur Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.3.3 Indicators of Sulphur Deficiency and Excess 11.4 Phosphate Nutrition 11.4.1 Phosphorus in Plant Metabolism 11.4.2 Phosphate Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.4.3 Indicators of Phosphorus Deficiency and Excess 11.5 Alkaline Cation Nutrition 11.5.1 Magnesium 11.5.2 Calcium 11.5.3 Potassium Summary References 12 Carbon Relations 12.1 Photosynthetic CO2 Uptake: Physiological and Physical Basis 12.1.1 Photosynthesis as a Diffusion Process 12.1.2 Evolution of C 3, C4 and Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Plant Species 12.2 Photosynthesis Models and Calculation of 13C/12C Fluxes (Contribution by A. Arneth) 12.2.1 RubisCO-Limited or RuBP-Saturated Rate (Av) 12.2.2 RuBP Regeneration–Dependent and Electron Transport–Limiting Rate (Aj) 12.2.3 Supply of CO 2 Through Stomata 12.2.4 13C/12C Discrimination 12.3 Specific Leaf Area, Nitrogen Concentrations and Photosynthetic Capacity 12.3.1 Specific Leaf Area 12.3.2 Maximum Rates of CO2 Assimilation 12.4 Response of Photosynthesis to Environmental Variables 12.4.1 Light Response of CO 2 Assimilation 12.4.2 Temperature Response of CO2 Assimilation 12.4.3 Relative Air Humidi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: 9783030747138 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents the result of an innovative challenge, to create a systematic literature overview driven by machine-generated content. Questions and related keywords were prepared for the machine to query, discover, collate and structure by Artificial Intelligence (AI) clustering. The AI-based approach seemed especially suitable to provide an innovative perspective as the topics are indeed both complex, interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary, for example, climate, planetary and evolution sciences. Springer Nature has published much on these topics in its journals over the years, so the challenge was for the machine to identify the most relevant content and present it in a structured way that the reader would find useful. The automatically generated literature summaries in this book are intended as a springboard to further discoverability. They are particularly useful to readers with limited time, looking to learn more about the subject quickly and especially if they are new to the topics. Springer Nature seeks to support anyone who needs a fast and effective start in their content discovery journey, from the undergraduate student exploring interdisciplinary content, to Master- or PhD-thesis developing research questions, to the practitioner seeking support materials, this book can serve as an inspiration, to name a few examples. It is important to us as a publisher to make the advances in technology easily accessible to our authors and find new ways of AI-based author services that allow human-machine interaction to generate readable, usable, collated, research content.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 364 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030747138 , 978-3-030-74713-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Origin and Evolution of Atmospheres Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 2 Downscaling, Regional Models and Impacts Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 3 Response and Alternative Theories in Climate Change Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 4 Stochastic Weather and Climate Models Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 5 Progress in Climate Modeling Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 6 Maximum Entropy Production (MEP) and Climate Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 7 Astrobiology and Development of Human Civilization Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 8 Planets and Exoplanets, Habitability Sustainability and Time Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 9 Geobiology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 10 The Fermi Paradox Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries 11 The Gaia Hypothesis, Evolution and Ecology Introduction Machine-Generated Summaries
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9783030830748 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is dedicated to the analysis of bottom waters flows through underwater channels of the Atlantic Ocean. The study is based on recent observations of the authors, analysis of historical data, numerical modeling, and literature review. For example, studying both the measurements from the World Ocean Circulation experiment in the 1990s and recent measurements reveals the decadal variations of water properties in the ocean. Seawater is cooled at high latitudes, descends to the ocean bottom, and slowly flows to the tropical latitudes and further. This current is slow in the deep basins, but intensifies in the abyssal channels connecting the basins. The current overflows submarine topographic structures and sometimes forms deep cataracts when water descends over slopes by several hundred meters. The flow of Antarctic Bottom Water (AABW) is studied on the basis of CTD sections combined with Lowered Acoustic Doppler Profiling (LADCP) carried out annually, and long-term moored measurements of currents. This book is a collection of oceanographic data, interpretation, and analysis, which can be used by field oceanographers, specialists in numerical modeling, and students who specialize in oceanography.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXX, 483 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030830748 , 978-3-030-83074-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Deep Water Masses of the South and North Atlantic 1.1 General Description 1.2 Global Overturning Circulation 1.3 Mechanisms of the Formation of the Deep and Bottom Waters 1.4 Classifications of Deep and Bottom Waters in the Atlantic 1.5 Upper Circumpolar Water and Upper Circumpolar Deep Water 1.6 North Atlantic Deep Water 1.7 Lower Circumpolar Water and Lower Circumpolar Deep Water, Circumpolar Bottom Water, Southeast Pacific Deep Water, and Warm Deep Water 1.8 Antarctic Bottom Water References 2 General Overview of Abyssal Pathways, and Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 2.1 Propagation of Deep and Bottom Waters as Series of Deep Cataracts 2.2 Propagation of Antarctic Waters in the Abyss of the Atlantic 2.3 Comparison of Spreading of Water Masses Reference 3 Source Regions 3.1 Weddell Sea and Weddell Gyre 3.2 Agulhas and Cape Basins 3.3 Drake Passage, Scotia Sea, and Georgia Basin 3.3.1 General Description and Bottom Topography 3.3.2 Deep and Bottom Water Masses and Previous Concepts of Circulation 3.3.3 Analysis of Recent Data 3.4 Antarctic Bottom Water in the Argentine Basin References 4 Exchange Between the Argentine and Brazil Basins; Abyssal Pathways and Bottom Flow Channels (for Waters of the Antarctic Origin) 4.1 General Description 4.2 Vema Channel 4.2.1 Topography and General Description 4.2.2 History of Research and Datasets of Long-Term Observations 4.2.3 Deep and Bottom Waters 4.2.4 Section Along the Channel 4.2.5 Structure of the Flow. Sections Across the Channel 4.2.6 Trends in Potential Temperature and Salinity of the Coldest Bottom Water Observed Since 1972 4.2.7 Salinity Variations 4.2.8 Flow in the Southern Part of the Channel at the Boundary with the Argentine Basin 4.2.9 Moored Observations of Velocities in the Channel 4.2.10 Measurements with the Lowered ADCP 4.2.11 Extreme Transport Velocities of Antarctic Bottom Water in the Deep-Water Vema Channel 4.2.12 Flow of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Vema Channel 4.3 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow in the South Atlantic 4.4 Modeling of Antarctic Bottom Water Flow Through the Vema Channel 4.5 Santos Plateau 4.6 Hunter Channel References 5 Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water from the Brazil Basin 5.1 Brazil Basin 5.2 Flow in the Guiana Basin and Westward Equatorial Channels 5.3 North American Basin 5.4 Eastward Equatorial Channels. The Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.1 Research History 5.4.2 Bottom Topography 5.4.3 Hydrography of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.4 Currents in the Eastern Parts of the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zones 5.4.5 Temperature Distributions Along the Romanche and Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.6 Long-Term Variations in Temperature and Salinity 5.4.7 Inflow of Antarctic Bottom Water and Deep Spillway in the Western Part of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.8 Summary 5.4.9 Abyssal Spillway at the Main Sill in the Chain Fracture Zone 5.4.10 Abyssal Spillway at the Nameless Sill of the Romanche Fracture Zone 5.4.11 Modeling of the Flow in the Romanche Fracture Zone References 6 Fractures in the Mid-Atlantic Ridge of the North Atlantic 6.1 Vema Fracture Zone 6.1.1 Bottom Topography 6.1.2 Measurements 6.1.3 Structure of Bottom Flow Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.4 Bottom Water Transport Based on the Measurements in 2006 6.1.5 Bottom Flow Through the Vema Fracture Zone Based on the Measurements in 2014–2016 6.2 Other Fracture Zones of the Northern Mid-Atlantic Ridge 6.2.1 Strakhov Fracture Zone (Four North Fracture Zone) (3° 53' N) 6.2.2 Bogdanov Fracture Zone (7° 10' N) 6.2.3 Nameless Fracture Zone (7° 28' N) 6.2.4 Vernadsky Fracture Zone (7° 49' N) 6.2.5 Doldrums Fracture Zone (8° N) and a Rift Valley South of It 6.2.6 Arkhangelsky Fracture Zone (9° N) 6.2.7 Ten Degree Fracture Zone (9° 57' N) 6.2.8 Rift Valley South of the Vema Fracture Zone (10° 21' N) 6.2.9 Marathon Fracture Zone (12° 40' N) 6.2.10 Fifteen Twenty Fracture Zone (Cabo Verde Fracture Zone) (15° 16' N) 6.2.11 Kane Fracture Zone (24° N) 6.2.12 Pathways and AABW Transport Through the Northern Part of the MAR 6.3 Modeling of the Flow Through the Northern MAR References . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Eastern Basin Pathways and Further Propagation of Antarctic Bottom Water in the East Atlantic 7.1 General Description 7.2 Mixing Caused by the Barotropic Tide 7.3 Kane Gap 7.4 Angola Basin References 8 Passages in the East Azores Ridge 8.1 General Description 8.2 Discovery Gap 8.3 Western Gap 8.4 Modeling References 9 Flows Through the Northern Channels in the North Atlantic 9.1 Charlie Gibbs Fracture Zone 9.2 Overflow in the Denmark Strait 9.3 Overflow in the Faroe-Shetland Channel 9.4 Overflow in the Gibraltar Strait 9.5 Gravity Current in the Bear Island Trough References Summary of Research and Integrated Conclusions
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9783030388157 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Meeting the targets of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) requires contributions by scientists focusing on understanding, monitoring, protecting, managing and restoring the natural environment, including geoscientists. This book presents the first detailed discussion on the role of the geological sciences (geosciences) community in the implementation of the SDGs. Unlike traditional geosciences textbooks, it is structured according to development priorities, framed in the context of the 17 SDGs. Written by international experts from diverse range of geosciences / development disciplines, it explores themes linked to both science and the professional practice of science (e.g., ethics, equity, conduct, and partnerships). The book is intended for graduate and senior undergraduate students in the earth sciences, as well as practicing geologists and experts from other sectors involved in sustainability initiatives.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxiii, 474 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030388157 , 978-3-030-38815-7
    ISSN: 2523-3084 , 2523-3092
    Series Statement: Sustainable Development Goals Series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 End Poverty in All Its Forms Everywhere / Joel C. Gill, Sarah Caven, and Ekbal Hussain 2 Zero Hunger / Benson H. Chishala, Rhoda Mofya-Mukuka, Lydia M. Chabala, and Elias Kuntashula 3 Ensure Healthy Lives and Promote Well-Being for All At All Ages / Kim Dowling, Rachael Martin, Singarayer K. Florentine, and Dora C. Pearce 4 Quality Education / Ellen Metzger, David Gosselin, and Cailin Huyck Orr 5 Achieve Gender Equality and Empower All Women and Girls / Ezzoura Errami, Gerel Ochir, and Silvia Peppoloni 6 Clean Water and Sanitation / Kirsty Upton and Alan MacDonald 7 Affordable and Clean Energy / Michael H. Stephenson 8 Decent Work and Economic Growth / Katrien An Heirman, Joel C. Gill, and Sarah Caven 9 Infrastructure, Industry, and Innovation / Joel C. Gill, Ranjan Kumar Dahal, and Martin Smith 10 Reduce Inequality Within and Amongst Countries / Melissa Moreano and Joel C. Gill 11 Sustainable Cities and Communities / Martin Smith and Stephanie Bricker 12 Ensure Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns / Joseph Mankelow, Martin Nyakinye, and Evi Petavratzi 13 Climate Action / Joy Jacqueline Pereira, T. F. Ng, and Julian Hunt 14 Conserve and Sustainably Use the Oceans, Seas, and Marine Resources / Michael G. Petterson, Hyeon-Ju Kim, and Joel C. Gill 15 Life on Land / Eric O. Odada, Samuel O. Ochola, and Martin Smith 16 Peace, Justice, and Strong Institutions / Joel C. Gill, Amel Barich, Nic Bilham, Sarah Caven, Amy Donovan, Marleen de Ruiter, and Martin Smith 17 Partnerships for the Goals / Susanne Sargeant, Joel C. Gill, Michael Watts, Kirsty Upton, and Richard Ellison 18 Reshaping Geoscience to Help Deliver the Sustainable Development Goals / Joel C. Gill Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Call number: 9783030780555 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook introduces the use of Python programming for exploring and modelling data in the field of Earth Sciences. It drives the reader from his very first steps with Python, like setting up the environment and starting writing the first lines of codes, to proficient use in visualizing, analyzing, and modelling data in the field of Earth Science. Each chapter contains explicative examples of code, and each script is commented in detail. The book is minded for very beginners in Python programming, and it can be used in teaching courses at master or PhD levels. Also, Early careers and experienced researchers who would like to start learning Python programming for the solution of geological problems will benefit the reading of the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 229 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783030780555 , 978-3-030-78055-5
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Python for Geologists: A Kickoff 1 Setting Up Your Python Environment, Easily 1.1 The Python Programming Language 1.2 Programming Paradigms 1.3 A Local Python Environment for Scientific Computing 1.4 Remote Python Environments 1.5 Python Packages for Scientific Applications 1.6 Python Packages Specifically Developed for Geologists 2 Python Essentials for a Geologist 2.1 Start Working with IPython Console 2.2 Naming and Style Conventions 2.3 Working with Python Scripts 2.4 Conditional Statements, Indentation, Loops, and Functions 2.5 Importing External Libraries 2.6 Basic Operations and Mathematical Functions 3 Solving Geology Problems Using Python: An Introduction 3.1 My First Binary Diagram Using Python 3.2 Making Our First Models in Earth Science 3.3 Quick Intro to Spatial Data Representation Part II Describing Geological Data 4 Graphical Visualization of a Geological Data Set 4.1 Statistical Description of a Data Set: Key Concepts 4.2 Visualizing Univariate Sample Distributions 4.3 Preparing Publication-Ready Binary Diagrams 4.4 Visualization of Multivariate Data: A First Attempt 5 Descriptive Statistics 1: Univariate Analysis 5.1 Basics of Descriptive Statistics 5.2 Location 5.3 Dispersion or Scale 5.4 Skewness 5.5 Descriptive Statistics in Pandas 5.6 Box Plots 6 Descriptive Statistics 2: Bivariate Analysis 6.1 Covariance and Correlation 6.2 Simple Linear Regression 6.3 Polynomial Regression 6.4 Nonlinear Regression Part III Integrals and Differential Equations in Geology 7 Numerical Integration 7.1 Definite Integrals 7.2 Basic Properties of Integrals 7.3 Analytical and Numerical Solutions of Definite Integrals 7.4 Fundamental Theorem of Calculus and Analytical Solutions 7.5 Numerical Solutions of Definite Integrals 7.6 Computing the Volume of Geological Structures 7.7 Computing the Lithostatic Pressure 8 Differential Equations 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Ordinary Differential Equations 8.3 Numerical Solutions of First-Order Ordinary Differential Equations 8.4 Fick’s Law of Diffusion—A Widely Used Partial Differential Equation Part IV Probability Density Functions and Error Analysis 9 Probability Density Functions and Their Use in Geology 9.1 Probability Distribution and Density Functions 9.2 The Normal Distribution 9.3 The Log-Normal Distribution 9.4 Other Useful PDFs for Geological Applications 9.5 Density Estimation 9.6 The Central Limit Theorem and Normal Distributed Means 10 Error Analysis 10.1 Dealing with Errors in Geological Measurements 10.2 Reporting Uncertainties in Binary Diagrams 10.3 Linearized Approach to Error Propagation 10.4 The Mote Carlo Approach to Error Propagation Part V Robust Statistics and Machine Learning 11 Introduction to Robust Statistics 11.1 Classical and Robust Approaches to Statistics 11.2 Normality Tests 11.3 Robust Estimators for Location and Scale 11.4 Robust Statistics in Geochemistry 12 Machine Learning 12.1 Introduction to Machine Learning in Geology 12.2 Machine Learning in Python 12.3 A Case Study of Machine Learning in Geology Appendix A: Python Packages and Resources for Geologists Appendix B: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming Appendix C: The Matplotlib Object Oriented API Appendix D: Working with Pandas Further Readings
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9783319712796 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on different aspects of microplastic pollution, offering authors and readers the opportunity to share their knowledge, identify issues and propose solutions and actions to face this environmental threat. Although plastic pollution is a well-known global problem, the recent discovery of microplastics and nanoplastics in seas and oceans represents a very alarming new environmental challenge. The book offers comprehensive insights into the origins of the problem, its impact on marine environments, particularly the Mediterranean Sea and coasts, and the current research trends aimed at finding technical solutions to mitigate the phenomenon. It is primarily intended for scientists and decision makers from industry, international, national and local institutions and NGOs
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (viii, 250 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319712796 , 978-3-319-71279-6
    ISSN: 2364-6934 , 2364-8198
    Series Statement: Springer Water
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Sub-Basin Scale Heterogeneity in the Polymeric Composition of Floating Microplastics in the Mediterranean Sea / Giuseppe Suaria, Carlo Giacomo Avio, Francesco Regoli and Stefano Aliani Floating Microplastics in the Northwestern Mediterranean Sea: Temporal and Spatial Heterogeneities / Mel Constant, Philippe Kerherve, Jennifer Sola, Anna Sanchez-Vidal, Miquel Canals and Serge Heussner Microplastic Abundance and Polymer Types in a Mediterranean Environment / Nikoletta Digka, Catherine Tsangaris, Helen Kaberi, Argyro Adamopoulou and Christina Zeri TARA Mediterranean Expedition: Assessing the Impact of Microplastics on Mediterranean Ecosystem / Maria Luiza Pedrotti, Maria Grazia Mazzocchi, Fabien Lombard, François Galgani, Marie Emmanuelle Kerros, Maryvonne Henry, Amanda Elineau, Stéphanie Petit, María Luz Fernandez-de-Puelles, Stéphane Gasparini, Valentina Tirelli, Jean-Louis Jamet and Gabriel Gorsky Statistical Methodology for Identifying Microplastic Samples Collected During TARA Mediterranean Campaign / Mathilde Falcou-Préfol, Mikaël Kedzierski, Jonathan Villain, Marie Emmanuelle Kerros, Amanda Elineau, Maria Luiza Pedrotti and Stéphane Bruzaud Toward 3D Modeling the Plastic Marine Debris in the Mediterranean / Giovanni Coppini, Svitlana Liubartseva, Rita Lecci, Sergio Cretì, Giorgia Verri, Emanuela Clementi and Nadia Pinardi Assessment of Microplastics Marine Pollution from an Environmental NGO’s Point of View: The First Study About the Widespread Presence of Plastic Pellets Along the Italian Coast / Stefania Di Vito, Giorgio Zampetti, Maria Sighicelli, Serena Carpentieri and Loris Pietrelli Microplastics from Wastewater Treatment Plants—Preliminary Data / Ricardo Gouveia, Joana Antunes, Paula Sobral and Leonor Amaral Challenging the Microplastic Extraction from Sandy Sediments / Mikaël Kedzierski, Véronique Le Tilly, Patrick Bourseau, Hervé Bellegou, Guy César, Olivier Sire and Stéphane Bruzaud Are Our Synthetic Fabrics Released into the Marine Environment? Evidences on Microplastics Pollution in Wastewater Coming from Our Laundry / Raquel Villalba, Àngels Rovira and Laura Gelabert Analytical Approach for the Detection of Micro-sized Fibers from Textile Laundry / Jasmin Haap and Edith Classen Study on Microplastics Release from Fishing Nets / Alessio Montarsolo, Raffaella Mossotti, Alessia Patrucco, Marina Zoccola, Rosalinda Caringella, Pier Davide Pozzo and Claudio Tonin A Research on Microplastic Presence in Outdoor Air / Meral Yurtsever, Ahmet Tunahan Kaya and Senem Çiftçi Bayraktar Commonly Used Disposable Plastic Bags as a Source of Microplastic in Environment / Meral Yurtsever and Ulaş Yurtsever From Coral Triangle to Trash Triangle—How the Hot spot of Global Marine Biodiversity Is Threatened by Plastic Waste / Markus T. Lasut, Miriam Weber, Fransisco Pangalila, Natalie D. C. Rumampuk, Joice R. T. S. L. Rimper, Veibe Warouw, Stella T. Kaunang and Christian Lott Preliminary Assessment of Microplastic Accumulation in Wild Mediterranean Species / Manuela Piccardo, Serena Felline and Antonio Terlizzi Zooplankton and Plastic Additives—Insights into the Chemical Pollution of the Low-Trophic Level of the Mediterranean Marine Food Web / Natascha Schmidt, Javier Castro-Jiménez, Vincent Fauvelle and Richard Sempéré Microplastics in Juvenile Commercial Fish from an Estuarine Environment / Filipa Bessa, Pablo Barría, João M. Neto, João P. G. L. Frias, Vanessa Otero, Paula Sobral and João Carlos Marques Plastic Soles: Microplastic Litter in the Gastrointestinal Tract of Solea solea from the Adriatic Sea / Giulio Pellini, Alessio Gomiero, Tomaso Fortibuoni, Gianna Fabi, Fabio Grati, Anna Nora Tassetti, Piero Polidori, Carmen Ferra Vega and Giuseppe Scarcella Size-Selective Feeding by Mesopelagic Fish Can Impact Ocean Surface Abundance of Small Plastic Particles / John van den Hoff, Cecilia Eriksson, Harry Burton and Martin Schultz Dynamics in Microplastic Ingestion During the Past Six Decades in Herbivorous Fish on the Mediterranean Israeli Coast / Noam van der Hal, Erez Yeruham and Dror L. Angel Nanoplastic Impact on Human Health—A 3D Intestinal Model to Study the Interaction with Nanoplastic Particles / Roman Lehner, Alke Petri-Fink and Barbara Rothen-Rutishauser Imitating the Weathering of Microplastics in the Marine Environment / Kathrin Oelschlägel, Jenny Pfeiffer and Annegret Potthoff Microbial Degradation of HDPE Secondary Microplastics: Preliminary Results / Panagiota Tsiota, Katerina Karkanorachaki, Evdokia Syranidou, Martina Franchini and Nicolas Kalogerakis Assessing Marine Biodegradability of Plastic—Towards an Environmentally Relevant International Standard Test Scheme / Miriam Weber, Dorothée Makarow, Boris Unger, Nike Mortier, Bruno De Wilde, Miriam van Eekert, Els Schuman, Maurizio Tosin, Michele Pognani, Francesco Degli Innocenti, Demetres Briassolis, Antonis Mistriotis, Maarten van der Zee and Christian Lott Marine Fate of Biodegradable Plastic—Substitution Potential and Ecological Impacts / Christian Lott, Andreas Eich, Nora-Charlotte Pauli, Tobias Mildenberger, Christian Laforsch, Jana S. Petermann, Markus T. Lasut and Miriam Weber Biodegradable Poly(Butylene Succinate)-Based Composites for Food Packaging / Salvatore Mallardo, Valentina De Vito, Mario Malinconico, Maria Grazia Volpe, Gabriella Santagata and Maria Laura Di Lorenzo Degradation of Biodegradable Plastic Buried in Sand / Mariacristina Cocca, Francesca De Falco, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Emilia Di Pace and Maurizio Avella Non-conventional Ultrasound-Assisted Extraction of Alginates from Sargassum Seaweed: From Coastal Waste to a Novel Polysaccharide Source / Gabriella Santagata, Giorgio Grillo, Barbara Immirzi, Silvia Tabasso, Giancarlo Cravotto and Mario Malinconico Eco-Sustainable Finishing Treatment of Polyamide Fabrics to Reduce the Release of Microplastics During Washing Processes / Francesca De Falco, Maria Pia Gullo, Gennaro Gentile, Roberto Avolio, Maria Emanuela Errico, Emilia Di Pace, Veronica Ambrogi, Maurizio Avella and Mariacristina Cocca Mitigation of the Impact Caused by Microfibers Released During Washings by Implementing New Chitosan Finishing Treatments / Raffaella Mossotti, Alessio Montarsolo, Alessia Patrucco, Marina Zoccola, Rosalinda Caringella, Pier Davide Pozzo and Claudio Tonin MWCNT/Polyaniline Nanocomposites Used for pH Nanosensors of Marine Waters / Anita Grozdanov, Aleksandar Petrovski, Perica Paunovik, Aleksandar T. Dimitrov and Maurizio Avella Removal of Heavy Metal Ions from Wastewater Using Bio- and Nanosorbents / Anita Grozdanov, Katerina Atkovska, Kiril Lisickov, Gordana Ruseska and Aleksandar T. Dimitrov Banning Microplastics in Cosmetic Products in Europe: Legal Challenges / Esther Kentin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Call number: 9783030001384 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book documents the effects of natural hazards on coastal ecosystems in detail. The sea is an indispensable component of the Earth system, and human societies obtain many goods and services from the marine environment. Global warming threatens marine ecosystems through seawater temperature rise, acidification, sea-level rise and the increased frequency of severe storms. The repeated effects of tsunamis also have major impacts on coastal ecosystems. Increases in population and industry activities along the coast cause the degradation of coastal ecosystems through direct and indirect uses of the environment such as reclamation, overexploitation of bioresources, and pollution. Given these facts, we need to improve our understanding of the physical, chemical and biological mechanisms characterizing marine ecosystems, in order to better measure the effects of anthropogenic and natural impacts on the sea and its ecosystems. Equipped with a comprehensive understanding of the sea, including the effects of the main pressures on it, we will have a better idea of the future state of the sea based on several scenarios of global warming. The 16th France-Japan Symposium on Marine Science focused on using advances in oceanography to better understand the current status of the sea from physical, chemical, biological and ecological perspectives, including fishery sciences and integrated approaches
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 413 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (vorwiegend farbig)
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783030001384 , 978-3-030-00138-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Evolution and Progress Accomplished During Previous French-Japanese Symposiums of Oceanography / Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi 2 Challenge to Resolve Problems in the Ocean and Coastal Waters in Future Earth with Stronger Cooperation Between the Two Societies Franco-Japonaise of Oceanography / Teruhisa Komatsu Part II Natural and Anthropogenic Impacts 3 Slower Decrease in Radioactive Concentrations in Some Fish Species After the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant Disaster / Hisayuki Arakawa 4 Influence of Behavioral Patterns of Several Fish Species on Their Radioactive Cesium Concentrations Revealed with a Biotelemetry System After the Nuclear Accident Caused by the 2011 Great East Japan Earthquake / Keiichi Uchida, Kohei Hasegawa, Yoshinori Miyamoto, Hisayuki Arakawa, Seiji Akiyama and Naoto Hirakawa 5 Estimate of Water Quality Change in Osaka Bay Caused by the Suspension of Marine Sediment with Mega Tsunami / Mitsuru Hayashi, Satoshi Nakada, Shunich Koshimura and Eiichi Kobayashi 6 Litter in the Mediterranean Sea / François Galgani 7 The European eel (Anguilla anguilla) in France: An Example of Close Cooperation Among Researchers and Fishers to Study and Manage an Endangered Species / Patrick Prouzet, Elsa Amilhat, Catherine Boisneau, Philippe Boisneau, Eric Feunteun and Nicolas Michelet 8 Trophic Cascade in Seaweed Beds in Sanriku Coast Hit by the Huge Tsunami on 11 March 2011: Sea Urchin Fishery as a Satoumi Activity Serving for Increase in Marine Productivity and Biodiversity / Teruhisa Komatsu, Shuji Sasa, Hiroki Murata, Shuhei Sawayama, Masahiro Hamana, Minami Asada, Ryo Tsujimoto, Genki Terauchi and Tetsuo Yanagi 9 The English Channel: Becoming like the Seas Around Japan / Jean-Claude Dauvin, Jean-Philippe Pezy and Alexandrine Baffreau Part III Physical Oceanography 10 Recent Research Results and Future Project in the Antarctic Ocean by Umitaka-Maru Research Group for Physical Oceanography / Yujiro Kitade, Keishi Shimada, Shigeru Aoki and Kay I. Ohshima 11 Response of Near-Inertial Internal Waves to Various Typhoon-Tracks Around the Tango Peninsula, Japan / Keiichi Yamazaki, Yujiro Kitade, Yosuke Igeta, Yutaka Kumaki and Tatsuro Watanabe 12 A High-Resolution Unstructured Grid Finite Volume Model for Currents Around Narrow Straits of Matsushima Bay / Hidekazu Shirai, Ritsuki Kunisato, Shinya Magome, Teruhisa Hattori, Takamasa Takagi, Katsuaki Okabe, Kazufumi Takayanagi and Shigeho Kakehi 13 Observation of Near-Bottom Current on the Continental Shelf Off Sanriku / Daigo Yanagimoto, Kiyoshi Tanaka, Shinzou Fujio, Hajime Nishigaki and Miho Ishizu Part IV Innovative Research 14 Control of Pressure-Driven Microdroplet Formation and Optimum Encapsulation in Microfluidic System / Mathias Girault, Akihiro Hattori, Hyonchol Kim, Kenji Matsuura, Masao Odaka, Hideyuki Terazono and Kenji Yasuda 15 Development of a De-oiling System for Seabed Sediments / Yoshichika Ikeda, Motohiro Miki, Hisayuki Arakawa and Mitsuru Izumi 16 Development of an Optical Detection System of Fuel Oil on Seabed Sediments / Akira Matsumoto, Kazuki Toguchi, Yoshichika Ikeda and Hisayuki Arakawa 17 Retinomotor and Stress Responses of Marbled Sole Pseudopleuronectes Yokohamae Under the LEDs / Rena Shibata, Yasuyuki Uto, Kenichi Ishibashi and Takashi Yada 18 Metabolome Profiling of Growth Hormone Transgenic Coho Salmon by Capillary Electrophoresis Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry / Toshiki Nakano, Hitoshi Shirakawa, Giles Yeo, Robert H. Devlin and Tomoyoshi Soga 19 Estimating the Diets of Fish Using Stomach Contents Analysis and a Bayesian Stable Isotope Mixing Models in Sendai Bay / Hiroyuki Togashi, Yukinori Nakane, Yosuke Amano and Yutaka Kurita Part V Coastal Ecosystem and Management 20 Ecological Status of Atlantic Salmon (Salmo Salar L.) in France: Need for an Ecosystemic Approach / Patrick Prouzet and Nicolas Michelet 21 Challenges to Harmonize Sustainable Fishery with Environmental Conservation in the Coastal Ecosystems Under Oligotrophication / Masakazu Hori, Masahito Hirota, Franck Lagarde, Sandrine Vaz, Masami Hamaguchi, Naoaki Tezuka, Mitsutaku Makino and Ryo Kimura 22 One-Year Colonization by Zoobenthic Species on an Eco-Friendly Artificial Reef in the English Channel Intertidal Zone / Jean-Claude Dauvin and Aurélie Foveau 23 New Installations of Artificial Reefs Along the Coast of the Landes (South–West Atlantic Coast of France) / Gérard Fourneau, Florence Dufour, Aurélie Penne, Nelly Ferrou, Thomas Scourzic, Aurore Laborde and Elodie Zaccari 24 Marine Ecosystem Services: Perception of Residents from Remote Islands, Taketomi Town / Kazumi Wakita, Keiyu Kohama, Takako Masuda, Katsumi Yoshida, Taro Oishi, Zhonghua Shen, Nobuyuki Yagi, Hisahi Kurokura, Ken Furuya and Yasuwo Fukuyo 25 Quantitative Mapping of Fish Habitat: From Knowledge to Spatialised Fishery Management / Sandrine Vaz and Olivier Le Pape 26 Do Our Ocean Policies Make Any Difference in the Wellbeing of Coastal Communities? / Yves Henocque Part VI Aquaculture 27 Heterogeneity of Japanese Oyster (Crassostrea Gigas) Spat Collection in a Shellfish Farmed Mediterranean Lagoon / Franck Lagarde, Martin Ubertini, Serge Mortreux, Adeline Perignon, Axel Leurion, Patrik Le Gall, Claude Chiantella, Slem Meddah, Jean-Louis Guillou, Gregory Messiaen, Béatrice Bec, Cécile Roques, Delphine Bonnet, Hélène Cochet, Ismaël Bernard, Erika Gervasoni, Marion Richard, Gilles Miron, Annie Fiandrino, Stephane Pouvreau and Emmanuelle Roque D’orbcastel 28 Suitable Oyster Culture Density in Oginohama Bay, Miyagi, Japan / Yutaka Okumura, Akatsuki Nawata, Hiroshi Ito, Akio Oshino and Motoyuki Hara 29 Population Dynamics of the Manila Clam Ruditapes Philippinarum and Implications of the 2011 Tsunami Impact in Two Shallow, Semi-enclosed Bays in Northeastern Japan / Hirokazu Abe, Masami Hamaguchi, Naoto Kajihara, Yuichi Taniai, Akio Oshino, Akihiro Moriyama and Takashi Kamiyama 30 Feed and Feeding in Certification Schemes of Sustainable Aquaculture / Catherine Mariojouls, Raphaëla Le Gouvello and François Simard Part VII Short and Preliminary Communications 31 French Bluefin Tuna Longline Fishery Bycatch Programme / François Poisson, Sophie Arnaud-Haond, Hervé Demarcq, Luisa Métral, Blandine Brisset, Delphine Cornella and Bertrand Wendling 32 137 Cs and Tritium Concentrations in Seawater off the Fukushima Prefecture: Results from the SOSO 5 Rivers Cruise (October 2014) / Michio Aoyama, Hervé Thébault, Y. Hamajima, Sabine Charmasson, Mireille Arnaud and Céline Duffa Correction to: Oceanography Challenges to Future Earth / Teruhisa Komatsu, Hubert-Jean Ceccaldi, Jiro Yoshida, Patrick Prouzet and Yves Henocque Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    facet.materialart.12
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: 9789402411010 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an overview of the current state of knowledge of Arctic ice shelves, ice islands and related features. Ice shelves are permanent areas of ice which float on the ocean surface while attached to the coast, and typically occur in very cold environments where perennial sea ice builds up to great thickness, and/or where glaciers flow off the land and are preserved on the ocean surface. These landscape features are relatively poorly studied in the Arctic, yet they are potentially highly sensitive indicators of climate change because they respond to changes in atmospheric, oceanic and glaciological conditions. Recent fracturing and breakup events of ice shelves in the Canadian High Arctic have attracted significant scientific and public attention, and produced large ice islands which may pose a risk to Arctic shipping and offshore infrastructure. Much has been published about Antarctic ice shelves, but to date there has not been a dedicated book about Arctic ice shelves or ice islands. This book fills that gap.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9789402411010 , 978-94-024-1101-0
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Distribution and Characteristics of Arctic Ice Shelves 1 Arctic Ice Shelves: An Introduction / Julian A. Dowdeswell and Martin O. Jeffries 2 The Ellesmere Ice Shelves, Nunavut, Canada / Martin O. Jeffries 3 Eurasian Arctic Ice Shelves and Tidewater Ice Margins / Julian A. Dowdeswell 4 Greenland Ice Shelves and Ice Tongues / Niels Reeh Part II Physical Processes and Historical Changes of Arctic Ice Shelves 5 Changes in Canadian Arctic Ice Shelf Extent Since 1906 / Derek Mueller, Luke Copland, and Martin O. Jeffries 6 The Surface Mass Balance of the Ward Hunt Ice Shelf and Ward Hunt Ice Rise, Ellesmere Island, Nunavut, Canada / Carsten Braun 7 Holocene History of Arctic Ice Shelves / John H. England, David J.A. Evans, and Thomas R. Lakeman 8 An Overview of Paleoenvironmental Techniques for the Reconstruction of Past Arctic Ice Shelf Dynamics / Dermot Antoniades 9 Arctic Ice Shelf Ecosystems / Anne D. Jungblut, Derek Mueller, and Warwick F. Vincent Part III Arctic Ice Shelf Calving Processes and Ice Islands 10 Factors Contributing to Recent Arctic Ice Shelf Losses / Luke Copland, Colleen Mortimer, Adrienne White, Miriam Richer McCallum, and Derek Mueller 11 Ice Island Drift Mechanisms in the Canadian High Arctic / Wesley Van Wychen and Luke Copland 12 Recent Changes in Sea Ice Plugs Along the Northern Canadian Arctic Archipelago / Sierra Pope, Luke Copland, and Bea Alt 13 The Military Importance and Use of Ice Islands During the Cold War / William F. Althoff 14 Russian Drifting Stations on Arctic Ice Islands / Igor M. Belkin and Sergey A. Kessel 15 Risk Analysis and Hazards of Ice Islands / Mark Fuglem and Ian Jordaan Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Call number: 9783319778693 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book integrates a variety of issues such as regional settings of productivity and nutrient cycling; plankton of coastal and shelf systems; plankton, climate change and human-induced changes; harmful algae and their impacts; and gelatinous zooplankton. This book explores the intriguing marine plankton communities of the SWA region of South America encompassing low to high latitude environments, framed by a complex hydrographic background and global climate change. This vast and iconic region has been largely under-recognized and under-studied. However, in recent years a strong interest has emerged along with the acknowledgment of its high biological productivity. The book concludes by discussing conservation in the region, highlighting regional biodiversity hotspots where the challenges of climate change, habitat loss, and other threats to biodiversity may be particularly acute. Plankton Ecology of the Southwestern Atlantic is a timely synthesis of the field, setting a new baseline for future research. It will be important reading for both researchers and graduate students, and will also be of interest and use to a professional audience of oceanographers, conservation biologists, stake holders and educated science enthusiasts
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 586 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319778693 , 978-3-319-77869-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Historical Background of Plankton Research in the Region Overview of the History of Biological Oceanography in the Southwestern Atlantic, with Emphasis on Plankton / Demetrio Boltovskoy and Jean L. Valentin Part II Regional Settings of Productivity and Nutrient Cycling Physical Oceanography of the SW Atlantic Shelf: A Review / Alberto R. Piola, Elbio D. Palma, Alejandro A. Bianchi, Belmiro M. Castro, Marcelo Dottori, Raul A. Guerrero, Marina Marrari, Ricardo P. Matano, Osmar O. Möller Jr, and Martín Saraceno Nutrient Transport, Cycles, and Fate in Southern Brazil (Southwestern Atlantic Ocean Margin) / Luis F. Niencheski Surface Macronutrient Dynamics of the Drake Passage and the Argentine Sea / Flavio E. Paparazzo and José L. Esteves Perspective: Continental Inputs of Matter into Planktonic Ecosystems of the Argentinean Continental Shelf—the Case of Atmospheric Dust / Augusto C. Crespi-Abril, Elena S. Barbieri, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Gaspar Soria, Flavio E. Paparazzo, Joanna M. Paczkowska, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Overview on Primary Production in the Southwestern Atlantic / Vivian Lutz, Valeria Segura, Ana Dogliotti, Virginia Tavano, Frederico P. Brandini, Danilo L. Calliari, Aurea M. Ciotti, Virginia F. Villafañe, Irene R. Schloss, Flavia M. P. Saldanha Corrêa, Hugo Benavides, and Denise Vizziano Cantonnet Part III Plankton of Shelf and Boundary Systems Phytoplankton Assemblages of the Subtropical South West Atlantic: Composition and Dynamics in Relation to Physical and Chemical Processes / Frederico P. Brandini Community Structure and Spatiotemporal Dynamics of the Zooplankton in the South Brazilian Bight: A Review / Miodeli Nogueira Jr. and Frederico P. Brandini Zooplankton Communities of the Argentine Continental Shelf (SW Atlantic, ca. 34°–55°S), An Overview / Georgina D. Cepeda, Brenda Temperoni, Marina E. Sabatini, María D. Viñas, Carla M. Derisio, Betina A. Santos, Julieta C. Antacli, and Luciano N. Padovani Ecological Role of Common Appendicularian Species from Shelf Waters Off Argentina / Fabiana L. Capitanio, Mariela L. Spinelli, María L. Presta, Gastón E. Aguirre, Guillermo Cervetto, Marcelo Pájaro, and Carla M. Derisio Ichthyoplankton Associated to the Frontal Regions of the Southwestern Atlantic / Eduardo M. Acha, Martin D. Ehrlich, José H. Muelbert, Marcelo Pájaro, Daniel Bruno, Laura Machinandiarena, and Mariana Cadaveira Part IV Plankton of Coastal Systems Flagellates Versus Diatoms: Phytoplankton Trends in Tropical and Subtropical Estuarine-Coastal Ecosystems / Clarisse Odebrecht, Maria C. Villac, Paulo C. Abreu, Lumi Haraguchi, Piter D. F. Gomes, and Denise Rivera Tenenbaum Phytoplankton Patterns and Processes in a Tropical-Subtropical Transition Region: Santa Catarina Coast, Southern Brazil / Leonardo R. Rörig, Marcio da Silva Tamanaha, Graziela da Rosa Persich, Carlos A. França Schettini, and Eliane C. Truccolo Schettini Near-Surface Biogeochemistry and Phytoplankton Carbon Assimilation in the Rio de la Plata Estuary / Danilo L. Calliari, Mónica Gómez-Erache, Denise Vizziano Cantonnet, and Cecilia Alonso Satellite-Measured Phytoplankton and Environmental Factors in North Patagonian Gulfs / Gabriela N. Williams, Miriam E. Solís, and José L. Esteves Mesozooplankton Structure and Seasonal Dynamics in Three Coastal Systems of Argentina: Bahía Blanca Estuary, Pirámide Bay, and Ushuaia Bay / Anabela A. Berasategui, María C. López Abbate, Valeria C. D’Agostino, María L. Presta, Román Uibrig, Tami M. García, Eugenia Nahuelhual, Carlo J. Chazarreta, María S. Dutto, Maximiliano Garcia, Fabiana Capitanio, and Mónica S. Hoffmeyer Trophic Ecology of the White Croaker (Micropogonias furnieri Desmarest, 1823) and Rough Scad (Trachurus lathami Nichols, 1920) Larvae in the Río de la Plata Estuary / Laura Rodríguez-Graña, Mario Vera, Guillermo Cervetto, and Danilo L. Calliari Part V Gelatinous Zooplankton Diversity, Species Composition and Assemblage Dynamics of Estuarine Gelatinous and Semi-Gelatinous Zooplankton from Brazil / Miodeli Nogueira Jr., Lorena Silva do Nascimento, Pedro Vieira Maciel, Sebastião Tilbert, and Lívia Dias Oliveira An Overview of the Medusozoa from the Southwestern Atlantic / Agustín Schiariti, María S. Dutto, André Carrara Morandini, Renato M. Nagata, Daiana Y. Pereyra, Francisco A. Puente Tapia, Luciana Díaz Briz, and Gabriel Genzano Part VI Harmful Algae and Their Impacts Alexandrium tamarense/catenella Blooms in the Southwestern Atlantic: Paralytic Shellfish Toxin Production and Its Trophic Transference / Nora G. Montoya, Mario O. Carignan, and José I. Carreto Harmful Algal Blooms in the Río de la Plata Region / Silvia M. Méndez and José I. Carreto Harmful Marine Microalgae in Coastal Waters of Chubut (Patagonia, Argentina) / Alicia V. Sastre, Norma H. Santinelli, Miriam E. Solís, Laura B. Pérez, Soledad Díaz Ovejero, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Andreana Cadaillón, and Valeria C. D’Agostino Part VII Plankton, Climate Change and Human-Induced Changes Composition and Structure of Phytoplankton Communities in Coastal Environments with Anthropogenic Disturbance (Patagonia, Argentina) / Norma H. Santinelli, Alicia V. Sastre, Mónica N. Gil, and José L. Esteves Responses of Subantarctic Marine Phytoplankton to Ozone Decrease and Increased Temperature / Marcelo P. Hernando, Gabriela Malanga, Gastón O. Almandoz, Irene R. Schloss, and Gustavo A. Ferreyra Global Change and Plankton Ecology in the Southwestern Atlantic / Elena S. Barbieri, María A. Marcoval, Rodrigo D. Hernández-Moresino, Mariela L. Spinelli, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Call number: 9783319771076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book promotes a better understanding of the role of the sun on natural climate variability. It is a comprehensive reference book that appeals to an academic audience at the graduate, post-graduate and PhD level and can be used for lectures in climatology, environmental studies and geography. This work is the collection of lecture notes as well as synthesized analyses of published papers on the described subjects. It comprises 18 chapters and is divided into three parts: Part I discusses general circulation, climate variability, stratosphere-troposphere coupling and various teleconnections. Part II mainly explores the area of different solar influences on climate. It also discusses various oceanic features and describes ocean-atmosphere coupling. But, without prior knowledge of other important influences on the earth’s climate, the understanding of the actual role of the sun remains incomplete. Hence, Part III covers burning issues such as greenhouse gas warming, volcanic influences, ozone depletion in the stratosphere, Arctic and Antarctic sea ice, etc. At the end of the book, there are few questions and exercises for students. This book is based on the lecture series that was delivered at the University of Oulu, Finland as part of M.Sc./ PhD module
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 218 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319771076 , 978-3-319-77107-6
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Climatology, General Circulation, Climate Variability and Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 1 Climatology and General Circulation 1.1 Climatology: SLP and SST 1.2 General Circulation 1.2.1 Meridional Circulation 1.2.2 Jet Formation: Thermal Wind Balance Relationship 1.2.3 Walker Circulation 2 Major Modes of Variability 2.1 Variability in the Troposphere 2.1.1 El Niño and Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 2.1.2 North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) 2.1.3 Arctic Oscillation (AO) and Antarctic Oscillation (AAO) 2.1.4 Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) 2.1.5 Atlantic Multidecadal Oscillation (AMO) 2.1.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) 2.1.7 Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) 2.2 Variability in the Stratosphere 2.2.1 Quasi-Biennial Oscillation (QBO) 2.2.2 Stratospheric Sudden Warming (SSW) Referenes 3 Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 3.1 Background 3.2 Discussion with Schematic 3.3 Strength of Westerly: Solar Influence 3.4 Role of Zero Wind Line: QBO Influence 3.5 Sun, QBO and Polar Temperature in North Pole 3.6 Composites of Time Height Development of NAM 3.7 Annular Modes Pattern Similar 3.8 Solar Influence: Polar Vortex and Tropical Lower Stratosphere 3.9 Solar Influence: Tropical Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere References 4 Teleconnection Among Various Modes 4.1 Polar Vortex, QBO and ENSO 4.2 Polar Vortex and ENSO 4.3 ENSO and Polar Troposphere 4.4 ENSO, Polar Annular Modes and JET 4.5 ENSO Teleconnections 4.5.1 El Niño (Warm) and La Niña (Cold) Definition 4.5.2 El Niño or La Niña? 4.5.3 ENSO Seasonal Locking 4.5.4 Potential Problems with SST Data 4.5.5 Indian Summer Monsoon and Walker Circulation 4.5.6 Different Types of ENSO 4.5.7 Homogeneous Monsoon Region 4.5.8 ENSO ISM Correlation 4.5.9 SST Composites: EN vs. LN 4.5.10 ISM ENSO Teleconnection Compositing: EN vs. LN 4.5.11 Rainfall in South America ENSO (Different Types) Teleconnection 4.5.12 Summary: ENSO and Teleconnections References 5 Solar Influence Around Various Places: Robust Solar Signal on Climate 5.1 Signal on Sea Level Pressure (DJF) Using Multiple Linear Regression 5.1.1 Method of Multiple Regression Analysis 5.2 Solar Signal Around Aleutian Low (AL) and Pacific High (PH) 5.3 Solar Influence: Tropical Pacific SST 5.4 ENSO and Sun Phase Locking 5.5 Solar Signal in Tropical Pacific SST Using Compositing 5.5.1 Method of Solar Peak Year Compositing 5.6 Observation: Annual Mean Temperature References 6 Total Solar Irradiance (TSI): Measurements and Reconstructions References Part II Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling and Solar Variability 7 Ocean Coupling 7.1 Shallow Overturning Circulation 7.2 ENSO 7.2.1 ENSO, Thermocline and Upper Ocean Heat Content 7.2.2 ENSO and Delayed Oscillator Theory 7.2.3 ENSO and Shallow MOC in Tropical Pacific 7.2.4 Pycnocline Convergence vs. SST 7.2.5 Abrupt Rise in Temperature During 1977–1998 References 8 The Sun and ENSO Connection–Contradictions and Reconciliations 8.1 Solar Signal and ENSO 8.2 Contradiction (I): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-Active Solar Years and ENSO 8.3 Contradiction (II): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-El Niño or La Niña 8.4 Proposed Mechanism: Earlier Period 8.5 Proposed Mechanism: Later Period 8.6 Contradictions and Reconciliations References 9 A Debate: The Sun and the QBO 9.1 Data Analysis: Solar and QBO Separately 9.2 Polar Temperature During JF with Respect to QBO (40 hPa) and F10.7 9.3 Polar Temperature During JF for QBO (30 hPa) and F10.7 9.4 Time Series of QBO at Different Height and EOF Analysis 9.5 Combined Effects: Solar with QBO 9.6 Summary References 10 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ vs. ‘Bottom Up’ 10.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ 10.1.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Polar Vortex and Lower Stratosphere 10.1.2 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere 10.1.3 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Stratospheric Polar Vortex to Polar Troposphere 10.2 Solar Influence: ‘Bottom-Up’ References 11 An Overview of Solar Influence on Climate 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Methodology 11.2 Representative Results: Figure and Tables 11.3 Results Text 11.3.1 Atmosphere Only: Sun and QBO 11.3.2 Ocean (Only Pacific) and Atmosphere Coupling: Sun, QBO and ENSO 11.3.3 Atmosphere and Ocean (Only Pacific) Coupling: Sun, QBO, ENSO and Climate Change 11.4 Discussion References Part III Other Major Influences on Climate 12 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Possible Limitations 12.1 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling ‘Top-Down’ vs. ‘Bottom-Up’ Mechanism: a Case Study 12.2 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Limitations of Peak Year Compositing 12.2.1 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for SLP: a Case Study 12.2.2 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for Indian Summer Monsoon: a Case Study 12.3 Difference in Winter Surface Climate Between Solar Minimum and Maximum 12.4 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Observation Using MLR Technique 12.4.1 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Two Different Time Periods (1856–1977) and (1878–1997) 12.4.2 Sun (SSN) and NAO Longer Period (1870–2010) 12.4.3 Sun (SSN) and NAO Lag Relationship 12.5 AMO and PDO Relationship References 13 The Arctic and Antarctic Sea Ice 13.1 Arctic Sea Ice: Last Few Years 13.2 Arctic Sea Ice: Change in 2014 13.3 Arctic Sea Ice and Solar Influence 13.4 Antarctic Sea Ice Reference 14 CMIP5 Project and Some Results 14.1 Global Climate Models (GCMs): Basic Equations 14.2 CMIP5 Project 14.3 Experiments: Historical and RCP (Representative Concentration Pathway) Scenarios 14.4 Some CMIP5 Models 14.5 Temperature in CMIP5 and Observation 14.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) and ENSO in CMIP5 Models 14.6.1 CMIP5 Models for ISM Are Performing Well 14.6.2 CMIP5 Models for ISM Not Performing Well 14.6.3 Models: CMIP5, AMIP5 and High Top, Low Top 14.6.4 Precipitation Composites- El Niño: (CMIP5 vs. AMIP5) 14.6.5 Changes in ENSO Variability 2050–2100 in CMIP3 Experiments 14.6.6 Stratospheric Features in CMIP5: Low and High Top Models 14.6.7 Simulated and Observed Stratospheric Temperature References 15 Green House Gas Warming 15.1 Laws of Radiation 15.2 Solar Radiation vs. Terrestrial Radiation 15.3 Radiation Transmitted by the Atmosphere and Atmospheric Windows 15.4 Absorption: Water Vapour and CO2 15.5 CO 2 as a Greenhouse Gas 15.6 Temperature and CO 2: 400,000 Years 15.7 Earth’s Temperature Change in the Last 2000 Years 15.8 Radiative Forcing 15.9 Global Energy Balance References 16 Volcanic Influences 16.1 Volcano Cooling Effect 16.2 Influences of Volcanic Eruption 16.3 Effect of Large Eruptions on Weather and Climate 16.4 Polar Warming Associated with Large Eruptions 16.5 Sun, Volcano and ENSO References 17 Ozone Depletion in the Stratosphere 17.1 Ozone Hole and Montreal Protocol 17.2 Ozone Hole Animation 17.3 Greenhouse Gases and Ozone in Model Reference 18 Influence of Various Other Solar Outputs 18.1 Mechanisms 18.2 Other Influences, e.g. Galactic Cosmic Rays 18.3 Sunspot vs. Galactic Cosmic Ray (GCR) References Few questions and Exercises for Students Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: 9781491903117 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 590 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781491903117 (e-book) , 978-1-4919-0311-7
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Part I. Foundations of Data Systems 1. Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Applications Thinking About Data Systems Reliability Hardware Faults Software Errors Human Errors How Important Is Reliability? Scalability Describing Load Describing Performance Approaches for Coping with Load Maintainability Operability: Making Life Easy for Operations Simplicity: Managing Complexity Evolvability: Making Change Easy Summary 2. Data Models and Query Languages Relational Model Versus Document Model The Birth of NoSQL The Object-Relational Mismatch Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships Are Document Databases Repeating History? Relational Versus Document Databases Today Query Languages for Data Declarative Queries on the Web MapReduce Querying Graph-Like Data Models Property Graphs The Cypher Query Language Graph Queries in SQL Triple-Stores and SPARQL The Foundation: Datalog Summary 3. Storage and Retrieval Data Structures That Power Your Database Hash Indexes SSTables and LSM-Trees B-Trees Comparing B-Trees and LSM-Trees Other Indexing Structures Transaction Processing or Analytics? Data Warehousing Stars and Snowflakes: Schemas for Analytics Column-Oriented Storage Column Compression Sort Order in Column Storage Writing to Column-Oriented Storage Aggregation: Data Cubes and Materialized Views Summary 4. Encoding and Evolution Formats for Encoding Data Language-Specific Formats JSON, XML, and Binary Variants Thrift and Protocol Buffers Avro The Merits of Schemas Modes of Dataflow Dataflow Through Databases Dataflow Through Services: REST and RPC Message-Passing Dataflow Summary Part II. Distributed Data 5. Replication Leaders and Followers Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Replication Setting Up New Followers Handling Node Outages Implementation of Replication Logs Problems with Replication Lag Reading Your Own Writes Monotonic Reads Consistent Prefix Reads Solutions for Replication Lag Multi-Leader Replication Use Cases for Multi-Leader Replication Handling Write Conflicts Multi-Leader Replication Topologies Leaderless Replication Writing to the Database When a Node Is Down Limitations of Quorum Consistency Sloppy Quorums and Hinted Handoff Detecting Concurrent Writes Summary 6. Partitioning Partitioning and Replication Partitioning of Key-Value Data Partitioning by Key Range Partitioning by Hash of Key Skewed Workloads and Relieving Hot Spots Partitioning and Secondary Indexes Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Document Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Term Rebalancing Partitions Strategies for Rebalancing Operations: Automatic or Manual Rebalancing Request Routing Parallel Query Execution Summary 7. Transactions The Slippery Concept of a Transaction The Meaning of ACID Single-Object and Multi-Object Operations Weak Isolation Levels Read Committed Snapshot Isolation and Repeatable Read Preventing Lost Updates Write Skew and Phantoms Serializability Actual Serial Execution Two-Phase Locking (2PL) Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI) Summary 8. The Trouble with Distributed Systems Faults and Partial Failures Cloud Computing and Supercomputing Unreliable Networks Network Faults in Practice Detecting Faults Timeouts and Unbounded Delays Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Networks Unreliable Clocks Monotonic Versus Time-of-Day Clocks Clock Synchronization and Accuracy Relying on Synchronized Clocks Process Pauses Knowledge, Truth, and Lies The Truth Is Defined by the Majority Byzantine Faults System Model and Reality Summary 9. Consistency and Consensus Consistency Guarantees Linearizability What Makes a System Linearizable? Relying on Linearizability Implementing Linearizable Systems The Cost of Linearizability Ordering Guarantees Ordering and Causality Sequence Number Ordering Total Order Broadcast Distributed Transactions and Consensus Atomic Commit and Two-Phase Commit (2PC) Distributed Transactions in Practice Fault-Tolerant Consensus Membership and Coordination Services Summary Part III. Derived Data 10. Batch Processing Batch Processing with Unix Tools Simple Log Analysis The Unix Philosophy MapReduce and Distributed Filesystems MapReduce Job Execution Reduce-Side Joins and Grouping Map-Side Joins The Output of Batch Workflows Comparing Hadoop to Distributed Databases Beyond MapReduce Materialization of Intermediate State Graphs and Iterative Processing High-Level APIs and Languages Summary 11. Stream Processing Transmitting Event Streams Messaging Systems Partitioned Logs Databases and Streams Keeping Systems in Sync Change Data Capture Event Sourcing State, Streams, and Immutability Processing Streams Uses of Stream Processing Reasoning About Time Stream Joins Fault Tolerance Summary 12. The Future of Data Systems Data Integration Combining Specialized Tools by Deriving Data Batch and Stream Processing Unbundling Databases Composing Data Storage Technologies Designing Applications Around Dataflow Observing Derived State Aiming for Correctness The End-to-End Argument for Databases Enforcing Constraints Timeliness and Integrity Trust, but Verify Doing the Right Thing Predictive Analytics Privacy and Tracking Summary Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Call number: 9783319588957 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Advances in Nonlinear Geosciences is a set of contributions from the participants of “30 Years of Nonlinear Dynamics” held July 3-8, 2016 in Rhodes, Greece as part of the Aegean Conferences, as well as from several other experts in the field who could not attend the meeting. The volume brings together up-to-date research from the atmospheric sciences, hydrology, geology, and other areas of geosciences and presents the new advances made in the last 10 years. Topics include chaos synchronization, topological data analysis, new insights on fractals, multifractals and stochasticity, climate dynamics, extreme events, complexity, and causality, among other topics. 
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 707 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319588957 , 978-3-319-58895-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Pullback Attractor Crisis in a Delay Differential ENSO Model / Mickaël D. Chekroun, Michael Ghil, and J. David Neelin Shear-Wave Splitting Indicates Non-Linear Dynamic Deformation in the Crust and Upper Mantle / Stuart Crampin, Gulten Polat, Yuan Gao, David B. Taylor, and Nurcan Meral Ozel Stochastic Parameterization of Subgrid-Scale Processes: A Review of Recent Physically Based Approaches / Jonathan Demaeyer and Stéphane Vannitsem Large-Scale Atmospheric Phenomena Under the Lens of Ordinal Time-Series Analysis and Information Theory Measures / J.I. Deza, G. Tirabassi, M. Barreiro, and C. Masoller Supermodeling: Synchronization of Alternative Dynamical Models of a Single Objective Process / Gregory S. Duane, Wim Wiegerinck, Frank Selten, Mao-Lin Shen, and Noel Keenlyside Are We Measuring the Right Things for Climate? / Christopher Essex and Bjarne Andresen What Have Complex Network Approaches Learned Us About El Niño? / Qing Yi Feng and Henk A. Dijkstra Late Quaternary Climate Response at 100 kyr: A Noise-Induced Cycle Suppression Mechanism / Ivan L’Heureux Role of Nonlinear Eddy Forcing in the Dynamics of Multiple Zonal Jets / Igor Kamenkovich and Pavel Berloff Data-Adaptive Harmonic Decomposition and Stochastic Modeling of Arctic Sea Ice / Dmitri Kondrashov, Mickaël D. Chekroun, Xiaojun Yuan, and Michael Ghil Cautionary Remarks on the Auto-Correlation Analysis of Self-Similar Time Series / Sung Yong Kim Emergence of Coherent Clusters in the Ocean / A.D. Kirwan Jr., H.S. Huntley, and H. Chang The Rise and Fall of Thermodynamic Complexity and the Arrow of Time / A. D. Kirwan Jr. and William Seitz From Fractals to Stochastics: Seeking Theoretical Consistency in Analysis of Geophysical Data / Demetris Koutsoyiannis, Panayiotis Dimitriadis, Federico Lombardo, and Spencer Stevens Role of Nonlinear Dynamics in Accelerated Warming of Great Lakes / Sergey Kravtsov, Noriyuki Sugiyama, and Paul Roebber The Prediction of Nonlinear Polar Motion Based on Artificial Neural Network (ANN) and Fuzzy Inference System (FIS) / Ramazan Alper Kuçak, Ra¸sit Ulu˘g, and Orhan Akyılmaz Harnessing Butterflies: Theory and Practice of the Stochastic Seasonal to Interannual Prediction System (StocSIPS) / S. Lovejoy, L. Del Rio Amador, and R. Hébert Regime Change Detection in Irregularly Sampled Time Series / Norbert Marwan, Deniz Eroglu, Ibrahim Ozken, Thomas Stemler, Karl-Heinz Wyrwoll, and Jürgen Kurths Topological Data Analysis: Developments and Applications / Francis C. Motta Nonlinear Dynamical Approach to Atmospheric Predictability / C. Nicolis Linked by Dynamics: Wavelet-Based Mutual Information Rate as a Connectivity Measure and Scale-Specific Networks / Milan Paluš Non-Extensive Statistical Mechanics: Overview of Theory and Applications in Seismogenesis, Climate, and Space Plasma / G.P. Pavlos, L.P. Karakatsanis, A.C. Iliopoulos, E.G. Pavlos, and A.A. Tsonis Spatial Patterns of Peak Flow Quantiles Based on Power-Law Scaling in the Mississippi River Basin / Gabriel Perez, Ricardo Mantilla, and Witold F. Krajewski Studying the Complexity of Rainfall Within California Via a Fractal Geometric Method / Carlos E. Puente, Mahesh L. Maskey, and Bellie Sivakumar Pandora Box of Multifractals: Barely Open? / Daniel Schertzer and Ioulia Tchiguirinskaia Complex Networks and Hydrologic Applications / Bellie Sivakumar, Carlos E. Puente, and Mahesh L. Maskey Convergent Cross Mapping: Theory and an Example / Anastasios A. Tsonis, Ethan R. Deyle, Hao Ye, and George Sugihara Randomnicity: Randomness as a Property of the Universe / Anastasios A. Tsonis Insights in Climate Dynamics from Climate Networks / Anastasios A. Tsonis On the Range of Frequencies of Intrinsic Climate Oscillations / Anastasios A. Tsonis and Michael D. Madsen The Prediction of Nonstationary Climate Series by Incorporating External Forces / Geli Wang, Peicai Yang, and Anastasios A. Tsonis The Impact of Nonlinearity on the Targeted Observations for Tropical Cyclone Prediction / Feifan Zhou and He Zhang Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: 9783319773599 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book first focuses on the explanation of the theory about focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions and their role in the modern seismology. The second part of the book compiles several state-of-the-art case studies in different seismotectonic settings of the planet.The assessment of seismic hazard and the reduction of losses due to future earthquakes is probably the most important contribution of seismology to society. In this regard, the understanding of reliable determination seismic source and of its uncertainty can play a key role in contributing to geodynamic investigation, seismic hazard assessment and earthquake studies. In the last two decades, the use of waveforms recorded at local-to-regional distances has increased considerably. Waveform modeling has been used also to estimate faulting parameters of small-to-moderate sized earthquakes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 752 Seiten) , Karten, Diagramme, Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319773599 , 978-3-319-77359-9
    ISSN: 2365-0656 , 2365-0664
    Series Statement: Springer Natural Hazards
    Language: English
    Note: Contents ISOLA Code for Multiple-Point Source Modeling—Review / Jiří Zahradník and Efthimios Sokos Seismic Moment Tensors in Anisotropic Media: A Review / Václav Vavryčuk The Frequency-Domain Moment-Tensor Inversion: Retrieving the Complete Source Moment-Tensor Spectra and Time Histories / Xiaoning Yang, Brian W. Stump and Mason D. Macphail Berkeley Seismic Moment Tensor Method, Uncertainty Analysis, and Study of Non-double-couple Seismic Events / Douglas S. Dreger Estimating Stability and Resolution of Waveform Inversion Focal Mechanisms / S. Scolaro, C. Totaro, D. Presti, Sebastiano D’Amico, G. Neri and B. Orecchio The Method of Cataclastic Analysis of Discontinuous Displacements / Yu. L. Rebetsky and A. Yu. Polets Challenges in Regional Moment Tensor Resolution and Interpretation / Simone Cesca and Sebastian Heimann The Role of Moment Tensors in the Characterization of Hydraulic Stimulations / Ismael Vera Rodriguez, James Rutledge and Sergey Stanchits Constrained Moment Tensors: Source Models and Case Studies / Jan Šílený Seismic Deformation Derived from Moment Tensor Summation: Application Along the Hellenic Trench / Anastasia Kiratzi, Christoforos Benetatos and Filippos Vallianatos Estimation of Empirical Green’s Tensor Spatial Derivative Elements: A Preliminary Study Using Strong Motion Records in Southern Fukui Prefecture, Japan / Michihiro Ohori Retrieval of the Seismic Moment Tensor from Joint Measurements of Translational and Rotational Ground Motions: Sparse Networks and Single Stations / Stefanie Donner, Heiner Igel, Céline Hadziioannou and the Romy group Overview of Moment Tensor Analysis in New Zealand / John Ristau Applications of Moment Tensor Solutions to the Assessment of Earthquake Hazard in Canada / J. F. Cassidy, H. Kao, John Ristau and A. Bent Intraplate Earthquakes in Europe—Source Parameters from Regional Moment Tensor Analysis / Jochen Braunmiller Source Characteristics of the January 8, 2013 (M W = 5.7) and May 24, 2014 (M W = 6.8) North Aegean Earthquakes Sequence / Doğan Kalafat, Kıvanç Kekovalı and Ali Pınar Investigating the Focal Mechanisms of the August 4th, 2003, Mw 7.6, South Orkney Islands Earthquake and its Aftershocks Sequence / M. P. Plasencia Linares, M. Guidarelli, M. Russi and G. F. Panza Waveform Modelling of 2009 Bhutan Earthquake of Magnitude 6.1 (Mw) Using Local Network Data of North East India / Santanu Baruah and Midusmita Boruah Resolving the Tectonic Stress by the Inversion of Earthquake Focal Mechanisms. Application in the Region of Greece. A Tutorial / Ioannis G. Kassaras and Vasilis Kapetanidis Relative Locations of Clustered Earthquakes in the Sea of Marmara and States of Local Stresses in the East of the Central Marmara Basin / Yasemin Korkusuz Öztürk and Nurcan Meral Özel Focal Mechanisms of Earthquakes and Stress Field of the Earth Crust in Azerbaijan / G. J. Yetirmishli and S. E. Kazimova Seismotectonic Crustal Strains of the Mongol-Baikal Seismic Belt from Seismological Data / Alena Seredkina and Valentina Melnikova The Stress State of Seismic Areas of the Central and East Asia / Yu. L. Rebetsky, A. Yu. Polets, O. A. Kuchay and N. A. Sycheva The Significance of Crustal Velocity Model in Moment Tensor Solutions: A Case Study of Yedisu Earthquakes / Fatih Turhan, Musavver Didem Cambaz and Jiří Zahradník An Overview of the Seismicity and Tectonics of the Black Sea / Doğan Kalafat Coulomb Stress Changes in the Area of December 2013–January 2014 Sannio-Matese Seismic Sequence (Southern Italy) / Santanu Baruah and Sebastiano D’Amico Active Faulting in the Earth’s Crust of the Baikal Rift System Based on the Earthquake Focal Mechanisms / Vladimir A. Sankov and Anna A. Dobrynina Quaternary Stress Field and Faulting in the Western Part of the Catanzaro Trough (Calabria, Southern Italy) / F. Brutto, F. Muto, M. F. Loreto, Sebastiano D’Amico, N. De Paola, V. Tripodi and S. Critelli A Seismogenic Zone Model for Seismic Hazard Studies in Northwestern Africa / J. A. Peláez, J. Henares, M. Hamdache and C. Sanz de Galdeano A Trial Modeling of Perturbed Repeating Earthquakes Combined by Mathematical Statics, Numerical Modeling and Seismological Observations / Keisuke Ariyoshi, Shunichi Nomura, Naoki Uchida and Toshihiro Igarashi Getting Started with GMT: An Introduction for Seismologists / Matthew R. Agius Devices for a Rotational Ground Motion Measurement / Leszek R. Jaroszewicz and Anna Kurzych
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Call number: 9783319350950 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides the proceedings of the 13th International Conference of Meteorology, Climatology and Atmospheric Physics (COMECAP 2016) that is held in Thessaloniki from 19 to 21 September 2016. The Conference addresses fields of interest for researchers, professionals and students related to the following topics: Agricultural Meteorology and Climatology, Air Quality (Indoor and Outdoor), Applied Meteorology and Climatology, Applications of Meteorology in the Energy sector, Atmospheric Physics and Chemistry, Atmospheric Radiation, Atmospheric Boundary layer, Biometeorology and Bioclimatology, Climate Dynamics, Climatic Changes, Cloud Physics, Dynamic and Synoptic Μeteorology, Extreme Events, Hydrology and Hydrometeorology, Mesoscale Meteorology, Micrometeorology-Urban Microclimate, Remote Sensing- Satellite Meteorology and Climatology, Weather Analysis and Forecasting. The book includes all papers that have been accepted after peer review for presentation in the conference
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXXI, 1259 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319350950 , 978-3-319-35095-0
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Meteorology The Influence of WRF Parameterisation Schemes on High Resolution Simulations Over Greece / I. Tegoulias, S. Kartsios, I. Pytharoulis, S. Kotsopoulos and Theodore S. Karacostas Assessing the Sensitivity of COSMO/GR Atmospheric Model to Effectively Simulate the Influence of Diabatic Heating on Eastern Mediterranean Explosive Cyclogenesis Under Different Parameterizations of the Model Physics / J. Kouroutzoglou, E. Avgoustoglou, H.A. Flocas, M. Hatzaki, P. Skrimizeas, A. Lalos, K. Keay and I. Simmonds Evaluation of WRF Parameterization Schemes During Heat-Wave Events Over the Greater Area of South–East Mediterranean / C. Giannaros, D. Melas and T.M. Giannaros A Study of an Extreme Hot Weather Event in Greece with the WRF-ARW Atmospheric Model / G. Emmanouil, D. Vlachogiannis, A. Sfetsos, S. Karozis and A. Tasopoulou Lightning Forecasting in Europe: Results Obtained from One Year of Operational Simulations / T.M. Giannaros, V. Kotroni and K. Lagouvardos Numerical Simulations and Observational Study of a Mesoscale Convective System in France, During the HyMeX—SOP1 Using the WRF Model /1 S. Dafis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni, T.M. Giannaros and A. Bartzokas Design and Evaluation of Sensitivity Tests of COSMO Model Over the Mediterranean Area / E. Avgoustoglou, A. Voudouri, P. Khain, F. Grazzini and J.M. Bettems Comparison and Validation of WRF Model Physics Parameterizations Over the Domain of Greece / N. Politi, P.T. Nastos, A. Sfetsos, D. Vlachogiannis, N.R. Dalezios, N. Gounaris, M.R. Cardoso and M.M.P. Soares Severe Weather Events and Sea Level Variability Over the Mediterranean Sea: The WaveForUs Operational Platform / Y. Krestenitis, I. Pytharoulis, Theodore S. Karacostas, Y. Androulidakis, C. Makris, K. Kombiadou, I. Tegoulias, V. Baltikas, S. Kotsopoulos and S. Kartsios The Implementation of a Dust Wet Deposition Scheme in the WRF-CHEM Model / K. Tsarpalis, A. Papadopoulos and P. Katsafados Temperature Seasonal Predictability of the WRF Model / G. Varlas, P. Katsafados and A. Papadopoulos Numerical Modeling of a Tornado Event at Skala, Lakonia, Peloponnese in September 2015 / M.P. Mylonas, P.T. Nastos and Ioannis T. Matsangouras Towards Predictability Limit: Advancing the Deterministic Skill of Ensembles / I. Kioutsioukis Marine Boundary Layer Offshore and Coastal Coupled Simulations / C. Stathopoulos, G. Galanis and G. Kallos Observational and Numerical Study of a Tornado Outbreak in Attica and Euboea / A. Lampiris, S. Dafis and G. Papavasileiou The Effect of Surface Heterogeneity on the Vertical Structure of the Saharan Convective Boundary Layer / G. Papangelis, M. Tombrou and J. Kalogiros Numerical Study of the Medicane of November 2014 / I. Pytharoulis, Ioannis T. Matsangouras, I. Tegoulias, S. Kotsopoulos, Theodore S. Karacostas and P.T. Nastos Numerical Modeling Analysis of Tornadoes Using the COSMO.GR Model Over Greece / Ioannis T. Matsangouras, E. Avgoustoglou, F. Gofa, I. Pytharoulis, P.T. Nastos and H.W. Bluestein Performance of RegCM4 Model During Heat Waves—A Case Study for China / D.K. Papanastasiou, X. Huang, A. Poupkou, X. Pu, P. Zanis, T. Wang and D. Melas The Role of Heat Extinction Depth Concept to Fire Behavior: An Application to WRF-SFIRE Model / S. Kartsios, Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis and A.P. Dimitrakopoulos Impacts of Observational Data Assimilation on Operational Forecasts / A. Voudouri, E. Avgoustoglou and P. Kaufmann Comparative Forecasts of a Local Area Model (WRF) in Summer for Cyprus / F. Tymvios, D. Charalambous, J. Lelieveld and S. Michaelides Implementation of a Hybrid Surface Layer Parameterization Scheme for the Coupled Atmosphere-Ocean Wave System WEW / P. Katsafados, G. Varlas, A. Papadopoulos and G. Korres Development and Implementation of a Soil Moisture Perturbation Method for EPS Initial Conditions / P. Louka, F. Gofa, C. Marsigli and A. Montani The Impact of Cyclone Xaver on Hydropower Potential in Norway . . . 175 I. Cheliotis, G. Varlas and K. Christakos Heavy Convective Rainfall Forecast Over Paraguay Using Coupled WRF-Cloud Model / V. Spiridonov, J. Baez and B. Telenta The Heat Health Warning System of DWD—Concept and Lessons Learned / A. Matzarakis Impact of Storm Seeding to Hailstone Features in Central Macedonia / D. Foris and V. Foris Validating SAF NWC Products Over the Greek Area / A. Karagiannidis, K. Lagouvardos, V. Kotroni and T.M. Giannaros Use of Global Precipitation Measurement’s Satellite Data for the Study of a Mesoscale Convective System /D. Mitropoulos and H. Feidas Flash Flood Risk and Vulnerability Analysis in Urban Areas: The Case of October 22, 2015, in Attica, Greece / K. Papagiannaki, V. Kotroni, K. Lagouvardos and A. Bezes The First Joint Hydro-Meteo Warnings in Croatia During Heavy Rainfall Period in October 2015 / P. Mutic, T. Jurlina, T. Vujnovic, D. Oskorus, N. Strelec-Mahovic and T. Renko A Total Weighted Least Squares Method for the Determination of the Meteoric Water Line of Precipitation for Hydrological Purposes / A.A. Argiriou, V. Salamalikis and E. Dotsika Storm Characteristics Over Central Macedonia and Thessaly and Their Relation to Atmospheric Parameters / E. Chatzi Radar Climatology of Supercell Thunderstorms in Northern and Central Greece / M. Christodoulou and M. Sioutas Comparison of Physically and Image Based Atmospheric Correction Methods for Sentinel-2 Satellite Imagery / G. Lantzanakis, Z. Mitraka and N. Chrysoulakis First Rains as Extreme Events Influencing Marine Primary Production / D. Kotta, D. Kitsiou and P. Kassomenos Hail Characteristics and Cloud Seeding Effect for Hail Suppression in Central Macedonia, Greece / M. Sioutas Satellite Rainfall Error Analysis with the Use of High-Resolution X-Band Dual-Polarization Radar Observations Over the Italian Alps / M.N. Anagnostou, J. Kalogiros, E. Nikolopoulos, Y. Derin, E.N. Anagnostou and M. Borga The DAPHNE Conceptual Model for Designing a Precipitation Enhancement Project in Thessaly, Greece / Theodore S. Karacostas, I. Pytharoulis, I. Tegoulias, D. Bampzelis, S. Kartsios, S. Kotsopoulos, P. Zanis, E. Katragkou and K. Tympanidis Watershed Size, an Alternative or a Misguided Parameter for River’s Waterpower? Implementation in Macedonia, Greece / G. Grimpylakos, K. Albanakis and Theodore S. Karacostas Survey of the Severe Hailstorms During Summer 2014 in the Northern Part of Greece / P. Fragkouli, A. Tyraski and K. Lagouvardos Assessment of the Thermal Comfort Conditions in a University Campus Using a 3D Microscale Climate Model, Utilizing Mobile Measurements / P.T. Nastos, K.P. Moustris, I. Charalampopoulos, I.K. Larissi and Athanasios G. Paliatsos Diurnal Distribution of Storm Characteristics in Central Macedonia During the Warm Season of the Year Using a C-Band Weather Radar / D. Bampzelis and Theodore S. Karacostas Rain Enhancement Feasibility Potential of Orographic Clouds Over Northern Greece / K. Tympanidis, Theodore S. Karacostas and D. Bampzelis A Preliminary Study on the Effect of Rainfall Events on Human Thermal Comfort Under Hot Weather Conditions / I. Charalampopoulos and I. Tsiros One Day-Ahead Prognosis of Energy Demand Using Artificial Intelligence and Biometeorological Indices / D. Zafirakis, K.P. Moustris, D.H. Alamo and R.J. Nebot Medina The Effect of Rainfall Intensity on the Flood Generation of Mountainous Watersheds (Chalkidiki Prefecture, North Greece) / A. Kastridis and D. Stathis Air Temperature Estimation Over the Ainos Mountain, Kefallinia Island Using Linear Regression Analysis / S. Maniatis, A. Kamoutsis, A. Chronopoulou-Sereli and P.T. Nastos Dust Over the Area of the East Mediterranean: The Severe Dust Event of the Period 7–12 September 2015. Synoptic and Dynamic Analysis / K. Nicolaides and F. Tymvios On the Dynamics Underlying the Emergence of Coherent Structures in Barotropic Turbulence / N.A. Bakas, N.C. Constantinou and P.J. Ioannou Structure and Stability of Low Amplitude Jet Equilibria in Barotropic Turbulence / N.C. Constantinou, P.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-29507-2
    Description / Table of Contents: Geometric Reference Frames -- Combined IVS Contribution to the ITRF2020 -- An Experimental Combination of IGS repro3 Campaign’s Orbit Products Using a Variance Component Estimation Strategy -- The Correlations of the Helmert Transformation Parameters as an Additional Auxiliary Diagnostic Tool for Terrestrial Reference Frames Quality Assessment -- Shimosato Co-Location of the SLR and GNSS Stations -- Local Ties at SLR Station Riga -- Datum Problem Handling in Local Tie Surveys at Wettzell and Metsähovi -- Close Range Photogrammetry for High-Precision Reference Point Determination: A Proof of Concept at Satellite Observing System Wettzell -- Frame Accuracy of Combined EPN Weekly Coordinate Solutions -- The Atlantic Network of Geodynamic and Space Stations (RAEGE): A Spanish-Portuguese Infrastructure of Geodetic Stations -- ITRF Densification in Cyprus -- Geodetic Analyses at the National Geographic Institute of Spain -- Large-Scale Dimensional Metrology for Geodesy - First Results from the European GeoMetre Project -- Bureau of Products and Standards: Description and Promotion of Geodetic Products -- Physical Height Systems -- Can an Earth Gravitational Model Augmented by a Topographic Gravity Field Model Realize the International Height Reference System Accurately? -- Assessing Molodensky’s Heights: A Rebuttal -- On the Accuracy of Geoid Heights Derived from Discrete GNSS/Levelling Data Using Kriging Interpolation -- Gravimetric Geoid Modeling by Stokes and Second Helmert’s Condensation Method in Yogyakarta, Indonesia -- A Geodetic Determination of the Gravitational Potential Difference Toward a 100-km-scale Clock Frequency Comparison in a Plate Subduction Zone -- Validation of the Hellenic Gravity Network in the Frame of the ModernGravNet Project -- Global Gravity Field Modeling -- Combined Gravity Solution from SLR and GRACE/GRACE-FO -- Contribution of LARES SLR Data to Co-estimated Earth Geopotential Coefficients -- Determination and Combination of Monthly Gravity Field Time Series from Kinematic Orbits of GRACE, GRACE-FO and Swarm -- Topographic Gravity Field Modelling for Improving High-Resolution Global Gravity Field Models -- The Benefit of Accelerometers Based on Cold Atom Interferometry for Future Satellite Gravity Missions -- Kalman-Filter Based Hybridization of Classic and Cold Atom Interferometry Accelerometers for Future Satellite Gravity Missions -- Gravimetry by Nanoscale Parametric Amplifiers Driven by Radiation-Induced Dispersion Force Modulation -- Earth Rotation -- On the Improvement of Combined EOP Series by Adding 24-hour VLBI Sessions to VLBI Intensives and GNSS Data -- Investigating the Relationship Between Length of Day and El-Niño Using Wavelet Coherence Method -- Estimation of Earth Rotation Parameter UT1 from Lunar Laser Ranging Observations -- Surface Deformation Monitoring -- Determination of a GNSS-Based Velocity Field of the African Continent -- Vertical Land Motion at Tide Gauges Observed by GNSS: A New GFZ-TIGA Solution -- CyCLOPS: A National Integrated GNSS/InSAR Strategic Research Infrastructure for Monitoring Geohazards and Forming the Next Generation Datum of the Republic of Cyprus -- GNSS Positioning -- Dilution of Precision (DOP) Factors for Evaluating Observations to Galileo Satellites with VLBI -- On the Limits of State-of-the-Art GNSS Receivers in Frequency Transfer -- On the Effect of Antenna Calibration Errors on Geodetic Estimates: Investigation on Zero and Double Difference Approaches -- Estimation and Calibration of Codephase Center Correction Using the Empirical Mode Decomposition -- On the Potential of Image Similarity Metrics for Comparing Phase Center Corrections -- Multipath Characterization Using Ray-Tracing in Urban Trenches -- Bounding the Residual Tropospheric Error by Interval Analysis -- Precise Orbit Determination of CubeSats Using Proposed Observations Weighting Model -- Geodetic Atmospheric and Remote Sensing -- Optimal TEC Forecast Models Based on Machine Learning and Time Series Analysis Techniques – A Preliminary Study on the Ring of Fire -- Sensitivity of Shipborne GNSS Troposphere Retrieval to Processing Parameters -- Application of the Total Variation Method in Near Real-Time GNSS Tropospheric Tomography -- Comparison of the Effective Isotropic Radiated Power Parameter in CYGNSS v2.1 and v3.0 Level 1 Data and Its Impact on Soil Moisture Estimation -- Cross-Polarization Correction for Soil Moisture Retrieval Using GNSS SNR Data.
    Description / Table of Contents: This open access volume contains selected papers of the 2021 Scientific Assembly of the International Association of Geodesy – IAG2021. The Assembly was hosted by the Chinese Society for Geodesy, Photogrammetry and Cartography (CSGPC) in Beijing, China from June 28 to July 2, 2021. It was a hybrid conference with in-person and online attendants. In total, the Assembly was attended by 146 in-person participants and 1,123 online participants. The theme of the Assembly was Geodesy for a Sustainable Earth. 613 contributions (255 oral presentations and 358 poster presentations) covered all topics of the broad spectrum considered by the IAG: geodetic reference frames, Earth gravity field modelling, Earth rotation and geodynamics, positioning and applications, the Global Geodetic Observing System (GGOS), geodesy for climate research, marine geodesy, and novel sensors and quantum technology for geodesy. All published papers were peer-reviewed, and we warmly recognize the contributions and support of the Associate Editors and Reviewers. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource(XII, 441 p. 265 illus., 251 illus. in color.)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2023.
    ISBN: 9783031295072
    Series Statement: International Association of Geodesy Symposia 154
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Call number: 9783319645995 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book sheds new light on the limits of adaptation to anthropogenic climate change. The respective chapters demonstrate the variety of and interconnections between factors that together constitute the constraints on adaptation. The book pays special attention to evidence that illustrates how and where such limits have become apparent or are in the process of establishing themselves, and which indicates future trends and contexts that might prove helpful in understanding adaptation limits. In particular, the book provides an overview of the most important challenges and opportunities regarding adaptation limits at different temporal, jurisdictional, and spatial scales, while also highlighting case studies, projects and best practices that show how they may be addressed. The book presents innovative multi-disciplinary research and gathers evidence from various countries, sectors and regions, the goal being to advance our understanding of the limits to adaptation and ways to overcome or modify them
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319645995 , 978-3-319-64599-5
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction: Limits to Adaptation / Johanna Nalau and Walter Leal Filho Part I Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Asia 2 Strategies and Barriers to Adaptation of Hazard-Prone Rural Households in Bangladesh / G. M. Monirul Alam, Khorshed Alam, Shahbaz Mushtaq, Most Nilufa Khatun and Walter Leal Filho 3 Governance Limits to Adaptation in Cambodia’s Health Sector / Daniel Gilfillan 4 Land-Based Strategic Model by Integrating Diverse Policies for Climate Change Adaptation in Nepal / Adish Khezri, Arbind Man Tuladhar and Jaap Zevenbergen 5 Climate Change and Migration in Bangladesh: Empirically Derived Lessons and Opportunities for Policy Makers and Practitioners / Johannes Luetz Part II Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Africa 6 Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Zimbabwe: Insights, Experiences and Lessons / Nelson Chanza 7 Pastoralists Shifting Strategies and Perceptions of Risk: Post-crisis Recovery in Damergou, Niger / Karen Marie Greenough 8 Political Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Practices: Insights from the Johannesburg Case / Karen Hetz 9 Constraints and Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Efforts in Nigeria / Idowu O. Ologeh, Joshua B. Akarakiri and Francis A. Adesina 10 Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change: Suitability of Banana Crop Production to Future Climate Change Over Uganda / Geoffrey Sabiiti, Joseph Mwalichi Ininda, Laban Ayieko Ogallo, Jully Ouma, Guleid Artan, Charles Basalirwa, Franklin Opijah, Alex Nimusiima, Saul Daniel Ddumba, Jasper Batureine Mwesigwa, George Otieno and Jamiat Nanteza 11 Local Adaptation to Climate Extremes in Domboshawa: Opportunities and Limitations / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa and Rejoice Madobi Part III Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Australia, North-America and Europe 12 The Limits of Imagination / Liese Coulter 13 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal East Arctic Ecosystems: Complexity and Challenges of Monitoring and Evaluation / Moktar Lamari, Line Poulin-Larivière and Johann L. Jacob 14 Limits to Adaptation on Climate Change in Bosnia and Herzegovina: Insights and Experiences / Goran Trbic, Davorin Bajic, Vladimir Djurdjevic, Vladan Ducic, Raduska Cupac, Đorđe Markez, Goran Vukmir, Radoslav Dekić and Tatjana Popov Part IV Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in the Pacific Region 15 Climate Change Adaptation Limits in Small Island Developing States / Stacy-ann Robinson 16 Limits to Coastal Adaptation in Samoa: Insights and Experiences / Richard Crichton and Miguel Esteban 17 Limits to Capital Works Adaptation in the Coastal Zones and Islands: Lessons for the Pacific / Brendan Mackey and Daniel Ware 18 A ‘Cost Barrier’ Perspective to Adaptation on a Coral Triangle Initiative (CTI) and Mangrove Rehabilitation Projects (MRP) in Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Walter Leal Filho and Morgan Wairiu 19 Customary Land and Climate Change Induced Relocation: A Case Study of Vunidogoloa Village, Vanua Levu, Fiji / Dhrishna Charan, Manpreet Kaur and Priyatma Singh 20 Limits to Adapting to Climate Change Through Relocations in Papua-New Guinea and Fiji / Dalila Gharbaoui and Julia Blocher 21 Atoll Habitability Thresholds / Mark H. N. Stege 22 Conclusions: Overcoming the Limits to Adaptation / Walter Leal Filho and Johanna Nalau
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 10.1144/SP514 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 514
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 418 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205469 , 978-1-78620-546-9
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 514
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Reolid, M., Mattioli, E., Duarte, L. V. and Ruebsam, W. / The Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event: where do we stand? Correia, V. F., Riding, J. B., Duarte, L. V., Fernandes, P. and Pereira, Z. / The effects of the Jenkyns Event on the radiation of Early Jurassic dinoflagellate cysts Fraguas, Á., Gómez, J. J., Goy, A. and Comas-Rengifo, M. J. / The response of calcareous nannoplankton to the latest Pliensbachian–early Toarcian environmental changes in the Camino Section (Basque Cantabrian Basin, northern Spain) Menini, A., Mattioli, E., Hesselbo, S. P., Ruhl, M. and Suan, G. / Primary v. carbonate production in the Toarcian, a case study from the Llanbedr (Mochras Farm) borehole, Wales Thuy, B. and Numberger-Thuy, L. D. / Brittlestar diversity at the dawn of the Jenkyns Event (early Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event): new microfossils from the Dudelange drill core, Luxembourg Bomou, B., Suan, G., Schlögl, J., Grosjean, A.-S., Suchéras-Marx, B., Adatte, T., Spangenberg, J. E., Fouché, S., Zacaï, A., Gibert, C., Brazier, J.-M., Perrier, V., Vincent, P., Janneau, K. and Martin, J. E. / The palaeoenvironmental context of Toarcian vertebrate-yielding shales of southern France (Hérault) Martin, J. E., Suan, G., Suchéras-Marx, B., Rulleau, L., Schlögl, J., Janneau, K., Williams, M., Léna, A., Grosjean, A.-S., Sarroca, E., Perrier, V., Fernandez, V., Charruault, A.-L., Maxwell, E. E. and Vincent, P. / Stenopterygiids from the lower Toarcian of Beaujolais and a chemostratigraphic context for ichthyosaur preservation during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event Fernández-Martínez, J., Rodríguez-Tovar, F. J., Piñuela, L., Martínez-Ruiz, F. and García-Ramos, J. C. / The Halimedides record in the Asturian Basin (northern Spain): supporting the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event relationship Šimo, V. and Reolid, M. / Palaeogeographical homogeneity of trace-fossil assemblages in Lower Jurassic spotted marls and limestones: comparison of the Western Carpathians and the Betic Cordillera Reolid, M., Soussi, M., Reolid, J., Ruebsam, W., Taher, I. B., Mattioli, E., Saidi, M. and Schwark, L. / The onset of the Early Toarcian flooding of the Pliensbachian carbonate platform of central Tunisia (north–south axis) as inferred from trace fossils and geochemistry Boomer, I., Copestake, P., Page, K., Huxtable, J., Loy, T., Bown, P., Dunkley Jones, T., O’Callaghan, M., Hawkes, S., Halfacree, D., Reay, H. and Caughtry, N. / Biotic and stable-isotope characterization of the Toarcian Ocean Anoxic Event through a carbonate–clastic sequence from Somerset, UK Müller, T., Price, G. D., Mattioli, E., Leskó, M. Z., Kristály, F. and Pálfy, J. / Hardground, gap and thin black shale: spatial heterogeneity of arrested carbonate sedimentation during the Jenkyns Event (T-OAE) in a Tethyan pelagic Basin (Gerecse Mts, Hungary) Rodrigues, B., Silva, R. L., Mendonça Filho, J. G., Reolid, M., Sadki, D., Comas-Rengifo, M. J., Goy, A. and Duarte, L. V. / The Phytoclast Group as a tracer of palaeoenvironmental changes in the early Toarcian Fonseca, C., Mendonça Filho, J. G., Lézin, C., Baudin, F., de Oliveira, A. D., Souza, J. T. and Duarte, L. V. / Boosted microbial productivity during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event in the Paris Basin, France: new evidence from organic geochemistry and petrographic analysis Xu, W., Weijers, J. W. H., Ruhl, M., Idiz, E. F., Jenkyns, H. C., Riding, J. B., Gorbanenko, O. and Hesselbo, S. P. / Molecular and petrographical evidence for lacustrine environmental and biotic change in the palaeo-Sichuan mega-lake (China) during the Toarcian Oceanic Anoxic Event Ruebsam, W. and Schwark, L. / Impact of a northern-hemispherical cryosphere on late Pliensbachian–early Toarcian climate and environment evolution Silva, R. L., Ruhl, M., Barry, C., Reolid, M. and Ruebsam, W. / Pacing of late Pliensbachian and early Toarcian carbon cycle perturbations and environmental change in the westernmost Tethys (La Cerradura Section, Subbetic zone of the Betic Cordillera, Spain) Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 10.1144/SP510-2021-87 895 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 510
    Description / Table of Contents: China has a rich record of Holocene volcanism that is relatively little known outside the country. It is encountered in large stratovolcanoes in the NE, linked to subduction of the Pacific plate (e.g. Changbaishan), in smaller volcanoes on the Tibetan margin, associated with the collision of India and Eurasia (e.g. Tengchong, Ashishan), and in more isolated centres, possibly resulting from mantle upwelling (e.g. volcanoes in Hainan island). This makes China a natural laboratory for studies of intraplate volcanism, and significant progress in understanding its nature and origins has been made over the past quarter century. Here, we introduce the first publication in English to provide a comprehensive survey of the state of knowledge and research highlights. Accordingly, we provide an overview of the dynamics, geology, geochemistry, volcanic histories and geophysical studies of 14 volcanic areas associated with the Holocene documented thus far. The special publication represents a benchmark reference on the topic but, as importantly, we hope that it will stimulate new, international collaborations aimed at deepening our understanding of the origins, history, hazards and associated risks of China's volcanoes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 314 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205407 , 978-1-78620-540-7
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 510
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Xu, J., Oppenheimer, C., Hammond, J.O.S. and Wei, H. / Perspectives on the active volcanoes of China Wei, H., Zhao, B., Chen, Z. and Yu, H. / Volcanic processes and magmatic evolution of Tianchi volcano, Changbaishan Zhao, B., Xu, D., Bai, Z. and Chen, Z. / Volcanism in the Longgang volcanic field of NE China: insights from eruption history, volcano types and geochemical characteristics Bai, X., Wei, W., Yu, H. and Chen, Z. / Petrogenesis and dynamic implications of the Cenozoic alkali basalts from the Jingpohu Volcanic Field, NE China Chen, Z., Zhao, Y., Bai, X., Wei, W., Liu, Y. and Bai, Z. / Wudalianchi volcanic field, NE China: tectonic setting, eruptive history, and geophysical insights Zhao, Y.-W., Zou, H. and Li, N. / Geomorphology and geochemistry of the Late Cenozoic volcanoes in the Halaha River–Chaoer River volcanic fields, western Greater Hinggan Mountain Range, NE China Li, N., Zhao, Y.-W., Gong, L.-W. and Wang, J.-L. / The Late Cenozoic volcanic groups in the South Daxing’anling, NE China: geology, geochemistry, and chronology Hong, L., Zhang, Y., Zhang, L., Xu, Y.-G., Liu, Z. and He, P. / Olivine chemistry of the Quaternary Datong basalts of the Trans-North China Orogen: insights into mantle source lithology and redox–hydration state Xu, J., Zhao, B., Yu, H., Wei, F. and Chen, Z. / Volcanic geology and petrochemistry of Ashikule volcanic field in western Kunlun Mountains of the Tibetan plateau Zhao, B., Wei, F., Yang, W., Xu, J. and Cui, X. / Cenozoic volcanism along Dahongliutan fault in the West Kunlun Mountains, China: implication from distribution of volcanic rocks, volcanic geology, and geochemistry Yu, H., Zhao, B., Chen, Z., Wei, H., Yang, W. and Bai, X. / Eruption history, petrogeochemistry, and geodynamic background of Tengchong volcanoes in Yunnan Province, SW China Wei, F., Wei, W. and Yu, H. / The Cenozoic volcanic fields in northern Hainan Island and the Leizhou Peninsula, south China: eruption history, magma source and dynamic background Yu, W., Wei, W., Wei, F., Bai, X., Liu, S. and Xu, D./ Magma plumbing system and origin of the intraplate volcanoes in Mainland China: an overview of constraints from geophysical imaging Ji, L., Xu, J., Liu, L. and Zhang, W. / A review of present-day deformation of active volcanoes in China between 1970 and 2013 Pan, B., Liu, G., Cheng, T., Zhang, J., Sun, Z., Ma, B., Wu, H., Liang, G., Guo, M., Kong, Q., Wei, F., Zhao, C. and Zhao, Q. / Development and status of active volcano monitoring in China Liang, Y. and Xu, J. / The impact of volcanic ash on the safety of aviation industry: review of China’s current situation Wang, X., Pan, B., Pan, M. and Liang, Y. / Current situation of early warning and emergency countermeasures of volcanic eruptions in China Chen, Z. and Chen, Z. / Identifying references to volcanic eruptions in Chinese historical records Pan, B., Cheng, T., Xu, J., Zhang, J. and Chen, Z. / Knowledge base of Cenozoic volcanoes in China Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 10.1144/SP512-2021-160 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 512
    Description / Table of Contents: The Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale consists of two subsystems, six series and seven stages. Precise numerical age control within the Carboniferous is uneven, and a global magnetic polarity timescale for the Carboniferous is far from established. Isotope stratigraphy based on Sr, C and O isotopes is at an early stage but has already identified a few Sr and C isotope events of use to global correlation. Cyclostratigraphy has created a workable astrochronology for part of Pennsylvanian time that needs better calibration. Chronostratigraphic definitions of most of the seven Carboniferous stages remain unfinished. Future research on the Carboniferous timescale should focus on Global Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) selection for the remaining, undefined stage bases, definition and characterization of substages, and further development and integration of the Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale with radioisotopic, magnetostratigraphic, chemostratigraphic and cyclostratigraphic tools for calibration and correlation, and the cross-correlation of non-marine and marine chronologies.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 1016 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205421 , 978-1-78620-542-1
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 512
    Language: English
    Note: Contents PART A Lucas, S. G., Schneider, J. W., Nikolaeva, S. and Wang, X. / The Carboniferous timescale: an introduction Carboniferous chronostratigraphy Lucas, S. G., Schneider, J. W., Nikolaeva, S. and Wang, X. / The Carboniferous chronostratigraphic scale: history, status and prospectus Alekseev, A. S., Nikolaeva, S. V., Goreva, N. V., Donova, N. B., Kossovaya, O. L., Kulagina, E. I., Kucheva, N. A., Kurilenko, A. V., Kutygin, R. V., Popeko, L. I. and Stepanova, T. I. / Russian regional Carboniferous stratigraphy González, C. R. and Díaz Saravia, P. / Proposed chronostratigraphic units for the Carboniferous and early Permian of the southwestern Gondwana margin Magnetostratigraphy Hounslow, M. W. / A geomagnetic polarity timescale for the Carboniferous Isotope stratigraphy Chen, J., Chen, B. and Montañez, I. P. 7 Carboniferous isotope stratigraphy Cyclostratigraphy Montañez, I. P. 7 Current synthesis of the penultimate icehouse and its imprint on the Upper Devonian through Permian stratigraphic record Marine biostratigraphy Vachard, D. and Le Coze, F. 7 Carboniferous smaller Foraminifera: convergences and divergences Ueno, K. 7 Carboniferous fusuline Foraminifera: taxonomy, regional biostratigraphy, and palaeobiogeographic faunal development Angiolini, L., Cisterna, G. A., Mottequin, B., Shen, S.-Z. and Muttoni, G. 7 Global Carboniferous brachiopod biostratigraphy Ausich, W. I., Kammer, T. W. and Mirantsev, G. V. 7 Carboniferous crinoids Wang, X.-D., Yang, S.-R., Yao, L., Sugiyama, T. and Hu, K.-yi 7 Carboniferous biostratigraphy of rugose corals Nikolaeva, S. V. / Carboniferous ammonoid genozones PART B Barrick, J. E., Alekseev, A. S., Blanco-Ferrera, S., Goreva, N. V., Hu, K., Lambert, L. L., Nemyrovska, T. I., Qi, Y., Ritter, S. M. and Sanz-López, J. 7 Carboniferous conodont biostratigraphy Ginter, M. / The biostratigraphy of Carboniferous chondrichthyans Non-marine biostratigraphy Eble, C. F. / Appalachian coal bed palynofloras: changes in composition through time and comparison with other areas Opluštil, S., Cleal, C. J., Wang, J. and Wan, M. / Carboniferous macrofloral biostratigraphy: an overview Schneider, J. W., Scholze, F., Ross, A. J., Blake, B. M. Jr and Lucas, S. G. / Improved blattoid insect and conchostracan zonation for the Late Carboniferous, Pennsylvanian, of Euramerica Amler, M. R. W. and Silantiev, V. V. / A global review of Carboniferous marine and non-marine bivalve biostratigraphy Lucas, S. G., Stimson, M. R., King, O. A., Calder, J. H., Mansky, C. F., Hebert, B. L. and Hunt, A. P. / Carboniferous tetrapod footprint biostratigraphy, biochronology and evolutionary events Lucas, S. G. / Carboniferous tetrapod biostratigraphy, biochronology and evolutionary events Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    facet.materialart.12
    Stevenage, England : The Institution of Engineering and Technology
    Call number: 978-1-78561-602-0 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (344 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: First published 2020
    ISBN: 978-1-78561-602-0
    Series Statement: Electromagnetics and radar series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents About the editors Foreword 1 Introduction / Gerardo Di Martino and Antonio Iodice 1.1 Maritime surveillance 1.2 Synthetic aperture radar systems 1.2.1 SAR principles and main SAR missions 1.2.2 Coherent nature of SAR systems: polarimetry, interferometry, and speckle 1.3 Book organization 1.3.1 Part I: Models and techniques 1.3.2 Part II: Applications References Part I: Models and techniques 2 Scattering models / Daniele Riccio, Giuseppe Ruello, Pasquale Iervolino and Raffaella Guida 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Sea surface models 2.2.1 Spectral representation 2.2.2 First order representation 2.3 Electromagnetic scattering from the sea surface 2.4 Scattering models for a ship 2.4.1 RCS estimation of a canonical ship 2.4.2 RCS distribution 2.4.3 Uncertainty budget analysis 2.4.4 Model inaccuracy and validation References 3 Acquisition modes / Gerardo Di Martino, Antonio Iodice and Andrea Monti-Guarnieri 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Stripmap mode 3.3 Staring spotlight mode 3.4 Sliding spotlight mode 3.5 ScanSAR mode 3.6 TOPSAR mode 3.7 Wave mode 3.8 Experimental modes 3.8.1 Low-PRF mode 3.8.2 Coprime SAR 3.8.3 Compressive sensing SAR 3.8.4 Staggered SAR 3.9 Summary References 4 SAR polarimetry / Maurizio Migliaccio, Ferdinando Nunziata and Andrea Buono 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Polarimetric SARs 4.3 Radar polarimetry 4.4 Target scattering decomposition 4.5 Polarimetric sea surface scattering 4.6 Conclusions Acknowledgments List of acronyms References 5 Ambiguity problems and their mitigation / Gerardo Di Martino, Antonio Iodice and Domenico Velotto 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Azimuth ambiguity modeling 5.3 Azimuth ambiguity mitigation in single channel SAR images 5.3.1 Point-like targets 5.3.2 Distributed targets 5.4 Azimuth ambiguity mitigation in polarimetric SAR images 5.4.1 Method based on polarimetric analysis 5.4.2 Methods based on relation between channels 5.5 Summary Acknowledgments References Part II: Applications 6 Ship detection / Gui Gao, Sheng Gao, Juan He and Kazuo Ouchi 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Ship detection in single-channel SAR images 6.2.1 Sublook spectral analysis 6.2.2 CFAR 6.2.3 Adaptive threshold 6.3 Statistical models of sea clutter 6.3.1 Brief survey of state-of-the-art models 6.3.2 Several known models 6.4 Ship detection in multichannel SAR images 6.4.1 Brief survey on detection methods of conventional multipolarization 6.4.2 Several recent methods of conventional multipolarization 6.4.3 Brief survey on detection methods of compact polarization 6.4.4 Brief survey on detection methods of along-track interferometry References 7 Monitoring of intertidal areas and coastal habitats / Martin Gade 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Signatures of sea bottom topography 7.3 Monitoring of temporal changes 7.4 Derivation of roughness parameters 7.5 Detection of habitats 7.6 Archaeological surveys 7.7 Summary References 8 Sea ice and icebergs / Wolfgang Dierking 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Microwave response of ice 8.3 Operational sea ice mapping 8.3.1 Manual generation of ice charts 8.3.2 Toward automated segmentation and classification 8.3.3 Incidence angle sensitivity 8.3.4 Melting conditions 8.4 Advanced measurement techniques 8.4.1 Polarimetry 8.4.2 Multifrequency 8.4.3 Interferometry 8.5 Ice displacement and deformation 8.6 Icebergs 8.7 Validation 8.8 Conclusions Acknowledgments References 9 SAR oil spill imaging, interpretation and information retrieval techniques / Camilla Brekke and Cathleen E. Jones 9.1 Information items requested and gaps 9.2 Challenges 9.2.1 Polarization diversity 9.2.2 Imaging repeat interval 9.2.3 The weather window 9.2.4 Transport and weathering of oil pollutants 9.2.5 False alarms 9.3 Interpretation and modeling 9.3.1 Contrast drivers 9.3.2 Surface scattering models 9.3.3 Influence of instrument noise 9.4 Dark slick detection and characterization techniques 9.4.1 Slick detection and segmentation 9.4.2 Slick type discrimination 9.4.3 Slick transport and evolution 9.5 Concluding remarks and outlook Acknowledgments References 10 Joint use of SAR and collaborative signals / Raffaella Guida, Pasquale Iervolino and Maximilian Rodger 10.1 Interoperability opportunities in the maritime scenario 10.2 Collaborative signals 10.2.1 Automatic identification system (AIS) 10.2.2 Vessel monitoring system (VMS) 10.2.3 Long-range identification tracking (LRIT) 10.2.4 VHF data exchange system (VDES) 10.3 Applications 10.3.1 Ship detection and tracking 10.4 Main challenges References 11 Sea state and wind speed / Gerardo Di Martino and Antonio Iodice 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Sea surface statistical description 11.2.1 Sea surface waves 11.2.2 Sea surface modeled as a stochastic process 11.3 SAR images of the sea surface 11.4 Sea surface spectra retrieval using SAR images 11.5 Wind speed retrieval using SAR images 11.6 Concluding remarks and ocean monitoring further applications References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: E-book
    Description / Table of Contents: This atlas is an attempt to translate and consolidate the available knowledge on permafrost. It is a timely book suffused with the compelling enthusiasm of its authors and contributors. Close to a hundred individuals participated in its making, and it does a magnificent job at describing permafrost with maps, words, art, and stories. Far from being an academic product in the traditional sense, it gathers the knowledge from the voices of scientists, Indigenous Peoples, northern residents, and local practitioners to provide a holistic and inclusive view of today’s challenges in the “country of permafrost”.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (174 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Foreword Prologue Earth’s Freezer: Introduction to Permafrost Frozen grounds: Permafrost in the Arctic Permafrost in profile: Landscape features Frozen in time: The history of permafrost An icy balance: Arctic permafrost physiography What lies within: Organic carbon in permafrost When ice grows up: Pingo Canadian Landmark Drilling down: Learning the secrets of permafrost Portrait: Annett Bartsch Un/settled: Life on frozen ground Frozen States I: Russian Federation Portrait: Vyacheslav Shadrin Frozen States II: North America Portrait: Jessi Pascal Frozen States III: Nordic region Portrait: Palle Jeremiassen Awakening Giant: Permafrost and Climate Change Warming up, warming down: Increasing ground temperatures The chill is gone: Thickening of the active layer Disappearing act: Declining permafrost extent Microorganisms, macro effects: Permafrost carbon cycle Faster, deeper, stronger I: Speed of thaw in North America Faster, deeper, stronger II: Speed of thaw in Scandinavia and the Russian Federation Crossing the threshold: Future scenarios of carbon release Portrait: Dmitry Streletskiy Moving Grounds: Permafrost Changes Frost and flora: The role of vegetation in permafrost landscapes Fire on ice: Peat, permafrost, and fire State of matter: Water, snow, and permafrost The rivers run through it: Arctic rivers, deltas and hydrology Along the edge of the world: Arctic coastal classification Wear and tear: Erosion of Arctic permafrost coasts Eating into the landscape: Retrogressive thaw slumps Portrait: Angus Alunik Losing ground: Projected rates of Arctic coastal erosion Beneath the waves: Changes in subsea permafrost Arctic Ripples: Impacts of Permafrost Thaw Feeling the heat: Permafrost thaw impacts on infrastructure Risky business I: North American Arctic and Kalaallit Nunaat (Greenland) Risky business II: The Russian Federation and Scandinavian Arctic Terra infirma I: Coastal infrastructure in Yamalo-Nenets Portrait: Susanna Gartler Terra infirma II: Reinforcing runways in Paulatuk Terra infirma III: Keeping cold food cold in Alaska Terra infirma IV: Urban planning in Ilulissat Nothing in isolation: Health and wellness and permafrost Portrait: Gwen Healey Akearok Toxic grounds: Contaminants and environmental health Coming back to life: Reemerging pathogens Frozen assets I: The formal economy Frozen assets II: Traditional and subsistence activities Cultural homeland: Alaas landscapes in Yakutia Holding Tight: Adaptation to Permafrost Thaw Bumpy road ahead: Transportation infrastructure and permafrost Undermined: Mining infrastructure and permafrost Keeping the light on: Energy infrastructure and permafrost No time to waste: Waste management and permafrost Modern history: Preserving Svalbard’s cultural heritage Portrait: Ingrid Rekkavik Going South: Permafrost in Other Areas A planetary perspective: Permafrost outside the Arctic Frozen giants: Permafrost in the mountains The view from the top: The Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau, Hindu Kush Himalaya, and Andes Europe’s frozen heart: Permafrost in the Alps The ends of the Earth I: Permafrost in Antarctica The ends of the Earth II: Antarctic Peninsula The ends of the Earth III: Queen Maud Land, Victoria Land, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys Over the Horizon Authors and contributors Acknowledgments Artist spotlight: Olga Borjon-Privé (Oluko) Artist spotlight: Katie Orlinsky Glossary Acronyms References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9789811312441 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book comprehensively describes biological phenomena, adaptation mechanisms, and strategies of living organisms to survive under extremely cold or desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. It also provides tremendous potential for applications of the findings to a wide variety of industries. The volume consists of three parts: Part 1, Adaptation Mechanisms of Cold, and Part 2, Adaptation Mechanisms of Desiccation, collect up-to-date research on mechanisms and strategies of living organisms such as sleeping chironomids, polar marine fishes, hibernating mammals, bryophytes, dormant seeds, and boreal plants to survive under extreme cold and desiccated conditions at molecular, cellular, and organ levels. Part 3, Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society, covers various applications to a wide variety of industries such as the medical, food, and agricultural and life science industries. For example, biological knowledge of how plants and animals survive under cold, drought, and desiccated conditions may provide a hint on how we can improve crop production in a very fragile environment in global climate change. Unique molecules that protect cells during desiccation and freezing such as trehalose and antifreeze protein (AFP) have potential for use to preserve cells, tissues, and organs for the long term under very stable conditions. In addition, the current progress of supercooling technology of cells may lead us to solve problems of cellular high sensitivity to freezing injury, which will dramatically improve the usability of these cells. Furthermore, knowledge of water substitution and glass formation as major mechanisms for formulation designs and new drying technologies will contribute to the development of food preservation and drug delivery systems under dry conditions. Written by contributors who have been conducting cutting-edge science in related fields, this title is recommended to a wide variety of readers who are interested in learning from such organisms their strategies, mechanisms, and applications, and it will inspire researchers in various disciplines.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 409 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811312441 , 978-981-13-1244-1
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology volume 1081
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Adaptation Mechanisms for Cold 1 Gene Regulatory Networks Mediating Cold Acclimation: The CBF Pathway / Javier Barrero-Gil and Julio Salinas 2 RNA Regulation in Plant Cold Stress Response / Kentaro Nakaminami and Motoaki Seki 3 The Mechanism Enabling Hibernation in Mammals / Yuuki Horii, Takahiko Shiina, and Yasutake Shimizu 4 Freezing Tolerance of Plant Cells: From the Aspect of Plasma Membrane and Microdomain / Daisuke Takahashi, Matsuo Uemura, and Yukio Kawamura 5 Natural Variation in Freezing Tolerance and Cold Acclimation Response in Arabidopsis thaliana and Related Species / Ellen Zuther, Yang Ping Lee, Alexander Erban, Joachim Kopka, and Dirk K. Hincha 6 Ice Nucleation Activity in Plants: The Distribution, Characterization, and Their Roles in Cold Hardiness Mechanisms / Masaya Ishikawa, Hideyuki Yamazaki, Tadashi Kishimoto, Hiroki Murakawa, Timothy Stait-Gardner, Kazuyuki Kuchitsu, and William S. Price 7 Investigating Freezing Patterns in Plants Using Infrared Thermography / David P. Livingston III 8 Mechanism of Overwintering in Trees / Keita Arakawa, Jun Kasuga, and Naoki Takata 9 The Mechanism of Low-Temperature Tolerance in Fish / Kiyoshi Soyano and Yuji Mushirobira Part II Adaptation Mechanisms for Desiccation 10 Mechanisms Underlying Freezing and Desiccation Tolerance in Bryophytes / Daisuke Takezawa 11 Regulatory Gene Networks in Drought Stress Responses and Resistance in Plants / Fuminori Takahashi, Takashi Kuromori, Hikaru Sato, and Kazuo Shinozaki 12 Mechanism of Stomatal Closure in Plants Exposed to Drought and Cold Stress / Srinivas Agurla, Shashibhushan Gahir, Shintaro Munemasa, Yoshiyuki Murata, and Agepati S. Raghavendra 13 Mechanisms of Maturation and Germination in Crop Seeds Exposed to Environmental Stresses with a Focus on Nutrients, Water Status, and Reactive Oxygen Species / Yushi Ishibashi, Takashi Yuasa, and Mari Iwaya-Inoue 14 The Antioxidant System in the Anhydrobiotic Midge as an Essential, Adaptive Mechanism for Desiccation Survival / Alexander Nesmelov, Richard Cornette, Oleg Gusev, and Takahiro Kikawada 15 Physicochemical Aspects of the Biological Functions of Trehalose and Group 3 LEA Proteins as Desiccation Protectants / Takao Furuki and Minoru Sakurai Part III Application Technologies from Laboratory to Society 16 Supercooling-Promoting (Anti-ice Nucleation) Substances / Seizo Fujikawa, Chikako Kuwabara, Jun Kasuga, and Keita Arakawa 17 Applications of Antifreeze Proteins: Practical Use of the Quality Products from Japanese Fishes / Sheikh Mahatabuddin and Sakae Tsuda 18 Development and Application of Cryoprotectants / Robin Rajan and Kazuaki Matsumura 19 Cryopreservation of Plant Genetic Resources / Daisuke Tanaka, Takao Niino, and Matsuo Uemura 20 Applications of Freezing and Freeze-Drying in Pharmaceutical Formulations / Ken-ichi Izutsu 21 Control of Physical Changes in Food Products / Kiyoshi Kawai and Tomoaki Hagiwara Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9789811031151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a compilation of selected papers presented in the International Conference on the theme ‘Wood is Good: Current Trends and Future Prospects in Wood’. The contents of the book deal with recent innovations, trends and challenges in wood science and are grouped in five distinct sections. They cover a wide range of topics like wood variability, processing and utilization, wood protection, wood-based composites, wood energy and the role of wood in mitigating climate change. With the ever increasing human population and growing demand for wood, this book offers valuable insights for better understanding and efficient utilization of this wonderful gift of nature. This book will be useful to researchers, professionals, and policy makers involved in forestry and wood related areas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 480 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811031151 , 978-981-10-3115-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Wood Properties and Variability Optimizing Wood Utilization Based on Whole Tree Inherent Property Maps / Mathew Leitch and Scott Miller Screening Corewood of Pine for Wood Properties / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Imaging Spiral Grain in Pinus radiata with X-ray Microtomography / Jimmy Thomas and David A. Collings Rapid Measurement of Density of Wood in Progeny Trial of Acacia mangium Willd. Using Resistograph—A Nondestructive Method / A.R. Uthappa, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Karthick Kumar, B. Gurudev Singh and R.S. Prashanth Eliminating Growth-Stresses in Eucalyptus: A Scoping Study with E. bosistoana and E. nitens / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Longitudinal Growth Strains in Melia dubia / Sandhya Sharma, Santosh Sumbali, Pankaj Aggarwal and Shakti S. Chauhan Immunofluorescence Localization of β-(1-4)- D -Galactan and Xylans in Tension Wood and Normal Wood Fibres of Leucaena leucocephala / S. Pramod, Kishore S. Rajput and Karumanchi S. Rao Comparative Wood Anatomy of Four Artocarpus Species of North East India with Reference to Their Identification / M.K. Singh, C.L. Sharma and M. Sharma Wood Anatomy of Some Members of Family Fagaceae from North-East India / M. Sharma, W. Shylla and C.L. Sharma Anatomical Characterisation and In Vitro Laboratory Decay Test of Different Woods Decayed by Xylaria hypoxylon / Rina D. Koyani, S. Pramod, H.R. Patel, A.M. Vasava, K.S. Rao and Kishore S. Rajput Growth Ring Structure and Specific Gravity Variation in Juvenile and Mature Wood of Natural-Grown Teak (Tectona grandis L.f.) / Satish Kumar Sinha, R. Vijendra Rao, T.S. Rathore and H.P. Borgaonkar Variability for Heartwood Content in Three Commercially Important Tree Species of Peninsular India—Hardwickia binata, Pterocarpus santalinus and Santalum album / A.N. Arun Kumar, Geeta Joshi and S. Manikandan Relations Between Growth Traits and Wood Parameters of Tectona grandis L.f. in Even-Aged Plantations in Tamil Nadu / C. Buvaneswaran, M. George, K. Vinoth Kumar and R. Velumani Variation in Heartwood Formation and Wood Density in Plantation-Grown Red Sanders (Pterocarpus santalinus) / K. Suresh, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Deenathayalan, P. Karthick Kumar, M. Thangapandi, B. Gurudev Singh and N. Krishnakumar Identification and Characterization of Tension Wood in Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. ex Benth. and Acacia mangium Willd. Grown in Kerala / E.V. Anoop, C.M. Jijeesh, S. Jinu, R. Vishnu and M.C. Anish Basic Density and Fibre Morphological Characteristics of Selected Pulpwood Species of Kerala / E.V. Anoop, Arun Joseph, C.M. Jijeesh, R. Vishnu and Anju S. Vijayan Estimation of Leaf Area–Wood Density Traits Relationship in Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests of Southern Coromandel Coast, Peninsular India / M. Udayakumar and T. Sekar Variations on Pulping Properties of Gmelina arborea Roxb. Grown in Different Geographical Regions of Tamil Nadu, India / J. Soosai Raj, A. Mayavel, V.N. Mutharaian and A. Nicodemus Biochemical Characterization of Wood Lignin of Hevea brasiliensis / S. Pramod, C.P. Reghu and K.S. Rao Part II Wood Protection Protection of Wood: A Global Perspective on the Future / Jeffrey J. Morrell Conveyor Belt Pressure Impregnation of Wood / Peter Vinden, Grigori Torgovnikov and Anil K. Sethy Natural Resistance of Imported Timbers Against Termites and Fungi in Indian Condition—A Comparison / Rashmi Ramesh Shanbhag, R. Sundararaj, H.C. Nagaveni, G. Vijayalakshmi and B. Lingappa Enhancing Photostability of Wood Coatings Using Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles / Kavyashree Srinivas and Krishna K. Pandey Screening of Oils of Pongamia pinnata Linn., Jatropha curcas Linn. and Simarouba glauca D.C. for Developing Eco-Friendly Wood Preservatives / D. Venmalar Fungal Inhibition in Wood Treated with Lantana camara L. Extract / Heena Gupta, Kulwant Rai Sharma and J.N. Sharma Powderpost Beetle Menace in Wooden Handicraft Industries and Their Management / Raja Muthukrishnan and O.K. Remadevi Effect of Thermal Modification on Physical Properties of Bambusa nutans / Kiran Ghadge and Krishna K. Pandey Part III Wood-Based Composites Micromechanics of Cellulose Fibres and Their Composites / Ramesh Babu Adusumalli, Karthik Chethan Venkateshan and Wolfgang Gindl-Altmutter Adhesives of Bio-origin for Wood Composites / D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath and B.S. Mamatha Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Hemp–Polyester Composites / D.S. Chethan, G.S. Venkatesh, Gunti Ranga Srinivas and C.S. Vinod Kumar Lantana Fiber-Filled Polypropylene Composite / Amey Kale, N. Raghu, Shakti S. Chauhan and Pankaj Aggarwal Development of Fire Retardant Wood Composite Using Amino Resin / B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath, D.N. Uday and Anand Nandanwar Study on Utilization of Plantation-Grown Timber Species Grevillea robusta (Silver Oak) for Medium-Density Fibre Board / D.N. Uday, B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha and V. Prakash Suitability of Mixed Species of Bamboo (Bambusa polymorpha and Bambusa tulda) for Medium-Density Particle Board / Amit Ashok Mahadik, Anil Negi and Amey Pravin Awale Part IV Wood Utilization Pattern A Comparative Assessment of Autoclave and Microwave-Assisted Peroxometal Complex in Delignification of Wood Biomass for Enhanced Sugar Production / Pradeep Verma and Venkatesh Chaturvedi Yield Evaluation of Oyster Mushroom on Dust Waste of Some Common Timber Species / C. Sneha and Minnu Tomy Study on Fuel Properties of Important Biomass Briquetting Feedstocks in India / Ritesh Kumar, M. Srinivasa Rao, R. Ezhumalai and R. Tailor Study on Chemical, Elemental and Gasification Characteristics of Lantana camara Wood / R. Ezhumalai and Ritesh Kumar Search for Future Fuels—Pathway Points to a ‘Boring’ Process / L.N. Santhakumaran Wood Use in India—Readying for that Elusive Renaissance? / K. Satyanarayana Rao Part V Wood and Climate Change Wood is Good for REDD+! / Ederson A. Zanetti How Good is Wood? Facts and Myths Regarding Wood as a Green Building Material / Arijit Sinha Carbon Sequestration by Bamboo Farming on Marginal Land and Sustainable Use of Wood Waste for Bioenergy: Case Studies from Abellon Clean Energy / Beena Patel, Bharat Gami and Pankaj Patel Use Wood—Combat Climate Change / S.K. Nath Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Call number: 9789462392076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive overview and evaluation of the origins, history and current size and condition of all of Iceland's major glaciers (including Vatnajökull, the largest in Europe) at the beginning of the twenty-first century. It is not only illustrated with many beautiful photographs and graphs of recent statistics and scientific data, but is also a collection of historical writings and drawings from annals, sagas, folk tales, diaries, reports, stories and poems, as it presents a unique approach to the study of glaciers on an island in the North Atlantic.Balancing and comparing the world of man with the world of nature, the perceptions of art and culture with the systematic and pragmatic analyses of science, The Glaciers of Iceland present a wide spectrum of readers with a new and stimulating view of the origins, development and possible future of these massive natural phenomena, as well as the study and role of glaciology, within specific time lines and geographical locations. Icelandic glaciers the author argues could prove essential for understanding the current unsettling progress of global warming. The glaciers of Iceland, therefore, aims at presenting to a wide readership an original, historical, cultural and scientific overview of these geophysical features in Iceland while also suggesting increasingly important lessons and models for man's future interaction with the world's glaciers as a whole.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 613 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789462392076 , 978-94-6239-207-6
    ISSN: 2543-0327 , 2543-0335
    Series Statement: Atlantis advances in quaternary science volume 2
    Uniform Title: Jöklar á Islandi
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Origins and History of Glaciers and Glaciology 1 Origins and Nature of Glaciers 2 Reading the Landscape 3 Iceland 4 History of Glaciology in Iceland Part II The Glaciers of Iceland 5 Glaciers of Southern Iceland 6 Glaciers of the Central Highlands 7 Glaciers of Northern and Western Iceland 8 Vatnajökull and Glaciers of Eastern Iceland Appendix Afterword
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    facet.materialart.12
    [New Delhi] : Springer
    Call number: 9788132227076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents recent research on marine ecology in different parts of the world. It aims to shed light on relevant topics for budding marine ecologists. The “blue soup” of Planet Earth, which comprises both biotic and abiotic components, is essential to keeping the wheel of civilization running. Four major ecosystem service categories have been identified within this context, namely provisioning services such as water, food, mangrove timber, honey, fish, wax, fuel wood, fodder and bioactive compounds from marine and estuarine flora and fauna; regulating services such as the regulation of climate, coastal erosion, coral bleaching and pollution;cultural services encompassing recreational (tourism), spiritual and other non-material benefits; and supporting services such as nutrient cycling and photosynthesis. These valuable services are obtained from various resources that must be conserved for the sake of humanity. This book presents data for each resource type, not just in the form of a simple description, but also through case studies that resulted from several research projec ts and pilot programs carried out in different parts of the world. Statistical tools were also used to critically analyze the influence of relevant hydrological parameters on the biotic community. Advanced research in marine and estuarine ecology is based on the use of sophisticated instruments, sampling precision, statistical tools, etc., which have also been highlighted in the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 481 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9788132227076 , 978-81-322-2707-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Marine Ecosystem: An Overview 1.1 Benthic Compartment 1.1.1 Supralittoral Zone 1.1.2 Eulittoral Zone 1.1.3 Sublittoral Zone 1.1.4 Continental Shelf 1.1.5 Continental Slope 1.1.6 Bathyal Zone 1.1.7 Abyssal Plains 1.1.8 Hadal Zone 1.2 Aquatic Compartment 1.2.1 Classification on the Basis of Light Penetration 1.2.2 How to Estimate the Age of Ocean Water? 1.2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Consumption Method 1.2.4 Decay Rate of 14C Method 1.2.5 90Sr Content Method 1.2.6 Hydrogen Isotope Method Brain Churners Annexure References 2 Estuarine Ecosystem: An Overview 2.1 Definition and Ecosystem Services 2.1.1 Ecosystem Services 2.2 Classification Brain Churners Annexure References 3 Physical Processes in the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 3.1 Waves and Tides 3.1.1 Tides 3.1.2 Theories Related to Tides 3.1.3 Tidal Bore and Tide in Rivers 3.2 Currents 3.2.1 Upwelling and Downwelling: Causes and Significance 3.2.2 Factors Regulating the Pattern and Distribution of Currents 3.2.3 What Happens Practically? 3.2.4 El Niño Brain Churners Annexure References 4 Abiotic Variables of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 4.1 Chemical Components 4.1.1 Spatio-temporal Variations of Salinity 4.1.2 Deep-Water Salinity 4.1.3 Conservative and Non-conservative Ions 4.1.4 Dissolved Gases in Seawater 4.1.5 Nutrients 4.2 Sediment Compartment 4.2.1 Transportation of Marine Sediments 4.2.2 Classification of Marine Sediments 4.2.3 Ooze: Definition and Type 4.2.4 Sediment Deposition: A Boon or a Curse? Brain Churners Annexure References 5 Producers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 5.1 Phytoplankton Community 5.1.1 Diatoms 5.1.2 Dinoflagellates 5.1.3 Coccolithophores 5.1.4 Blue-Green Algae 5.1.5 Green Algae 5.1.6 Classification of Phytoplankton 5.2 Macrophytes 5.2.1 Seaweed Community 5.2.2 Mangroves 5.2.3 Seagrass and Salt Marsh Grass Brain Churners Annexure References 6 Consumers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 6.1 Zooplankton Community 6.1.1 Zooplankton: Do They Maintain Uniformity in Their Life Timeline? 6.2 Vertebrate Community 6.2.1 Fishes 6.2.2 Reptiles 6.2.3 Sea Birds 6.2.4 Marine Mammals Brain Churners Annexure References 7 Decomposers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 7.1 Overview of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.1.1 Marine Organisms as Habitats of Microorganisms 7.1.2 Identification of Marine and Estuarine Microorganisms: A Molecular Genetic Approach 7.2 Importance of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.2.1 Production of Antibiotics 7.2.2 Production of Antitumour Compounds 7.2.3 Production of Enzyme 7.2.4 Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon 7.2.5 Degradation of Mangrove Litter 7.2.6 Drugs from Marine Microbes Brain Churners Annexure References 8 Adaptation of Marine and Estuarine Organisms 8.1 Adaptation of Organisms in the Intertidal Zone 8.1.1 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Rocky Shore 8.1.2 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Soft Substratum 8.2 Adaptation of Organisms Inhabiting Deep Sea 8.2.1 Morphological Adaptations 8.2.2 Biochemical Adaptations 8.2.3 Vent Communities of the Deep Sea 8.2.4 Properties of Vent Community Brain Churners Annexure References 9 Hot Spots of Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 9.1 Mangroves 9.2 Coral Reefs 9.2.1 Types of Coral Reefs 9.2.2 Coral Reef Characteristics 9.2.3 Reef Productivity Brain Churners Annexure References 10 Threats to Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 10.1 Natural Threats 10.1.1 Alteration of the Earth’s Orbit 10.1.2 Natural Oscillation of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide 10.1.3 Volcanic Activities 10.1.4 Variations in Solar Output 10.1.5 Plate Tectonics 10.1.6 Natural Disasters and Extreme Weather Events 10.2 Anthropogenic Threats 10.2.1 Pollution 10.2.2 Aquaculture 10.2.3 Unplanned Tourism 10.2.4 Introduction of Alien Species 10.2.5 Development of Coastal Structures 10.2.6 Negative Fishing Brain Churners Annexure References 11 Conservation of Marine and Estuarine Resources 11.1 Conservation or Preservation? 11.2 Tiers for Conservation 11.2.1 Habitat Diversity 11.2.2 Community and Ecosystem Diversity 11.2.3 Functional Diversity 11.2.4 Population Diversity 11.2.5 Phyletic Diversity 11.2.6 Species Diversity 11.2.7 Genetic Diversity Brain Churners Annexure References 12 Instruments and Methods 12.1 Instruments 12.1.1 Instruments Used for Physical Oceanographic Study 12.1.2 Instruments Used for Geological Oceanographic Study 12.1.3 Instruments Used for Chemical Oceanographic Study 12.1.4 Instruments Used for Biological Oceanographic Study 12.2 Application of Satellites in Marine and Estuarine Researches Brain Churners Annexure References Erratum
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9783319790992 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insights into the operating principles of plants by highlighting the relationship between structure and function. It describes the quantitative determination of structural and mechanical parameters, such as the material properties of a tissue, in correlation with specific features, such as the ability of the tissue to conduct water or withstand bending forces, which will allow advanced analysis in plant biomechanics. This knowledge enables researchers to understand the developmental changes that occur in plant organs over their life span and under the influence of environmental factors. The authors provide an overview of the state of the art of plant structure and function and how they relate to the mechanical behavior of the organism, such as the ability of plants to grow against the gravity vector or to withstand the forces of wind. They also show the sophisticated strategies employed by plants to effect organ movement and morphogenesis in the absence of muscles or cellular migration. As such, this book not only appeals to scientists currently working in plant sciences and biophysics, but also inspires future generations to pursue their own research in this area.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319790992 , 978-3-319-79099-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Organ and Tissue Mechanics Wood Cell Wall Structure and Organisation in Relation to Mechanics / Lennart Salmén Modelling, Evaluation and Biomechanical Consequences of Growth Stress Profiles Inside Tree Stems / Tancrède Alméras, Delphine Jullien and Joseph Gril Bending Stress in Plant Stems: Models and Assumptions / Christopher J. Stubbs, Navajit S. Baban, Daniel J. Robertson, Loay Alzube and Douglas D. Cook Tree Mechanics and Wind Loading / John Moore, Barry Gardiner and Damien Sellier Part II Growth, Morphogenesis and Motion The Mechanics of Leaf Growth on Large Scales / Eran Sharon and Michal Sahaf Twisting Growth in Plant Roots / Hirofumi Wada and Daichi Matsumoto Plants at Bodybuilding: Development of Plant “Muscles” / Tatyana Gorshkova, Polina Mikshina, Anna Petrova, Tatyana Chernova, Natalia Mokshina and Oleg Gorshkov Modeling Plant Morphogenesis: An Introduction / Anne-Lise Routier-Kierzkowska and Adam Runions Mechanical Conflicts in Growth Heterogeneity / Nathan Hervieux and Olivier Hamant Folding, Wrinkling, and Buckling in Plant Cell Walls / Dorota Borowska-Wykręt and Dorota Kwiatkowska Structural Principles in the Design of Hygroscopically Moving Plant Cells / Rivka Elbaum Using Modeling to Understand the Hygromechanical and Hysteretic Behavior of the S2 Cell Wall Layer of Wood / Dominique Derome, Karol Kulasinski, Chi Zhang, Mingyang Chen and Jan Carmeliet Part III Molecular Underpinnings of Cell Wall Mechanics Calcium–Pectin Chemistry and Biomechanics: Biological Background and Mathematical Modelling / Mariya Ptashnyk and Henry R. Allen Cell Wall Expansion as Viewed by the Creep Method / Dmitry Suslov and Kris Vissenberg Tensile Testing of Primary Plant Cells and Tissues / Amir J. Bidhendi and Anja Geitmann Part IV Water Transport, Mechanosensing and Biomimetics Water Motion and Sugar Translocation in Leaves / Tomas Bohr, Hanna Rademaker and Alexander Schulz Molecular Mechanisms of Mechanosensing and Mechanotransduction / Masatsugu Toyota, Takuya Furuichi and Hidetoshi Iida Biomechanics and Functional Morphology of Plants—Inspiration for Biomimetic Materials and Structures / Thomas Speck, Georg Bold, Tom Masselter, Simon Poppinga, Stefanie Schmier, Marc Thielen and Olga Speck Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Call number: 9783319261942 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book deals with the most striking landscapes and landforms of Italy. Attention is given to landform diversity and landscape evolution through time which has been controlled by very diverse geological conditions and dramatic climate changes that have characterized the Italian peninsula and islands since the end of the last glaciation. In addition, various examples of human impact on the landscape are presented. Landscapes and Landforms of Italy contains more than thirty case studies of a multitude of Italian geographical landmarks. The topics and sites described in this book range from the Alpine glaciers to the Etna and Vesuvius volcanoes, taking into account the most representative fluvial, coastal, gravity-induced, karst and structural landscapes of the country. Chapters on the geomorphological landmarks of the cities of Rome and Venice are also included. The book provides the readers with the opportunity to explore the variety of Italian landscapes and landforms through informative texts illustrated with several color maps and photos. This book will be relevant to scientists, scholars and any readers interested in geology, physical geography, geomorphology, landscape tourism, geoheritage and environmental protection
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 539 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319261942 , 978-3-319-26194-2
    ISSN: 2213-2104 , 2213-2090
    Series Statement: World geomorphological landscapes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chapter 1. Introduction to the Landscapes and Landforms of Italy (Mauro Soldati) -- Part I: Physical Environment -- Chapter 2. The Great Diversity of Italian Landscapes and Landforms: Their Origin and Human Imprint (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 3. Outline of the Geology of Italy (Alfonso Bosellini) -- Chapter 4. The Climate of Italy (Simona Fratianni) -- Chapter 5. Morphological Regions of Italy (Paola Fredi) -- Part II: Landscapes and Landforms. Chapter 6. The Glaciers of the Valle d’Aosta and Piemonte Regions: Records of Present and Past Environmental and Climate Changes (Marco Giardino) -- Chapter 7. Landscapes of Northern Lombardy: From the Glacial Scenery of Upper Valtellina to the Prealpine Lacustrine Environment of Lake Como (Irene Bollati) -- Chapter 8. The Adamello-Presanella and Brenta Massifs, Central Alps: Contrasting High-mountain Landscapes and Landforms (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 9. Large Ancient Landslides in Trentino, Northeastern Alps, as Evidence of Post-glacial Dynamics (Alberto Carton) -- Chapter 10. The Dolomite Landscape of the Alta Badia (Northeastern Alps): A Remarkable Record of Geological and Geomorphological History (Mauro Marchetti) -- Chapter 11. The Vajont Valley (Eastern Alps): A Complex Landscape Deeply Marked by Landsliding (Alessandro Pasuto) -- Chapter 12. Karst Landforms in Friuli Venezia Giulia: From Alpine to Coastal Karst (Franco Cucchi) -- Chapter 13. The Tagliamento River: The Fluvial Landscape and Long-term Evolution of a Large Alpine Braided River (Nicola Surian).-Chapter 14. Lake Garda: An Outstanding Archive of Quaternary Geomorphological Evolution (Carlo Baroni) -- Chapter 15. Geomorphological Processes and Landscape Evolution of the Lagoon of Venice (Aldino Bondesan) -- Chapter16. The Po Delta Region: Depositional Evolution, Climate Change and Human Intervention Through the Last 5,000 Years (Marco Stefani) -- Chapter 17. Landscapes and Landforms Driven by Geological Structures in the Northwestern Apennines (Luisa Pellegrini) -- Chapter 18. Fingerprints of Large-scale Landslides in the Landscape of the Emilia Apennines (Giovanni Bertolini) -- Chapter 19. Mud Volcanoes in the Emilia-Romagna Apennines: Small Landforms of Outstanding Scenic and Scientific Value (Doriano Castaldini) -- Chapter 20. The Outstanding Terraced Landscape of the Cinque Terre Coastal Slopes (Eastern Liguria) (Pierluigi Brandolini) -- Chapter 21. Tuscany Hills and Valleys: Uplift, Exhumation, Valley Downcutting and Relict Landforms (Mauro Coltorti) -- Chapter 22. Landscapes and Landforms of the Duchy of Urbino in Italian Renaissance Paintings (Olivia Nesci) -- Chapter 23. Rocky Cliffs Joining Velvet Beaches: The Northern Marche Coast (Daniele Savelli) -- Chapter 24. The Typical Badlands Landscapes Between the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Tiber River (Maurizio Del Monte) -- 25. The Tuff Cities: A ‘Living Landscape’ at the Border of Volcanoes in Central Italy (Claudio Margottin) -- Chapter 26. A Route of Fire in Central Italy: The Latium Ancient Volcanoes (Paola Fredi) -- Chapter 27. Relief, Intermontane Basins and Civilization in the Umbria-Marche Apennines: Origin and Life by Geological Consent (Marta Della Seta) -- Chapter 28. The Terminillo, Gran Sasso and Majella Mountains: The ‘Old Guardians’ of the Tyrrhenian and Adriatic Seas (Tommaso Piacentini) -- Chapter 29. Aeternae Urbis Geomorphologia - Geomorphology of Rome, Aeterna Urbs (Maurizio Del Monte) -- Chapter 30. Granite Landscapes of Sardinia: Long-term Evolution of Scenic Landforms (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 31. The Coastal Dunes of Sardinia: Landscape Response to Climate and Sea Level Changes (Rita T. Melis) -- Chapter 32. The Terrestrial and Submarine Landscape of the Tremiti Archipelago, Adriatic Sea (Enrico Miccadei) -- Chapter 33. Vesuvius and Campi Flegrei: Volcanic History, Landforms and Impact on Settlements (Pietro P.C. Aucelli) -- Chapter 34. Sorrento Peninsula and Amalfi Coast: The Long-term History of an Enchanting Promontory (Aldo Cinque) -- Chapter 35. The Coastal Landscape of Cilento (Southern Italy): A challenge for Protection and Tourism Valorisation (Alessio Valente) -- Chapter 36. The Salento Peninsula (Apulia, Southern Italy): A Water-shaped Landscape Without Rivers (Giuseppe Mastronuzzi) -- Chapter 37. The Landscape of the Aspromonte Massif: A Geomorphological Open-air Laboratory (Gaetano Robustelli) -- Chapter 38. Volcanic Landforms and Landscapes of the Aeolian Islands (Southern Tyrrhenian Sea, Sicily): Implications for Hazard Evaluation (Federico Lucchi) -- Chapter 39. Geomorphology of the Capo San Vito Peninsula (NW Sicily): An Example of Tectonically and Climatically Controlled Landscape (Valerio Agnesi) -- Chapter 40. Landforms and Landscapes of Mount Etna (Sicily): Relationships Between a Volcano, its Environment and Human Activity (Stefano Branca) -- Chapter 41. Pantelleria Island (Strait of Sicily): Volcanic History and Geomorphological Landscape (Silvio G. Rotolo) -- Part III: Geoheritage -- Chapter 42. Geoheritage in Italy (Maria Cristina Giovagnoli) -- Chapter 43. Geomorphodiversity in Italy: Examples from the Dolomites, Northern Apennines and Vesuvius (Mario Panizza) -- Chapter 44. Goethe’s Italian Journey and the Geological Landscape (Paola Coratza) -- Chapter 45. Wine Landscapes of Italy (Vincenzo Amato) -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783319601878 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The purpose of this textbook is to enable a Neuroscientist to discuss the structure and functions of the brain at a level appropriate for students at many levels of study including undergraduate, graduate, dental or medical school level. It is truer in neurology than in any other system of medicine that a firm knowledge of basic science material, that is, the anatomy, physiology and pathology of the nervous system, enables one to readily arrive at the diagnosis of where the disease process is located and to apply their knowledge at solving problems in clinical situations. The authors have a long experience in teaching neuroscience courses at the first or second year level to medical and dental students and to residents in which clinical information and clinical problem solving are integral to the course.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 689 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: third edition
    ISBN: 9783319601878 , 978-3-319-60187-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1 Introduction to the Central Nervous System 1.1 The Neuron 1.2 The Nervous System 1.2.1 Peripheral Nervous System (Fig. 1.3) 1.2.2 Central Nervous System Bibliography 2 Neurocytology: Cells of the CNS 2.1 The Neuron 2.1.1 Dendrites 2.1.2 Soma 2.1.3 Golgi Type I and II Neurons 2.1.4 Dendritic Spines (Fig. 2.2) 2.1.5 Nucleus 2.1.6 Neuronal Cytoskeleton 2.1.7 Microtubules and Axoplasmic Flow 2.1.8 Neurofibrillary Tangles 2.2 Synapse 2.2.1 Synaptic Structure 2.2.2 Synaptic Types 2.2.3 Synaptic Transmission 2.2.4 Neurotransmitters (Table 2.3) 2.2.5 Modulators of Neurotransmission 2.2.6 Synaptic Vesicles (Fig. 2.16) (Table 2.4) 2.2.7 Effectors and Receptors 2.3 Supporting Cells of the Central Nervous System 2.3.1 Astrocytes (Figs. 2.6 and 2.14; Table 2.7) 2.3.2 Oligodendrocytes (Fig. 2.9) 2.3.3 Endothelial Cells 2.3.4 Mononuclear Cells: Monocytes and Microglia 2.3.5 Ependymal Cells (Fig. 2.20) 2.3.6 Supporting Cells in the Peripheral Nervous System 2.4 Response of the Nervous System to Injury 2.4.1 Degeneration 2.5 Regeneration 2.5.1 Peripheral Nerve Regeneration 2.5.2 Regeneration in the Central Nervous System 2.5.3 Neurogenesis in the Adult Brain Stem 2.5.4 Nerve Growth Factors (NGF) 2.5.5 Glial Response to Injury 2.6 Blood–Brain Barrier 2.6.1 Blood–Brain Barrier (Fig. 2.24) 2.6.2 Extracellular Space Specific References 3 Neuroembryology and Congenital Malformations 3.1 Formation of the Central Nervous System 3.2 Histogenesis 3.2.1 Repair of Damaged Nervous System 3.2.2 Growth Cone Guidance 3.2.3 Programmed Cell Death (PCD): Apoptosis 3.2.4 Neuronal Death 3.2.5 Development of Blood Vessels in the Brain 3.2.6 Ventricular System 3.2.7 Formation of Peripheral Nervous System 3.2.8 Spinal Cord Differentiation 3.3 Brain Differentiation 3.3.1 Rhombencephalon (Hindbrain) 〉 Pons, Medulla, and Cerebellum 3.3.2 Mesencephalon 〉 Adult Midbrain 3.3.3 Prosencephalon 〉 Cerebral Hemispheres and Diencephalon 3.3.4 Diencephalon 3.3.5 Cranial Nerves 3.3.6 Telencephalon 3.3.7 Primary Sulci 3.3.8 Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.4 Prenatal Development of the Cerebral Cortex 3.5 Changes in the Cortical Architecture as a Function of Postnatal Age 3.6 Abnormal Development 3.6.1 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in Growth and Migration with Incomplete Development of the Brain 3.6.2 Genetically Linked Migration Disorders 3.6.3 Environmentally Induced Migration Disorder: Fetal Alcohol Syndrome 3.6.4 Malformations Resulting from Chromosomal Trisomy and Translocation 3.6.5 Malformations Resulting from Defective Fusion of Dorsal Structures 3.6.6 Malformations Characterized by Excessive Growth of Ectodermal and Mesodermal Tissue Affecting the Skin, Nervous System, and Other Tissues 3.6.7 Cutaneous Angiomatosis with Associated Malformations of the Central Nervous System 3.6.8 Malformations Resulting from Abnormalities in the Ventricular System Bibliography 4 Spinal Cord 4.1 Gross Anatomy 4.1.1 Spinal Cord: Structure and Function 4.1.2 Nerve Roots 4.1.3 Gray Matter 4.2 Interneurons 4.3 Central Pattern Generators 4.4 Segmental Function 4.4.1 Motor/Ventral Horn Cells 4.4.2 Sensory Receptors 4.4.3 Stretch Receptors 4.5 Nociception and Pain 4.5.1 Modulation of Pain Transmission 4.6 White Matter Tracts 4.6.1 Descending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.2 Ascending Tracts in the Spinal Cord 4.6.3 The Anterolateral Pathway 4.7 Upper and Lower Motor Neurons Lesions 4.7.1 Upper Motor Neuron Lesion (UMN) 4.7.2 Lower Motor Neuron Lesion 4.8 Illustrative Spinal Cord Case Histories 4.9 Illustrative Non-spinal Cord Cases with Involvement of Specific Peripheral Nerves: Case Histories 4.8–4.10 4.10 Carpal Tunnel Syndrome Bibliography 5 Brain Stem: Gross Anatomy 5.1 Gross Anatomical Divisions 5.1.1 Sites of Transition 5.2 Relationship of Regions in the Brain to the Ventricular System: Fig. 5.2 5.3 Gross Anatomy of Brain Stem and Diencephalon 5.3.1 Anterior Surface of Gross Brain Stem: Fig. 5.3 5.3.2 Posterior Surface of Brain Stem and Diencephalon: Fig. 5.4 5.4 Arterial Blood Supply to the Brain Stem and Diencephalon (Fig. 5.5) 5.4.1 Medulla 5.4.2 Pons 5.4.3 Midbrain 5.4.4 Diencephalon Bibliography 6 Brain Stem Functional Localization 6.1 Introduction to the Brain Stem 6.2 Differences Between the Spinal Cord and Brain Stem 6.3 Functional Localization in Brain Stem Coronal Sections and an Atlas of the Brain Stem 6.3.1 Medulla 6.3.2 Pons-Blood Supply: Basilar Artery and Its Branches 6.3.3 Midbrain Blood Supply: Basila Arrteraynd Posterio Crerebral Arteries 6.4 Midbrain Tectum 6.5 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6 Superior Colliculus 6.6.1 Midbrain Tegmentum 6.6.2 Blood Supply: Posterior Cerebral Arteries 6.7 Superior Colliculus Tectum 6.8 Superior Colliculus Tegmentum 6.8.1 Superior ColliculusVentricular Zone 6.9 Functional Centers in the Brain Stem 6.9.1 Reticular Formation 6.9.2 Respiration Centers 6.9.3 Cardiovascular Centers 6.9.4 Deglutition 6.9.5 Vomiting 6.9.6 Emetic Center 6.9.7 Coughing 6.9.8 Taste 6.10 Localiozation of Dysfunction in the Cranial Nerves Associated with the Eye (Table 6.8) 6.11 Localization of Disease Processes in the Brain Stem 6.11.1 Exercise to Identify the Tracts and Nuclei in the Brain Stem (Figs. 6.10–6.14) Bibliography 7 The Cranial Nerves 7.1 How the Cranial Nerves Got Their Numbers 7.2 Functional Organization of Cranial Nerves 7.3 The Individual Cranial Nerves 7.3.1 Cranial Nerve I, Olfactory (Fig. 7.4), Special Sensory/Special Visceral Afferent 7.3.2 Cranial Nerve II, Optic (Fig. 7.5), Special Somatic Sensory 7.3.3 Cranial Nerve III, Oculomotor (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor (Somatic and Parasympathetic, Only III) 7.3.4 Cranial Nerve IV, Trochlear (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.5 Cranial Nerve VI, Abducens (Fig. 7.6), Pure Motor 7.3.6 Cranial Nerve V, Trigeminal (Fig. 7.7), Mixed Nerve (Sensory and Motor but No Parasympathetic) 7.3.7 Cranial Nerve VII, Facial (Fig. 7.8), Mixed Nerve (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic) 7.3.8 Cranial Nerve VIII, Vestibulocochlear (Fig. 7.9), Pure Special Somatic Sensory 7.4 Auditory Pathway 7.4.1 Cranial Nerve IX, Glossopharyngeal (Fig. 7.13), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic): Nerve to Third Pharyngeal Arch 7.4.2 Cranial Nerve X, Vagus (Fig. 7.14), Mixed (Sensory, Motor, Parasympathetic), and Longest Cranial Nerve 7.4.3 Cranial Nerve XI, Spinal Accessory (Fig. 7.15), Pure Motor: Somatic and Visceral 7.4.4 Cranial Nerve XII, Hypoglossal (Fig. 7.16): Pure Motor Nerve 7.5 Cranial Nerve Dysfunction 7.6 Cranial Nerve Case Histories Bibliography 8 Diencephalon 8.1 Overview 8.2 Functional Organization of Thalamic Nuclei (Table 8.1) 8.2.1 Sensory and Motor Relay Nuclei: The Ventrobasal Complex and Lateral Nucleus 8.2.2 Limbic Nuclei: The Anterior, Medial, Lateral Dorsal, Midline, and Intralaminar Nuclei (Fig. 8.4) 8.2.3 Specific Associational: Polymodal/Somatic Nuclei, the Pulvinar Nuclei (Fig. 8.5) 8.2.4 Special Somatic Sensory Nuclei: Vision and Audition, the Lateral Geniculate and Medial Geniculate Nuclei of the Metathalamus (Fig. 8.5): The Special Somatic Sensory Cranial Nerves Are Cranial Nerves II and VIII 8.2.5 Nonspecific Associational 8.3 White Matter of the Diencephalon 8.4 Relationship Between the Thalamus and the Cerebral Cortex (Figs. 8.7 and 8.8) 8.5 Subthalamus (Fig. 8.3) 8.6 Thalamic Atlas Figs. 8.10, 8.11, and 8.12 8.7 Level: Midbrain, Diencephalic Junction (Fig. 8.10) 8.8 Level: Midthalamus (Fig. 8.11) 8.9 Level: Anterior Tubercle of Thalamus (Fig. 8.12) Bibliography 9 Hypothalamus, Neuroendocrine System, and Autonomic Nervous System 9.1 Hypothalamus 9.1.1 Hypothalamic Nuclei 9.1.2 Afferent Pathways 9.1.3 Efferent Pathways (Fig. 9.6) 9.1.4 Functional Stability 9.2 Neuroendocrine System, the Hypothalamus, and Its Relation to the Hypophysis 9.2.1 Hypophysis Cerebri 9.2.2 Hypothalamic–Hypophyseal Portal System 9.2.3 Hypophysiotrophic Area 9.2.4 Hormones Produced by Hypothalamus 9.2.5 Hormones Produced in Adenohypophysis (Fig. 9.12) 9.2.6 Case 9.1 9.2.7 Hypothalamus and the Autono
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 10.1144/SP520
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 520
    Description / Table of Contents: This book brings together research, review and methodological papers that provide an updated view on the sedimentary record of volcanism, spanning diverse processes and environments. It aims to bridge the gap between volcanological and sedimentological approaches to the investigation of processes governing the generation, dispersion and accumulation of volcaniclastic deposits.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 673 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205667 , 978-1-78620-566-7 , 1786205661
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 520
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - Volcanic Processes in the Sedimentary Record: When Volcanoes Meet the Environment Full Access12 April 2023 A. Di Capua, R. De Rosa, G. Kereszturi, E. Le Pera, M. Rosi, and S. F. L. Watt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520 Introduction Full Access3 February 2023 From volcanoes to sedimentary systems Andrea Di Capua, Rosanna De Rosa, Gabor Kereszturi, Emilia Le Pera, Mauro Rosi, and Sebastian F. L. Watt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-303 Particle generation and transport in volcanically influenced sedimentary systems Volcanically-derived deposits and sequences: a unified terminological scheme for application in modern and ancient environments Full Access11 October 2022 Andrea Di Capua, Rosanna De Rosa, Gabor Kereszturi, Emilia Le Pera, Mauro Rosi, and Sebastian F. L. Watt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-201 Subaerial volcaniclastic deposits – influences of initiation mechanisms and transport behaviour on characteristics and distributions Open Access12 July 2022 Jon J. Major https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-142 Magma–rock interactions: a review of their influence on magma rising processes with emphasis on short-timescale assimilation of carbonate rocks Full Access31 May 2022 M. Knuever, R. Sulpizio, D. Mele, and A. Costa https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-177 Sedimentation associated with glaciovolcanism: a review Full Access1 March 2022 John Laidlaw Smellie https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-135 Volcano-sedimentary processes at Las Derrumbadas rhyolitic twin domes, Serdán-Oriental Basin, Eastern Trans-Mexican Volcanic Belt Full Access31 January 2022 Marie-Noëlle Guilbaud, Corentin Chédeville, Ángel Nahir Molina-Guadarrama, Julio Cesar Pineda-Serrano, and Claus Siebe https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-144 A channelized debris-avalanche deposit from Pirongia basaltic stratovolcano, New Zealand Full Access17 September 2021 Oliver Emerson McLeod and Adrian Pittari https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-222 The influence of volcanic supply on the composition of modern river sands: the case study of the Ofanto River, southern Italy Full Access22 November 2021 Mariano Tenuta, Paola Donato, Rocco Dominici, and Rosanna De Rosa https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-89 Provenance controls on volcaniclastic beach sand: example from the Aeolian archipelago, Mediterranean Sea Full Access18 November 2021 Consuele Morrone, Emilia Le Pera, Kathleen M. Marsaglia, and Rosanna De Rosa https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-91 Weathering on volcanic edifices under semiarid climates: insights from a regional assessment of the composition of Fogo Island regoliths (Cape Verde) Full Access23 September 2021 Marina Cabral Pinto, Pedro A. Dinis, Denise Pitta Groz, Rosa Marques, Maria Isabel Prudêncio, Rui Moura, Fernando Tavares Rocha, and Eduardo Ferreira da Silva https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-61 Processes controlling volcanic and epiclastic reservoir formation in a buried polygenetic stratocone Full Access14 December 2021 Alan Bischoff, Jessica Fensom, Huafeng Tang, Marcos Rossetti, and Andrew Nicol https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-137 Geodynamics and progradation of volcaniclastic sequences through sedimentary systems Temporal and spatial significance of volcanic particles in sand(stone): implications for provenance and palaeotectonic reconstructions Full Access30 August 2022 Salvatore Critelli, Sara Criniti, Raymond V. Ingersoll, and William Cavazza https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-99 Igneous and sedimentary ‘limestones’: the puzzling challenge of a converging classification Open Access25 November 2021 Francesco Stoppa, Simonetta Cirilli, Andrea Sorci, Sam Broom-Fendley, Claudia Principe, Maria Grazia Perna, and Gianluigi Rosatelli https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-120 Non-marine environments Controls on sediment distribution in a volcanically-affected basin: insights from the Ethiopian Flood Basalt Province Full Access8 October 2021 Simon R. Passey, Charlotte Elizabeth McLean, and Dereje Ayalew https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-70 Volcaniclastic sedimentation in a closed, marginal rift basin: the case of the Melka Kunture area (upper Awash, Ethiopia) Full Access23 January 2023 L. Pioli, R. T. Melis, and M. Mussi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-158 From ‘source to sink’ to ‘sink to source’: a review of volcanic fluvial and lacustrine successions in Japan Full Access9 January 2023 Kyoko S. Kataoka https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2022-171 Assessing woody vegetation recovery in the Rayas River following the eruption of the Chaitén Volcano in 2008 Full Access14 February 2022 Héctor Ulloa, Bruno Mazzorana, Andrés Iroumé, and Susana Paula https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-261 Volcaniclastic lacustrine sedimentation in the Pleistocene Guayllabamba intermontane basin in the Ecuadorian Andes Full Access11 January 2022 German Martin-Merino, Matteo Roverato, and Rafael Almeida https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-66 Evidence of the Early Holocene eruptive activity of Volcán de Colima and the 8.2 kyr global climatic event in lacustrine sediments from a debris avalanche-dammed lake Full Access8 October 2021 Lucia Capra, Matteo Roverato, Juan Pablo Bernal, and Abel Cortés https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-63 Physical and chemical depositional processes when volcanoes meet lacustrine environments: the Cretaceous Imjado Volcanics, Jeungdo, southwestern Korea Full Access23 September 2021 Yong Sik Gihm https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-65 Marine environments Volcano–air–sea interactions in a coastal tuff ring, Jeju Island, Korea Open Access15 September 2021 Young Kwan Sohn, Chanwoo Sohn, Woo Seok Yoon, Jong Ok Jeong, Seok-Hoon Yoon, and Hyeongseong Cho https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-52 Volcaniclastic deposits and sedimentation processes around volcanic ocean islands: the central Azores Full Access4 November 2021 Yu-Chun Chang, Neil C. Mitchell, Thor H. Hansteen, Julie C. Schindlbeck-Belo, and Armin Freundt https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-62 Marine carbonate sedimentation in volcanic settings Full Access30 November 2021 Stephen W. Lokier https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-251 Tephra layers in the marine environment: a review of properties and emplacement processes Open Access6 December 2021 Armin Freundt, Julie C. Schindlbeck-Belo, Steffen Kutterolf, and Jenni L. Hopkins https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2021-50 Environmental responses to eruptions: eruptions, climate and sedimentation Rapid changes from arid to humid conditions during the onset of the Paraná–Etendeka Igneous Province: can volcanic gas emissions from continental flood basalts affect the precipitation regime? Full Access24 September 2021 Vinicius Godoi Pereira da Cruz, Evandro Fernandes de Lima, Lucas de Magalhaes May Rossetti, and Natalia Gauer Pasqualon https://doi.org/10.1144/SP520-2020-176
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783319474298 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This compelling volume provides a broad and accessible overview on the rapidly developing field of social neuroscience. A major goal of the volume is to integrate research findings on the neural basis of social behavior across different levels of analysis from rodent studies on molecular neurobiology to behavioral neuroscience to fMRI imaging data on human social behavior.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 429 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319474298 , 978-3-319-47429-8
    ISSN: 1866-3389 , 1866-3370
    Series Statement: Current topics in behavioral neurosciences volume 30
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Social Behavior in Rodents Conspecific Interactions in Adult Laboratory Rodents: Friends or Foes? / Michael Lukas and Trynke R. de Jong Recognizing Others: Rodent’s Social Memories / Judith Camats Perna and Mario Engelmann Social Odors: Alarm Pheromones and Social Buffering / Yasushi Kiyokawa Acoustic Communication in Rats: Effects of Social Experiences on Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Socio-affective Signals / Markus Wöhr, K. Alexander Engelhardt, Dominik Seffer, A. Özge Sungur and Rainer K.W. Schwarting From Play to Aggression: High-Frequency 50-kHz Ultrasonic Vocalizations as Play and Appeasement Signals in Rats / Theresa M. Kisko, Markus Wöhr, Vivien C. Pellis and Sergio M. Pellis The Psycho-Neurology of Cross-Species Affective/Social Neuroscience: Understanding Animal Affective States as a Guide to Development of Novel Psychiatric Treatments / Jaak Panksepp Social Reward and Empathy as Proximal Contributions to Altruism: The Camaraderie Effect / Garet P. Lahvis A Social Reinforcement Learning Hypothesis of Mutual Reward Preferences in Rats / Julen Hernandez-Lallement, Marijn van Wingerden, Sandra Schäble and Tobias Kalenscher Part II Social Behavior in Humans A Plea for Cross-species Social Neuroscience / Christian Keysers and Valeria Gazzola Models, Mechanisms and Moderators Dissociating Empathy and Theory of Mind / Philipp Kanske, Anne Böckler and Tania Singer Reward: From Basic Reinforcers to Anticipation of Social Cues / Lena Rademacher, Martin Schulte-Rüther, Bernd Hanewald and Sarah Lammertz Human Cooperation and Its Underlying Mechanisms / Sabrina Strang and Soyoung Q. Park The Social Neuroscience of Interpersonal Emotions / Laura Müller-Pinzler, Sören Krach, Ulrike M. Krämer and Frieder M. Paulus Deconstructing Anger in the Human Brain Gadi Gilam and Talma Hendler On the Control of Social Approach–Avoidance Behavior: Neural and Endocrine Mechanisms / Reinoud Kaldewaij, Saskia B.J. Koch, Inge Volman, Ivan Toni and Karin Roelofs Mapping Social Interactions: The Science of Proxemics / Cade McCall Part III Clinical Implications Genetic Animal Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Jan C. Schroeder, Dominik Reim, Tobias M. Boeckers and Michael J. Schmeisser Treatment Approaches in Rodent Models for Autism Spectrum Disorder / Susanna Pietropaolo, Wim E. Crusio and Francesca R. D’amato Neuroimaging-Based Phenotyping of the Autism Spectrum / Boris C. Bernhardt, Adriana Di Martino, Sofie L. Valk and Gregory L. Wallace Current Practice and Future Avenues in Autism Therapy / L. Poustka and I. Kamp-Becker The Social Context Network Model in Psychiatric and Neurological Diseases / Sandra Baez, Adolfo M. García and Agustín Ibanez Social-Cognitive Deficits in Schizophrenia Daniela Mier and Peter Kirsch The Programming of the Social Brain by Stress During Childhood and Adolescence: From Rodents to Humans / Stamatina Tzanoulinou and Carmen Sandi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: 9783319650586 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited collection of works by leading climate scientists and philosophers introduces readers to issues in the foundations, evaluation, confirmation, and application of climate models. It engages with important topics directly affecting public policy, including the role of doubt, the use of satellite data, and the robustness of models. Climate Modelling provides an early and significant contribution to the burgeoning Philosophy of Climate Science field that will help to shape our understanding of these topics in both philosophy and the wider scientific context. It offers insight into the reasons we should believe what climate models say about the world but addresses the issues that inform how reliable and well-confirmed these models are. This book will be of interest to students of climate science, philosophy of science, and of particular relevance to policy makers who depend on the models that forecast future states of the climate and ocean in order to make public policy decisions.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxiii, 497 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319650586 , 978-3-319-65058-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Elisabeth A. Lloyd and Eric Winsberg Part I Confirmation and Evidence 2 The Scientific Consensus on Climate Change: How DoWe Know We’re Not Wrong? / Naomi Oreskes 3 Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 4 Fact Sheet for “Consistency of Modeled and ObservedTemperature Trends in the Tropical Troposphere” / Ben Santer, Peter Thorne, Leo Haimberger, Karl Taylor, Tom Wigley, John Lanzante, Susan Solomon, Melissa Free, Peter Gleckler, Phil Jones, Tom Karl, Steve Klein, Carl Mears, Doug Nychka, Gavin Schmidt, Steve Sherwood, and Frank Wentz 5 Consistency of Modeled and Observed TemperatureTrends in the Tropical Troposphere / B.D. Santer, P.W. Thorne, L. Haimberger, K.E. Taylor, T.M.L. Wigley, J.R. Lanzante, S.Solomon, M. Free, P.J. Gleckler, P.D. Jones, T.R. Karl, S.A. Klein, C. Mears, D. Nychka, G.A. Schmidt, S.C. Sherwood, and F.J. Wentz 6 The Role of “Complex” Empiricism in the Debates About Satellite Data and Climate Models / Elisabeth A. Lloyd 7 Reconciling Climate Model/Data Discrepancies: The Case of the ‘Trees That Didn’t Bark’ / Michael E. Mann 8 Downscaling of Climate Information / L.O. Mearns, M. Bukovsky, S.C. Pryor, and V. Magaña Part II Uncertainties and Robustness 9 The Significance of Robust Climate Projections / Wendy S. Parker 10 Building Trust, Removing Doubt? Robustness Analysis and Climate Modeling / Jay Odenbaugh Part III Climate Models as Guides to Policy 11 Climate Model Confirmation: From Philosophy to Predicting Climate in the Real World / Reto Knutti 12 Uncertainty in Climate Science and Climate Policy / Jonathan Rougier and Michel Crucifix 13 Communicating Uncertainty to Policymakers: The Ineliminable Role of Values / Eric Winsberg 14 Modeling Climate Policies: The Social Cost of Carbon and Uncertainties in Climate Predictions / Mathias Frisch 15 Modeling Mitigation and Adaptation Policies to Predict Their Effectiveness: The Limits of Randomized Controlled Trials / Alexandre Marcellesi and Nancy Cartwright Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 978331956354 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents all Malacostracan crustaceans occurring in the Baltic Sea in water salinity from 2 to 15 psu. The Baltic sea is very special due to its low salinity and characteristic fauna. For each of the 58 species the systematic position, the origin and distribution in European waters are given, and the environmental preferences, the role in the food web and human economy described. The book describes the history of Baltic sea and the occurrence of crustaceans in its history against the terms of hydrological conditions, explaining why in the Baltic sea only part of all marine crustaceans occur. The book is richly illustrated with photographs and beautiful pictures of animals specifically prepared for this book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 199 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karte
    ISBN: 9783319563541 , 978-3-319-56354-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Crustaceans in the History of the Baltic Sea 2 The Baltic Sea: A Living Environment 2.1 Salinity 2.2 Temperature 2.3 Stagnation 2.4 Oxygenation 2.5 Bottom Sediments 2.6 The Impact of Human Activities 3 The Szczecin Lagoon and Pomeranian Bay 4 The Gulf of Gdan´ sk and Vistula Lagoon 5 The Gulf of Riga 6 The Gulf of Finland 7 The Gulf of Bothnia 8 General Characteristics of Malacostraca 9 Species Accounts 9.1 Mysidacea 9.1.1 Mysis mixta 9.1.2 Mysis relicta 9.1.3 Neomysis integer 9.1.4 Hemimysis anomala 9.1.5 Praunus flexuosus 9.1.6 Praunus inermis 9.2 Cumacea 9.2.1 Diastylis rathkei 9.3 Tanaidacea 9.3.1 Heterotanais oerstedi 9.4 Isopoda 9.4.1 Saduria entomon 9.4.2 Idotea chelipes 9.4.3 Idotea balthica 9.4.4 Idotea granulosa 9.4.5 Jaera albifrons 9.4.6 Jaera ischiosetosa 9.4.7 Jaera syei 9.4.8 Jaera praehirsuta 9.4.9 Lekanesphaera hookeri 9.4.10 Lekanesphaera rugicauda 9.4.11 Eurydice pulchra 9.4.12 Cyathura carinata 9.4.13 Asellus aquaticus aquaticus 9.5 Amphipoda 9.5.1 Hyperia galba 9.5.2 Gammarus locusta 9.5.3 Gammarus duebeni 9.5.4 Gammarus zaddachi 9.5.5 Gammarus oceanicus 9.5.6 Gammarus inequicauda 9.5.7 Gammarus salinus 9.5.8 Gammarus tigrinus 9.5.9 Pontogammarus robustoides 9.5.10 Obesogammarus crassus 9.5.11 Dikerogammarus haemobaphes 9.5.12 Dikerogammarus villosus 9.5.13 Chaetogammarus ischnus 9.5.14 Chaetogammarus stoerensis 9.5.15 Calliopius laeviusculus 9.5.16 Melita palmata 9.5.17 Melita nitida 9.5.18 Monoporeia affinis 9.5.19 Pontoporeia femorata 9.5.20 Bathyporeia pilosa 9.5.21 Leptocheirus pilosus 9.5.22 Talitrus saltator 9.5.23 Talorchestia deshayesii 9.5.24 Orchestia cavimana 9.5.25 Platorchestia platensis 9.5.26 Corophium crassicorne 9.5.27 Corophium lacustre 9.5.28 Corophium volutator 9.5.29 Corophium multisetosum 9.5.30 Chelicorophium curvispinum 9.5.31 Dyopedos monacanthus 9.6 Decapoda 9.6.1 Crangon crangon 9.6.2 Palaemon adspersus 9.6.3 Palaemon elegans 9.6.4 Palaemon macrodactylus 9.6.5 Palaemonetes varians 9.6.6 Rhithropanopeus harrisii 9.6.7 Eriocheir sinensis 9.6.8 Carcinus maenas 9.6.9 Orconectes limosus 9.6.10 Pacifastacus leniusculus Further Reading 10 Non-native Crustaceans 11 Function and Importance of Crustaceans Glossary Literature
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9783319578224 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents a collection of contributions that were published in "Pure and Applied Geophysics - pageoph" and which deals with the major earthquake that hit Illapel, Chile on September 16, 2015 with magnitude 8.3, and associated trans-oceanic tsunami. The subducting Nazca plate beneath the Andes caused this major earthquake, generating strong shaking, permanent deformation, free oscillations of the Earth, and tsunamis. This event occurred in the flat-angle subducting segment of the plate.The generated tsunami spread throughout the entire Pacific Ocean and was recorded by numerous coastal tide gauges and open-ocean DART stations. All articles give an up-to-date account of research in one of the most active seismic zones worldwide. An introductory article by Kenji Satake rounds this collection off.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 335 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: previously published in Pure and Applied Geophysics (PAGEOPH)
    ISBN: 9783319578224 , 978-3-319-57822-4
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface A Review of Source Models of the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake and Insights from Tsunami Data / Kenji Satake and Mohammad Heidarzadeh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1450-5 Rapidly Estimated Seismic Source Parameters for the 16 September 2015 Illapel, Chile Mw 8 3 Earthquake / Lingling Ye, Thorne Lay, Hiroo Kanamori and Keith D. Koper, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1202-y Rupture Process During the 2015 Illapel, Chile Earthquake: Zigzag-Along-Dip Rupture Episodes / Ryo Okuwaki, Yuji Yagi, Rafael Aránguiz, Juan González and Gabriel González, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1271-6 Imaging Rupture Process of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake Using the US Seismic Array / Bo Li and Abhijit Ghosh, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1323-y Interseismic Coupling, Megathrust Earthquakes and Seismic Swarms Along the Chilean Subduction Zone (38°–18°S) / M. Métois, C. Vigny and A. Socquet, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1280-5 Low-Frequency Centroid Moment Tensor Inversion of the 2015 Illapel Earthquake from Superconducting-Gravimeter Data / Eliška Zábranová and Ctirad Matyska, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1252-9 Coseismic Fault Slip of the September 16, 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel, Chile Earthquake Estimated from InSAR Data / Yingfeng Zhang, Guohong Zhang, Eric A. Hetland, Xinjian Shan, Shaoyan Wen and Ronghu Zuo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1266-3 Analysis of the Illapel Mw = 8 3 Thrust Earthquake Rupture Zone Using GOCE-Derived Gradients / Orlando Álvarez, Agustina Pesce, Mario Gimenez, Andres Folguera, Santiago Soler and Wenjin Chen, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1376-y Chile2015: Lévy Flight and Long-Range Correlation Analysis of Earthquake Magnitudes in Chile / Maria P. Beccar-Varela, Hector Gonzalez-Huizar, Maria C. Mariani, Laura F. Serpa and Osei K. Tweneboah, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1334-8 Time-Based Network Analysis Before and After the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake 2015 Chile / Denisse Pastén, Felipe Torres, Benjamín Toledo, Víctor Muñoz, José Rogan and Juan Alejandro Valdivia, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1335-7 Chilean Earthquakes: Aquifer Responses at the Russian Platform / Alina Besedina, Evgeny Vinogradov, Ella Gorbunova and Igor Svintsov, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1256-5 Ionospheric Plasma Response to Mw 8 3 Chile Illapel Earthquake on September 16, 2015 / C. D. Reddy, Mahesh N. Shrivastava, Gopi K. Seemala, Gabriel González and Juan Carlos Baez, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1282-3 Remote Sensing of Atmospheric and Ionospheric Signals Prior to the Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake, Chile 2015 / Mohammad Reza Mansouri Daneshvar and Friedemann T. Freund, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1366-0 Chile2015: Induced Magnetic Fields on the Z Component by Tsunami Wave Propagation / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat and M. T. A. H. Muella, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1279-y First Report on Seismogenic Magnetic Disturbances over Brazilian Sector / V. Klausner, T. Almeida, F. C. De Meneses, E. A. Kherani, V. G. Pillat, M. T. A. H. Muella and P. R. Fagundes, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1455-0 The 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami from the Post-Tsunami Survey and Numerical Modeling Perspectives / Rafael Aránguiz, Gabriel González, Juan González, Patricio A. Catalán, Rodrigo Cienfuegos, Yuji Yagi, Ryo Okuwaki, Luisa Urra, Karla Contreras, Ian Del Rio and Camilo Rojas, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1225-4 Field Survey of the 2015 Chile Tsunami with Emphasis on Coastal Wetland and Conservation Areas / Manuel Contreras-López, Patricio Winckler, Ignacio Sepúlveda, Adolfo Andaur-Álvarez, Fernanda Cortés-Molina, Camila J. Guerrero, Cyntia E. Mizobe, Felipe Igualt, Wolfgang Breuer, José F. Beyá, Hernán Vergara and Rodrigo Figueroa-Sterquel, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1235-2 A Study of the 2015 Mw 8 3 Illapel Earthquake and Tsunami: Numerical and Analytical Approaches / Mauricio Fuentes, Sebastián Riquelme, Gavin Hayes, Miguel Medina, Diego Melgar, Gabriel Vargas, José González and Angelo Villalobos, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1305-0 Real-Time Assessment of the 16 September 2015 Chile Tsunami and Implications for Near-Field Forecast / Liujuan Tang, Vasily V. Titov, Christopher Moore and Yong Wei, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1226-3 . Comparison Between Tsunami Signals Generated by Different Source Models and the Observed Data of the Illapel 2015 Earthquake / Ignacia Calisto, Matthew Miller and Iván Constanzo, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1253-8 Tsunami Characteristics Along the Peru–Chile Trench: Analysis of the 2015 Mw8 3 Illapel, the 2014 Mw8 2 Iquique and the 2010 Mw8 8 Maule Tsunamis in the Near-field / R. Omira, M. A. Baptista and F. Lisboa, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-016-1277-0 Tsunami Penetration in Tidal Rivers, with Observations of the Chile 2015 Tsunami in Rivers in Japan / Elena Tolkova, DOI: 10.1007/s00024-015-1229-0
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: 9783319713892 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the practice of sustainability through a diverse range of case studies spanning across varied fields and areas of expertise. It provides a clear indication as to the contemporary state of sustainability in a time faced by issues such as global climate change, challenges of environmental justice, economic globalization and environmental contamination. The Palgrave Handbook of Sustainability explores three broad themes: Environmental Sustainability, Social Sustainability and Economic Sustainability. The authors critically explore these themes and provide insight into their linkages with one another to demonstrate the substantial efforts currently underway to address the sustainability of our planet. This handbook is an important contribution to the best practises on sustainability, drawn from many different examples across the fields of engineering, geology, anthropology, sociology, biology, chemistry and religion.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliv, 871 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319713892 , 978-3-319-71389-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Sustainability Definitions, Historical Context, and Frameworks / Sandra J. Garren and Robert Brinkmann Part I Environment 2 Sustainability and Natural Landscape Stewardship: A US Conservation Case Study / Johanna Kovarik 3 Policy Design for Sustainability at Multiple Scales: The Case of Transboundary Haze Pollution in Southeast Asia / Ishani Mukherjee 4 Sustainable Water Resources Management: Groundwater Depletion / Brian F. Thomas and Aimee C. Gibbons 5 America’s Path to Drinking Water Infrastructure Inequality and Environmental Injustice: The Case of Flint, Michigan / Adrienne L. Katner, Kelsey Pieper, Yanna Lambrinidou, Komal Brown, Wilma Subra, and Marc Edwards 6 Sustainable Renewable Energy: The Case of Burlington, Vermont / Sandra J. Garren 7 Greenhouse Gas Management: A Case Study of a Typical American City / Rachel M. Krause and J. C. Martel 8 Air Pollution and Greenhouse Gas Emissions in China: An Unsustainable Situation in Search of a Solution / Haakon Vennemo and Kristin Aunan 9 Waste Management Outlook for the Middle East / Salman Zafar 10 The Sustainability of Vicuña Conservation in Bolivia / Melissa Grigione, Lisa F. Daugherty, Rurik List, Jonathan Rushton, and Ronald Sarno 11 The Efficacy of Small Closures: A Tale of Two Marine Protected Areas in Canada / Ryan Stanley, Corey Morris, Paul Snelgrove, Anna Metaxas, and Pierre Pepin Part II Equity 12 Urban Social Sustainability: The Case Study of Nottingham, UK / Jenni Cauvain 13 Methods for Integrated Sustainability Assessment: The Case of Small Holder Farming in Karnataka, South India / Sheetal Patil and Seema Purushothaman 14 Japanese Women and Antinuclear Activism After the Fukushima Accident / Heidi Hutner 15 Emerging Social Movements for Sustainability: Understanding and Scaling Up Upcycling in the UK / Kyungeun Sung, Tim Cooper, and Sarah Kettley 16 Urban Vulnerability of Waste Workers in Nigerian Cities: The Case of Aba, Nigeria / Thaddeus Chidi Nzeadibe and Friday Uchenna Ochege 17 Designing Personal Sustainability into Organizational Culture: The Case of Burning Man / Morgan C. Benton and Nicole M. Radziwill 18 Political Leadership and Sustainability in Africa: Margaret Kenyatta / Jo-Ansie van Wyk 19 Environmental Law / Yumiko Nakanishi 20 Brownfield Redevelopment: Recycling the Urban Environment / Elizabeth Strom 21 Methodology for Selection of Sustainability Criteria: A Case of Social Housing in Peru / Daniel R. Rondinel-Oviedo and Christopher Schreier-Barreto 22 Treehugger Organic Farm: Visions for Small-Scale, Sustainable Agriculture in Broward, Florida / Thelma I. Velez Part III Economy 23 Economic Development and Sustainability: A Case Study from Long Island, New York / Robert Brinkmann 24 Sustainable Business / Deborah Rigling Gallagher 25 Contributing to Competitiveness in Retailing by Engaging in Sustainability: The Case of Migros / Thomas Rudolph, Kristina Kleinlercher, Marc Linzmajer, and Cornelia Diethelm 26 Environmental Purchasing in the City of Phoenix / Nicole Darnall, Lily Hsueh, Justin M.Stritch, and Stuart Bretchneider 27 The Dual Promise of Green Jobs: Sustainability and Economic Equity / Ellen Scully-Russ 28 Is Ecotourism Sustainable? A Case Study from Sri Lanka / Rathnayake Mudiyanselage Wasantha Rathnayake 29 Green Building and Sustainability: Diffusing Green Building Approaches in the UK and Germany / Kirstie O’Neill and David Gibbs 30 Green Universities: The Example of Western Kentucky University / Leslie A. North and Christian N. Ryan 31 Events, Festivals, and Sustainability: The Woodford Folk Festival, Australia / Kirsten Holmes and Judith Mair 32 We’d Like Our Clothes Back Please! Partnering with Consumers to Achieve Sustainability Goals / Diane M. Phillips and Jason Keith Phillips 33 Green IT: Hofstra University’s Information Technology Upgrades Created Unplanned Sustainable “Green Benefits” by Increasing Efficiency and Reducing Costs / Margaret Linehan and Catherine Fisher Part IV Regional and Local Examples 34 Sustainability in North America: The Canadian Experience / Mark Roseland and Maria Spiliotopoulou 35 African Sustainability and Global Governance / Timothy M. Shaw 36 Urban Sustainability in India: Evolution, Challenges and Opportunities / Shrimoyee Bhattacharya 37 Sustainability in Africa: The Service Delivery Issues of Zimbabwe / Innocent Chirisa, Liaison Mukarwi, and Abraham R. Matamanda 38 Sustainable Transportation in Mexico / Nora Munguia and Velazquez Luis 39 Sustainability in Small States: Luxembourg as a Post-suburban Space Under Growth Pressure in Need of a Cross-National Sustainability / Constance Carr 40 Florida’s Growth Management Experience: From Top-Down Direction to Laissez Faire Land Use / Aaron Deslatte 41 Planning for City Sustainability: GreenWorks Orlando Case Study / Christopher V. Hawkins 42 ZukunftGestalten@MUAS: Designing the Future at Munich University of Applied Science / Sascha Zinn and Ralf Isenmann 43 Sustainable Transportation Planning in the BosWash Corridor / Michelle R. Oswald Beiler 44 State-Sponsored Sustainability Within the Emirate of Abu Dhabi / Charles A. Matz III Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319742564 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Using a series of case studies, the book demonstrates the power of dynamic analysis as applied to the fossil record. The book considers how we think about certain types of paleontological questions and shows how to answer them. The analytical tools presented here will have wide application to other fields of knowledge; as such the book represents a major contribution to our deployment of modern scientific method as it builds on author's previous book, Dynamic Paleontology. Students and seasoned professionals alike will find this book to be of great utility for refining their approach to their ongoing and future research projects.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 288 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319742564 , 978-3-319-74256-4
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Seventh Law References 2 Shuram Excursion References 3 Clemente Biota References 4 Crystal Creature References 5 Trace Fossil Geometry References 6 Albion’s Ænigma References 7 Coelacanth Vestiges References 8 Barasaurus Squamation References 9 Tetrapteryx References 10 Zealanditherians References 11 Bifaces to the Ends of the Earth References 12 Feldspar Point References Systematics
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783319599281 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book introduces readers to ecological informatics as an emerging discipline that takes into account the data-intensive nature of ecology, the valuable information to be found in ecological data, and the need to communicate results and inform decisions, including those related to research, conservation and resource management. At its core, ecological informatics combines developments in information technology and ecological theory with applications that facilitate ecological research and the dissemination of results to scientists and the public. Its conceptual framework links ecological entities (genomes, organisms, populations, communities, ecosystems, landscapes) with data management, analysis and synthesis, and communicates new findings to inform decisions by following the course of a loop. In comparison to the 2nd edition published in 2006, the 3rd edition of Ecological Informatics has been completely restructured on the basis of the generic conceptual f ramework provided in Figure 1. It reflects the significant advances in data management, analysis and synthesis that have been made over the past 10 years, including new remote and in situ sensing techniques, the emergence of ecological and environmental observatories, novel evolutionary computations for knowledge discovery and forecasting, and new approaches to communicating results and informing decisions.  
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 482 Seiten) , Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 9783319599281 , 978-3-319-59928-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Ecological Informatics: An Introduction / Friedrich Recknagel and William K. Michener Part II Managing Ecological Data 2 Project Data Management Planning / William K. Michener 3 Scientific Databases for Environmental Research / John H. Porter 4 Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) / William K. Michener 5 Creating and Managing Metadata / William K. Michener 6 Preserve: Protecting Data for Long-Term Use / Robert B. Cook, Yaxing Wei, Leslie A. Hook, Suresh K.S. Vannan, and John J. McNelis 7 Data Discovery / William K. Michener 8 Data Integration: Principles and Practice / Mark Schildhauer Part III Analysis, Synthesis and Forecasting of Ecological Data 9 Inferential Modelling of Population Dynamics / Friedrich Recknagel, Dragi Kocev, Hongqing Cao, Christina Castelo Branco, Ricardo Minoti, and Saso Dzeroski 10 Process-Based Modeling of Nutrient Cycles and Food-Web Dynamics / George Arhonditsis, Friedrich Recknagel, and Klaus Joehnk 11 Uncertainty Analysis by Bayesian Inference / George Arhonditsis, Dong-Kyun Kim, Noreen Kelly, Alex Neumann, and Aisha Javed 12 Multivariate Data Analysis by Means of Self-Organizing Maps / Young-Seuk Park, Tae-Soo Chon, Mi-Jung Bae, Dong-Hwan Kim, and Sovan Lek 13 GIS-Based Data Synthesis and Visualization / Duccio Rocchini, Carol X. Garzon-Lopez, A. Marcia Barbosa, Luca Delucchi, Jonathan E. Olandi, Matteo Marcantonio, Lucy Bastin, and Martin Wegmann Part IV Communicating and Informing Decisions 14 Communicating and Disseminating Research Findings / Amber E. Budden and William K. Michener 15 Operational Forecasting in Ecology by Inferential Models and Remote Sensing / Friedrich Recknagel, Philip Orr, Annelie Swanepoel, Klaus Joehnk, and Janet Anstee 16 Strategic Forecasting in Ecology by Inferential and Process-Based Models / Friedrich Recknagel, George Arhonditsis, Dong-Kyun Kim, and Hong Hanh Nguyen Part V Case Studies 17 Biodiversity Informatics / Cynthia S. Parr and Anne E. Thessen 18 Lessons from Bioinvasion of Lake Champlain, U.S.A. / Timothy B. Mihuc and Friedrich Recknagel 19 The Global Lake Ecological Observatory Network / Paul C. Hanson, Kathleen C. Weathers, Hilary A. Dugan, and Corinna Gries 20 Long-Term Ecological Research in the Nakdong River: Application of Ecological Informatics to Harmful Algal Blooms / Dong-Gyun Hong, Kwang-Seuk Jeong, Dong-Kyun Kim, and Gea-Jae Joo 21 From Ecological Informatics to the Generation of Ecological Knowledge: Long-Term Research in the English Lake District / S.C. Maberly, D. Ciar, J.A. Elliott, I.D. Jones, C.S. Reynolds, S.J. Thackeray, and I.J. Winfield
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: 10.1144/SP522 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 522
    Description / Table of Contents: Mesozoic Biological Events and Ecosystems in East Asia covers a wide range of topics, encompassing palaeoenvironments, palaeoecosystems and important vertebrate, invertebrate and plant fossils, some found in amber with excellent preservation of delicate morphological features. Fifty-three authors from a number of different disciplines - geochronology, palaeontology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and geochemistry - contribute to the 18 articles in the volume. Well-preserved fossils and rocks continue to be found from marine and terrestrial sediments across East Asia. Over some years, the palaeontological and geological evidence discovered from this region has significantly improved our understanding of Mesozoic environments. In discussing feathered dinosaurs, primitive birds, early mammals, diverse insects, amber inclusions, the oldest-known flowers and research utilizing new, advanced methods, this volume explores Earth's history in even greater detail. What other exciting discoveries are waiting to be unveiled in the future?
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (329 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205681 , 978-1-78620-568-1
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 522
    Language: English
    Note: About this title - Ichnology in Shallow-marine and Transitional Environments C. Cónsole-Gonella, S. de Valais, I. Díaz-Martínez, P. Citton, M. Verde, and D. McIlroy https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522 Introduction Full Access8 March 2023 The ichnology of shallow-marine and transitional environments Carlos Cónsole-Gonella, Silvina de Valais, Ignacio Díaz-Martínez, Paolo Citton, Mariano Verde, and Duncan McIlroy https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-344 Articles Full Access22 December 2021 High-resolution geophysical imaging of reptile burrows (San Salvador rock iguana, the Bahamas): implications for ichnology and conservation ecology Ilya V. Buynevich, Thomas A. Rothfus, H. Allen Curran, Hayden A. Thacker, Rosa Peronace, Karen A. Kopcznski, and Perry L. Gnivecki https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-80 Full Access7 December 2022 The possible actiniarian sea anemone burrow Bergaueria hemispherica from the Pliensbachian (Lower Jurassic) of the Lusitanian Basin (Central Portugal) Carlos Neto de Carvalho and Ricardo Paredes https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-7 Full Access22 December 2021 Dactyloidites ottoi (Geinitz, 1849) in Bahamian Pleistocene carbonates: a shallowest-marine indicator H. Allen Curran and Bosiljka Glumac https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-69 Full Access9 February 2022 All post-Cambrian ichnospecies of Psammichnites Torell, 1870 belong to Olivellites Fenton and Fenton, 1937b Pablo J. Pazos and Carolina Gutiérrez https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-102 Full Access13 May 2022 Bored log-grounds by teredinid bivalves in marine deposits from the Monos Formation (Upper Cretaceous) in central Cuba Jorge Villegas-Martín, Claudia Inés Serrano-Brañas, Reinaldo Rojas-Consuegra, Alberto Arano-Ruiz, Mariano Verde, and Carlos Rafael Borges-Sellen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-125 Full Access30 March 2022 Glossifungites suites and tubular tempestites in Devonian shallow-marine deposits from Paraná Basin Daniel Sedorko, Renata G. Netto, Jorge Villegas-Martín, Sudipta Dasgupta, Francisco M. W. Tognoli, Josiane Plantz, Thiago Carelli, and Leonardo Borghi https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-113 Full Access20 September 2022 Ichnoassemblages from the Wilcox Formation in the Burgos Basin, northeastern Mexico María I. Hernández-Ocaña, Felipe Torres de la Cruz, Elizabeth Chacón Baca, Samuel Eguiluz de Antuñano, and Gabriel Chávez-Cabello https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-185 Full Access6 March 2023 Ichnological analysis and depositional setting of late Miocene marginal marine deposits from the Tafna Basin (northwestern Algeria) Mostapha Benzina, Amine Cherif, Mohammed Nadir Naimi, Hakim Hebib, and Mustapha Bensalah https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-275 Full Access1 February 2022 Exotic facies episodes of a carbonate platform: implications for middle and late Cambrian ecosystems and impact of bioturbation in the Alborz Basin, Iran Aram Bayet-Goll, Mehdi Daraei, Gerd Geyer, Carlos Neto de Carvalho, and Nasrin Bahrami https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2020-269 Full Access22 November 2022 Departures from the archetypal deltaic ichnofacies James A. MacEachern and Kerrie L. Bann https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2022-56 Full Access28 July 2022 Unusual sauropod slipping tracks preserved on a biostabilized tidal flat from the Lower Cretaceous of northern Patagonia, Argentina Arturo M. Heredia, Pablo J. Pazos, and Diana E. Fernández https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-136 Full Access30 August 2022 Dinosaur tracks in a Cretaceous (lower Albian) braid delta system (Basque–Cantabrian Basin, western Pyrenees): linking trace fossils suites and short-term preservation windows Ignacio Díaz-Martínez, Mikel A. López-Horgue, Luis M. Agirrezabala, Carlos Cónsole-Gonella, and Xabier Pereda-Suberbiola https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-197 Full Access5 January 2022 Defining the Bemaraha megatracksite: an update on dinosaur ichnology in Madagascar Alexander Wagensommer, Rainer Dolch, Tiana Ratolojanahary, Simon Donato, and Simone D'Orazi Porchetti https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-86 Full Access27 April 2022 The megatracksite phenomenon: implications for tetrapod palaeobiology across terrestrial-shallow-marine transitional zones Martin G. Lockley and Christian A. Meyer https://doi.org/10.1144/SP522-2021-164
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 10.1144/SP532
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 532
    Description / Table of Contents: The Ordovician is one of the longest and geologically most active periods in Phanerozoic history. The unique Ordovician biodiversifications established modern marine ecosystems, whereas the first plants originated on land. The two volumes cover all key topics on Ordovician research and provide a review of Ordovician successions across the globe.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource (vi, 514 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786209733
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 532
    Language: English
    Note: Title description Full Access10 May 2023 About this title - A Global Synthesis of the Ordovician System: Part 1 D. A. T. Harper, B. Lefebvre, I. G. Percival, and T. Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532 Introduction Full Access10 March 2023 The Ordovician System: Key concepts, events and its distribution across Europe David A. T. Harper, Bertrand Lefebvre, Ian G. Percival, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2023-8 Conceptualizing the Ordovician Period Open Access24 January 2023 A short history of the Ordovician System: from overlapping unit stratotypes to global stratotype sections and points David A. T. Harper, Tõnu Meidla, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-285 Open Access15 December 2022 Ordovician biostratigraphy: index fossils, biozones and correlation Daniel Goldman, Stephen A. Leslie, Yan Liang, and Stig M. Bergström https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-49 Open Access9 January 2023 Ordovician cyclostratigraphy and astrochronology Matthias Sinnesael https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-31 Full Access3 March 2023 Ordovician tephra distribution, tephrochronology and geochronology Patrick I. McLaughlin, Leon Normore, Bryan K. Sell, and Jahandar Ramezani https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-267 Full Access28 February 2023 Ordovician plate tectonic and palaeogeographical maps Christopher R. Scotese https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-311 Full Access10 March 2023 Changing palaeobiogeography during the Ordovician Period Thomas Servais, David A. T. Harper, Björn Kröger, Christopher Scotese, Alycia L. Stigall, and Yong-Yi Zhen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-168 Full Access20 January 2023 Seawater signatures of Ordovician climate and environment Seth A. Young, Cole T. Edwards, Leho Ainsaar, Anders Lindskog, and Matthew R. Saltzman https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-258 Full Access15 December 2022 The Ordovician ocean circulation: a modern synthesis based on data and models Alexandre Pohl, Elise Nardin, Thijs R. A. Vandenbroucke, and Yannick Donnadieu https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-1 Open Access10 November 2022 Terrestrialization in the Ordovician Charles H. Wellman, Borja Cascales-Miñana, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-92 The Ordovician System in Europe Open Access8 February 2023 A synopsis of the Ordovician System in its birthplace – Britain and Ireland Stewart G. Molyneux, David A. T. Harper, Mark R. Cooper, Steven Philip Hollis, Robert J. Raine, Adrian W. A. Rushton, M. Paul Smith, Philip Stone, Mark Williams, ... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-235 Open Access18 January 2023 The Ordovician of Scandinavia: a revised regional stage classification Arne Thorshøj Nielsen, Per Ahlberg, Jan Ove R. Ebbestad, Øyvind Hammer, David Alexander Taylor Harper, Anders Lindskog, Christian Mac Ørum Rasmussen, and Svend Stouge https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-157 Open Access18 November 2022 Ordovician of the Eastern Baltic palaeobasin and the Tornquist Sea margin of Baltica Tõnu Meidla, Leho Ainsaar, Olle Hints, and Sigitas Radzevičius https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-141 Full Access6 December 2022 Stratigraphy and Sedimentary Record of the Ordovician System in Poland: a Review Wiesław Trela https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-109 Full Access14 February 2023 The Ordovician of France and neighbouring areas of Belgium and Germany Bertrand Lefebvre, J. Javier Álvaro, Josep Maria Casas, Jean-François Ghienne, Alain Herbosch, Alfredo Loi, Eric Monceret, Jacques Verniers, Muriel Vidal, Daniel Vizcaïno, and Thomas Servais https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-268 Full Access24 November 2022 The Ordovician of Sardinia (Italy): from the ‘Sardic Phase’ to the end-Ordovician glaciation, palaeogeography and geodynamic context Alfredo Loi, Fabrizio Cocco, Giacomo Oggiano, Antonio Funedda, Muriel Vidal, Annalisa Ferretti, Francesco Leone, Sebastiano Barca, Stefano Naitza, Jean-François Ghienne, and Gian Luigi Pillola https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-121 Full Access8 February 2023 Ordovician of the Bohemian Massif Petr Kraft, Ulf Linnemann, Michal Mergl, Jana Bruthansová, Lukáš Laibl, and Gerd Geyer https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-191 Full Access16 January 2023 A global view on the Ordovician stratigraphy of southeastern Europe Annalisa Ferretti, Hans Peter Schönlaub, Valeri Sachanski, Gabriella Bagnoli, Enrico Serpagli, Gian Battista Vai, Slavcho Yanev, Miloš Radonjić, Constantin Balica, Luca Bianchini, ... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP532-2022-174
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, Volume 526
    Description / Table of Contents: Metals and minerals are essential for improving the quality of our lives, for new green energy technologies, and for a sustainable environment. This book addresses challenges in meeting the future demand for metals and minerals and presents results from ongoing research, surveying, exploration and exploitation of key minerals needed to supply the green and sustainable societies of the future.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressources (vi, 346 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781786205735 , 1786205734
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London 526
    Language: English
    Note: Title description Full Access10 June 2023 About this title - The Green Stone Age: Exploration and Exploitation of Minerals for Green Technologies M. Smelror, K. Hanghøj, and H. Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526 Introduction Open Access5 May 2023 Entering the Green Stone Age – introduction Morten Smelror, Karen Hanghøj, and Henrik Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-312 The path to zero: how geology is part of the solution Open Access25 May 2022 Minerals for future technologies: how Germany copes with challenges Ralph Watzel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-12 Open Access15 July 2022 Public geoscience solutions for diversifying Canada's critical mineral production Michael G. Gadd, Christopher J. M. Lawley, Louise Corriveau, Michel Houlé, Jan M. Peter, Alain Plouffe, Eric Potter, Anne-Aurélie Sappin, Jean-Luc Pilote, Geneviève Marquis, and Daniel Lebel https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-190 Open Access30 January 2023 European mineral intelligence – collecting, harmonizing and sharing data on European raw materials Lisbeth Flindt Jørgensen, Antje Wittenberg, Eimear Deady, Špela Kumelj, and Jørgen Tulstrup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-179 Full Access2 March 2023 Afghanistan's mineral fortune: prospects for fuelling a green transition? Thomas N. Hale and Saleem H. Ali https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-46 Open Access2 March 2023 Critical metals and minerals in the Nordic countries of Europe: diversity of mineralization and green energy potential Erik Jonsson, Tuomo Törmänen, Jakob Kløve Keiding, Terje Bjerkgård, Pasi Eilu, Jussi Pokki, Håvard Gautneb, Helge Reginiussen, Diogo Rosa, Martiya Sadeghi,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-55 Full Access27 January 2023 Critical and energy transition minerals in Argentina: mineral potential and challenges for strengthening public institutions Diego I. Murguía and Ana Elizabeth Bastida https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-172 Open Access17 April 2023 Digging our way to a Just Transition Eoin McGrath, Eoin O'Donnell, and Koen Torremans https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-201 Exploration for critical minerals Open Access4 July 2022 New models to aid the discovery of critical raw material deposits for the Green Stone Age Anna Bidgood and Murray Hitzman https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-79 Open Access27 May 2022 GREENPEG – exploration for pegmatite minerals to feed the energy transition: first steps towards the Green Stone Age Axel Müller, Wolfgang Reimer, Frances Wall, Ben Williamson, Julian Menuge, Marco Brönner, Claudia Haase, Klaus Brauch, Claudia Pohl, Alexandre Lima, Ana Teodoro,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-189 Full Access19 May 2022 The potential for REEs in igneous-related apatite deposits in Europe Sophie Decrée, Nolwenn Coint, Vinciane Debaille, Graham Hagen-Peter, Thierry Leduc, and Henrik Schiellerup https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-175 Open Access20 May 2022 A step towards meeting battery raw material demand: the geology and exploration of graphite deposits, examples from northern Norway Håvard Gautneb, Jan Steinar Rønning, and Bjørn Eskil Larsen https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-180 Full Access16 May 2022 Exploration and mining perspectives of the critical elements for green technologies in Ukraine Volodymyr A. Mykhailov, Oleksandr V. Hrinchenko, and Boris I. Malyuk https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2021-133 Exploration frontiers: seabed mineral deposits Full Access27 January 2023 MINDeSEA: exploring seabed mineral deposits in European seas, metallogeny and geological potential for strategic and critical raw materials Francisco J. González, Teresa Medialdea, Henrik Schiellerup, Irene Zananiri, Pedro Ferreira, Luis Somoza, Xavier Monteys, Trevor Alcorn, Egidio Marino, Ana B. Lobato,... https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-150 Full Access18 July 2022 Marine minerals’ role in future holistic mineral resource management Steinar Løve Ellefmo, Nicole Aberle, Verena Hagspiel, Mats Ingulstad, and Kurt Aasly https://doi.org/10.1144/SP526-2022-30
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 10.1144/SP521 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 521
    Description / Table of Contents: Mesozoic Biological Events and Ecosystems in East Asia covers a wide range of topics, encompassing palaeoenvironments, palaeoecosystems and important vertebrate, invertebrate and plant fossils, some found in amber with excellent preservation of delicate morphological features. Fifty-three authors from a number of different disciplines - geochronology, palaeontology, stratigraphy, sedimentology, tectonics and geochemistry - contribute to the 18 articles in the volume. Well-preserved fossils and rocks continue to be found from marine and terrestrial sediments across East Asia. Over some years, the palaeontological and geological evidence discovered from this region has significantly improved our understanding of Mesozoic environments. In discussing feathered dinosaurs, primitive birds, early mammals, diverse insects, amber inclusions, the oldest-known flowers and research utilizing new, advanced methods, this volume explores Earth's history in even greater detail. What other exciting discoveries are waiting to be unveiled in the future?
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vi, 242 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9781786205674 , 978-1-78620-567-4 , 178620567X
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 521
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Chang, S.-G. and Zheng, D. / Mesozoic biological events and ecosystems in East Asia: introduction Clues and evidence from vertebrate fossils Zhou, C.-F., Wang, X. and Wang, J. / First evidence for tooth–tooth occlusion in a ctenochasmatid pterosaur from the Early Cretaceous Jehol Biota Yang, T.-R. and Sander, P. M. / The reproductive biology of oviraptorosaurs: a synthesis Pei, R. and Xu, X. / New prospects on the cranial evolution of non-avialan paravian theropods based on geometric morphometrics Clues and evidence from invertebrate and plant fossils Zhang, Q., Zheng, D., Wang, B. and Zhang, H. / A review of Triassic insects in China Chen, J. / True hopper fossils (Fulgoromorpha and Cicadomorpha) in the Jurassic to Cretaceous of eastern Asia and their evolutionary implications Cui, D.-F., Hou, Y., Yin, P. and Wang, X. / A Jurassic flower bud from China Peng, J., Slater, S. M. and Vajda, V. / A Late Triassic vegetation record from the Huangshanjie Formation, Junggar Basin, China: possible evidence for the Carnian Pluvial Episode Liao, H. / Clam shrimp of the Middle–Late Jurassic Yanliao Biota in China Wang, H., Du, S., Yu, T., Li, S., Lu, H., Zhang, H., Cao, M. and Horne, D. J. / Ostracods from the Pingyi Basin (eastern China) and their significance for the K/Pg boundary Significant fossils from amber Zhang, Q. and Zhang, J. / New record of Zhangsolva Nagatomi and Yang, 1998 (Diptera, Zhangsolvidae) from mid-Cretaceous Burmese amber and its implications Yu, Y., Hu, G., Zhu, Y., Li, Y., Jiang, W., Rasnitsyn, A. P., Zhang, H. and Zhang, Q. / New material for Peleserphidae (Proctotrupoidea, Hymenoptera) in Mid-Cretaceous Burmese (Kachin) amber Yu, T. / New data on gastropod genus Hirsuticyclus (Caenogastropoda, Cyclophoridae) from mid-Cretaceous Kachin amber Jarzembowski, E. A., Zheng, D. and Zhao, X. / Is the beetle Omma (Insecta: Coleoptera) a living fossil? Zheng, D., Jarzembowski, E. A., Zhuo, D. and Nel, A. / Protohemiphlebiidae fam. nov., a stem hemiphlebioid damselfly from Cretaceous amber in Kachin Paleoenvironments and paleoecosystems Zhao, X., Zheng, D., Wang, H., Fang, Y., Xue, N. and Zhang, H. / Carbon cycle perturbation and mercury anomalies in terrestrial Oceanic Anoxic Event 1b from Jiuquan Basin, NW China Li, T., Yang, X.-J. and Zhu, Y.-B. / Estimates of late Albian atmospheric CO2 based on stomata of Pseudofrenelopsis from Jilin Province, NE China Wang, J., Zhou, C.-F., Jourdan, F. and Chang, S.-C. / Jehol fossils from the Jiaolai Basin of Shandong, North China: review and new perspectives Wang, J., Yuan, Y., Zhang, D. and Chang, S.-C. / Detrital zircon geochronology of Late Cretaceous successions in the Ganzhou Basin, South China: evidence of a major tectonic transition Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 10.1144/SP516 (e-book)
    In: Special publications / the Geological Society, London, No. 516
    Description / Table of Contents: Gold occurs in many settings, but the dynamic nature of Earth's crust means overlapping and overprinting deposit styles are common. Characterization of mineralization from an early stage becomes important, particularly where the mineralization is complex, in order to maximize exploration and project development success and mining productivity. Various techniques are used at different stages of a project to characterize gold deposits. This Special Publication offers a cross-section of some specific techniques used to investigate a variety of gold deposit types. The papers highlight both the breadth of the available techniques and their utility in deposit characterization, but also the many significant remaining questions and problems related to the exploration and research of gold deposits. Several papers include suggestions of avenues for fruitful further research, including a paper discussing a new approach to classifying orogenic gold deposits, and a paper describing archaeological applications of natural gold analyses.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: vi, 432 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9781786205490 , 978-1-78620-549-0
    ISSN: 0305-8719
    Series Statement: Special publications / the Geological Society, London No. 516
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Torvela, T., Chapman, R. and Lambert-Smith, J. / An introduction to Recent Advances in Understanding Gold Deposits: from Orogeny to Alluvium: the importance of multi-method approaches and developing a characterization Large-scale processes, models and multi-variate datasets Mortensen, J. K., Craw, D. and MacKenzie, D. J. / Concepts and revised models for Phanerozoic orogenic gold deposits Babedi, L., von der Heyden, B. P., Tadie, M. and Mayne, M. / Trace elements in pyrite from five different gold ore deposit classes: a review and meta-analysis Liu, Y., Zhao, Y., Xue, C., Yu, L., Chu, H. and Zhao, X. / The Changshagou gold deposit, Eastern Tianshan, NW China: orogenic gold mineralization overprinting a porphyry gold occurrence Mesquita, M. J., Gomes, M. E. B., Moreira, I. de C., Paes, R. A. S., Martins, H. E. da S., Matos, J. H., Ruggiero, A., Primo, G., Ducart, D. F., Poggi, L., Pimenta, V., de Laurentis, L. Z. and Kunifoshita, A. M. U. / Paleoproterozoic gold deposits at Alta Floresta Mineral Province, Brazil: two overprinted mineralizing events? Zhao, W., Zhao, X., Xue, C., Seltmann, R., Dolgopolova, A., Andersen, J. C., Cui, X. and Xing, L. / Thermochronological constraints on the exhumation history of the Carboniferous Katebasu gold deposit, western Tianshan gold belt, NW China Orogenic gold deposit case studies Combes, V., Eglinger, A., André-Mayer, A.-S., Teitler, Y., Heuret, A., Gibert, P. and Béziat, D. / Polyphase gold mineralization at the Yaou deposit, French Guiana Perret, J., André-Mayer, A.-S., Eglinger, A., Feneyrol, J., Voinot, A., Morlot, C., Barou, F., Teitler, Y., Seira, D. and Bosc, R. / Structural and geochemical ore-forming processes in deformed gold deposits: towards a multiscale and multimethod approach Smith, M., Banks, D., Ray, S. and Bowers, F. / Hypozonal gold mineralization in shear zone-hosted deposits driven by fault valve action and fluid mixing: the Nalunaq deposit, Greenland Alexandre, P. and Fayek, M. / Formation temperature and ages of the True North ‘orogenic’ gold deposit in Manitoba, Canada Gold in the surficial environment Chapman, R. J., Craw, D., Moles, N. R., Banks, D. A. and Grimshaw, M. R. / Evaluation of the contributions of gold derived from hypogene, supergene and surficial processes in the formation of placer gold deposits Chapman, R. J., Moles, N. R., Bluemel, B. and Walshaw, R. D. / Detrital gold as an indicator mineral Masson, F.-X., Beaudoin, G. and Laurendeau, D. / Multi-method 2D and 3D reconstruction of gold grain morphology in alluvial deposits: a review and application to the Rivière du Moulin (Québec, Canada) Combes, V., Teitler, Y., Eglinger, A., André-Mayer, A.-S., Heuret, A., Pochon, A., Cathelineau, M. and Gibert, P. / Diversity of supergene gold expressions and implications for gold targetting in an equatorial regolith (AMG’s Couriège Exploration Prospect, French Guiana) Leal, S., Lima, A. and Noronha, F. / Characterization of heavy mineral concentrates and detrital gold particles from the Bigorne granite-hosted gold deposit in the Iberian Variscan Belt Standish, C. D., Chapman, R. J., Moles, N. R., Walshaw, R. D. and Sheridan, J. A. / Archaeological applications of natural gold analyses Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Series Statement: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: 9783319396170 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the diverse strategies invertebrate animals have developed for nitrogen excretion and maintenance of acid-base balance and summarizes the most recent findings in the field, obtained by state-of-the-art methodology. A broad range of terrestrial, freshwater and marine invertebrate groups are covered, including crustaceans, cephalopods, insects and worms. In addition the impact of current and future changes in ocean acidification on marine invertebrates due to anthropogenic CO2 release will be analyzed. The book addresses graduate students and young researchers interested in general animal physiology, comparative physiology and marine/aquatic animal physiology. Also it is an essential source for researchers dealing with the effects of increasing pCO2 levels on aquatic animals, of which the vast majority are indeed invertebrates. All chapters are peer-reviewed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 306 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319396170 , 978-3-319-39617-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Nitrogen Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Dirk Weihrauch, Sandra Fehsenfeld, and Alex Quijada-Rodriguez 2 Nitrogenous Waste Metabolism Within Terrestrial Crustacea, with Special Reference to Purine Deposits and Their Metabolism / Stuart M. Linton, Jonathan C. Wright, and Caitlin G. Howe 3 Gill Ion Transport ATPases and Ammonia Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Francisco A. Leone, Malson N. Lucena, Daniela P. Garçon, Marcelo R. Pinto, and John C. McNamara 4 Nitrogen Excretion and Metabolism in Insects / M. J. O’Donnell and Andrew Donini 5 Nitrogen Excretion in Nematodes, Platyhelminthes, and Annelids / Alex R. Quijada-Rodriguez, Aida Adlimoghaddam, and Dirk Weihrauch 6 Acid–Base Regulation in Aquatic Decapod Crustaceans / Sandra Fehsenfeld and Dirk Weihrauch 7 Cell Biology of Reef-Building Corals: Ion Transport, Acid/Base Regulation, and Energy Metabolism / Martin Tresguerres, Katie L. Barott, Megan E. Barron, Dimitri D. Deheyn, David I. Kline, and Lauren B. Linsmayer 8 Acid–Base Regulation in Insect Haemolymph / Philip G.D. Matthews 9 Acid–Base Loops in Insect Larvae with Extremely Alkaline Midgut Regions / Horst Onken and David F. Moffett 10 pH Regulation and Excretion in Echinoderms / Meike Stumpp and Marian Y. Hu 11 Acid–Base Regulation and Ammonia Excretion in Cephalopods: An Ontogenetic Overview / Marian Hu and Yung-Che Tseng Service Part Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9783319729534 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The quantity, diversity and availability of transport data is increasing rapidly, requiring new skills in the management and interrogation of data and databases. Recent years have seen a new wave of 'big data', 'Data Science', and 'smart cities' changing the world, with the Harvard Business Review describing Data Science as the "sexiest job of the 21st century". Transportation professionals and researchers need to be able to use data and databases in order to establish quantitative, empirical facts, and to validate and challenge their mathematical models, whose axioms have traditionally often been assumed rather than rigorously tested against data. This book takes a highly practical approach to learning about Data Science tools and their application to investigating transport issues. The focus is principally on practical, professional work with real data and tools, including business and ethical issues.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 185 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9783319729534 , 978-3-319-72953-4
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 “Data Science” and “Big Data” 1.1 Transport Data Science Examples 1.1.1 Origin-Destination Analysis on the London Orbital Motorway 1.1.2 Airline Pricing and Arbitrage 1.1.3 Pothole Monitoring 1.1.4 Foursquare 1.1.5 Self-driving Cars 1.1.6 Taxi Services 1.2 The Claim 1.3 Definitions 1.4 Relationship with Other Fields 1.5 Ethics 1.6 Cynical Views 1.7 Exercise: itsleeds Virtual Desktop Setup 1.8 Further Reading 1.9 Appendix: Native Installation 2 Python for Data Science Primer 2.1 Programming Skills Check 2.2 Programming Languages 2.3 Programming Environment 2.4 Core Language 2.4.1 Lists 2.4.2 Dictionaries 2.4.3 Control Structures 2.4.4 Files 2.4.5 Functions 2.5 Libraries 2.5.1 Modules 2.5.2 Mathematics 2.5.3 Plotting 2.5.4 Data Frames 2.5.5 Debugging 2.6 Further Reading 3 Database Design 3.1 Before the Relational Model 3.2 Picturing the World 3.2.1 Ontology 3.2.2 Philosophical Ontology 3.2.3 Data Ontology 3.2.4 Structured Query Language (SQL) 3.3 Exercises 3.3.1 Setting up PostgreSQL 3.3.2 SQL Creation Language 3.3.3 SQL Query Language 3.3.4 SQL Python Binding 3.3.5 Importing Vehicle Bluetooth Data 3.4 Further Reading 4 Data Preparation 4.1 Obtaining Data 4.2 Basic Text Processing 4.3 Formal Grammar: The Chomsky Hierarchy 4.3.1 Regular Languages (Type 3) 4.3.2 Context-Free Languages (Type 2) 4.3.3 Beyond CFGs (Types 1 and 0) 4.4 Special Types 4.4.1 Strings and Numbers 4.4.2 Dates and Times 4.4.3 National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) Format 4.5 Common Formats 4.6 Cleaning 4.7 B + Tree Implementation 4.8 Exercises 4.8.1 Reading the Database with Pandas 4.8.2 printf Notation 4.8.3 DateTimes 4.8.4 Time Alignment and Differencing 4.8.5 Parsing 4.8.6 Vehicle Bluetooth Munging 4.9 Further Reading 5 Spatial Data 5.1 Geodesy 5.2 Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) 5.3 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 5.3.1 Role of GIS System 5.3.2 Spatial Ontology 5.3.3 Spatial Data Structures 5.4 Implementations 5.4.1 Spatial Files 5.4.2 Spatial Data Sources 5.4.3 Spatial Databases 5.4.4 Spatial Data Frames 5.5 Exercises 5.5.1 GPS Projections 5.5.2 PostGIS 5.5.3 GeoPandas 5.5.4 QGIS Road Maps 5.5.5 Plotting Open Street Map (OSM) Roads 5.5.6 Obtaining OSM Data 5.5.7 Bluetooth Traffic Sensor Sites 5.6 Further Reading 6 Bayesian Inference 6.1 Bayesian Inference Versus “Statistics” 6.2 Motorway Journey Times 6.3 Bayesian Inference 6.3.1 Bayes’ Theorem 6.3.2 Legal Inference: A Pedestrian Hit-and-Run Incident 6.3.3 Priors and Posteriors 6.3.4 Road User Tracking 6.4 Bayesian Networks 6.4.1 Bayesian Network for Traffic Lights 6.4.2 Bayesian Network for Traffic Accidents 6.4.3 Reporting 6.4.4 Car Insurance 6.5 Priors and Prejudice 6.6 Causality 6.7 Model Comparison and Combination 6.8 Exercises 6.8.1 Inferring Traffic Lights with PyMC3 6.8.2 Inferring Accident Road State Change with PyMC3 6.8.3 Switching Poisson Journey Times 6.9 Further Reading 7 Machine Learning 7.1 Generative Versus Discriminative Vehicle Emissions 7.2 Simple Classifiers 7.2.1 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 7.2.2 Nearest Neighbor 7.2.3 Template Matching 7.2.4 Naïve Bayes Classification 7.2.5 Decision Trees 7.3 Neural Networks and “Deep Learning” 7.3.1 Parallel Computing Back-Propagation 7.4 Limitations and Extensions 7.5 Exercises 7.6 Further Reading 8 Spatial Analysis 8.1 Spatial Statistics 8.2 Bayesian Spatial Models 8.2.1 Markov Random Fields (MRF) 8.2.2 Gaussian Processes (Kriging) 8.3 Vehicle Routing 8.3.1 Link-breaking 8.4 Spatial Features 8.5 Exploratory Analysis 8.6 Scaling Issues 8.7 Exercises 8.7.1 Gaussian Processes in GPy 8.7.2 Gaussian Process Traffic Densities 8.7.3 Vehicle Routing with PostGIS 8.7.4 Finding Roadside Sensor Sites 8.8 Further Reading 9 Data Visualisation 9.1 Visual Perception 9.1.1 Colours 9.1.2 Visual Attention 9.2 Geographic Visualization (Maps) 9.2.1 Traffic Flow Maps 9.2.2 Slippy Maps 9.2.3 Info-Graphics 9.3 Exercises 9.3.1 Web Page Maps with Leaflet 9.3.2 Bluetooth Origin-Destination Flows 9.3.3 Large Project Suggestions 9.4 Further Reading 10 Big Data 10.1 Medium-Sized Data Speedups 10.2 Enterprise Data Scaling 10.3 CAP Theorem 10.4 Big Data Scaling 10.4.1 Data “Lakes” 10.4.2 Grid Computing 10.4.3 Map-Reduce and Cloud Computing 10.4.4 Hadoop Ecosystem 10.4.5 Non-relational Databases (“NoSQL”) 10.4.6 Distributed Relational Databases (“NewSQL”) 10.5 Exercises 10.5.1 Prolog AI Car Insurance Queries 10.5.2 Map-Reduce on Vehicle Bluetooth Data 10.5.3 Setting up Hadoop and Spark 10.5.4 Finding Vehicle Matches in Hadoop 10.5.5 Traffic Flow Prediction with Spark 10.5.6 Large Project Suggestions 10.6 Further Reading 11 Professional Issues 11.1 Morals, Ethics, and Law 11.2 Ethical Issues 11.2.1 Privacy 11.2.2 De-anonymization (“Doxing”) 11.2.3 Predictive Analytics 11.2.4 Social and Selfish Equilibria 11.2.5 Monetization 11.2.6 Ontological Bias 11.2.7 p-hacking 11.2.8 Code Quality 11.2.9 Agency Conflicts 11.2.10 Server Jurisdiction 11.2.11 Security Services 11.3 UK Legal Framework 11.3.1 Data Protection Act 1988 11.3.2 General Data Protection Regulation (GPDR) 11.4 Role of the Data Scientist 11.5 Exercises 11.6 Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    facet.materialart.12
    [Berlin] : Springer
    Call number: 9783642254406 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book focusses on atmospheric processes, which directly affect human environments within the lowest 100–1000 meters of the atmosphere over regions of only a few kilometres in extent. The book is the translation into English of the third edition of the German book “Applied Meteorology – Micrometeorological Methods”. It presents, with selected examples, the basics of micrometeorology applied to disciplines such as biometeorology, agrometeorology, hydrometeorology, technical meteorology, environmental meteorology, and biogeosciences. The important issues discussed in this book are the transport processes and fluxes between the atmosphere and the underlying surface. Vegetated and heterogeneous surfaces are special subjects. The author covers the areas of theory, measurement techniques, experimental methods, and modelling all in ways that can be used independently in teaching, research, or practical applications.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 362 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: second edition
    ISBN: 9783642254406 , 978-3-642-25440-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 General Basics 1.1 Micrometeorology 1.2 Atmospheric Scales 1.3 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 1.4 Energy Balance at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.1 Net Radiation at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.2 Ground Heat Flux and Ground Heat Storage 1.4.3 Turbulent Fluxes 1.5 Water Balance Equation References 2 Basic Equations of Atmospheric Turbulence 2.1 Equation of Motion 2.1.1 Navier-Stokes Equation of Mean Motion 2.1.2 Turbulent Equation of Motion 2.1.3 Closure Techniques 2.2 Equation of the Turbulence Kinetic Energy 2.3 Flux-Gradient Similarity 2.3.1 Profile Equations for Neutral Stratification 2.3.2 Integration of the Profile Equation—Roughness and Zero-Plane Displacement 2.3.3 Monin-Obukhov’s Similarity Theory 2.3.4 Bowen-Ratio Similarity 2.4 Flux-Variance Similarity 2.5 Turbulence Spectrum 2.6 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 2.6.1 Mixed Layer Height 2.6.2 Resistance Law 2.6.3 Integral Turbulence Characteristics References 3 Specifics of the Near-Surface Turbulence 3.1 Properties of the Underlying Surface 3.1.1 Roughness—Additional Remarks 3.1.2 Zero-Plane Displacement—Additional Remarks 3.1.3 Profiles in Plant Canopies 3.2 Internal Boundary Layers 3.2.1 Definition 3.2.2 Experimental Findings 3.2.3 Thermal Internal Boundary Layer 3.2.4 Blending-Height Concept 3.2.5 Practical Relevance of Internal Boundary Layers 3.3 Obstacles 3.4 Footprint 3.4.1 Definition 3.4.2 Footprint Models 3.4.3 Application of Footprint Models 3.5 High Vegetation 3.5.1 Behaviour of Meteorological Parameters in a Forest 3.5.2 Counter Gradient Fluxes—Coherent Structures 3.5.3 Roughness Sublayer—Mixing Layer 3.5.4 Coupling Between the Atmosphere and Plant Canopies 3.6 Advection 3.7 Conditions Under Stable Stratification 3.8 Energy Balance Closure References 4 Experimental Methods for Estimating the Fluxes of Energy and Matter 4.1 Profile Method 4.1.1 Profile Method with Two Measurement Heights 4.1.2 Profile Measurements with Several Measurement Heights 4.1.3 Power-Law 4.2 Eddy-Covariance Method 4.2.1 General Basics 4.2.2 Basics in Measurement Technique 4.2.3 Applicable Correction Methods 4.2.4 Corrections in Question 4.2.5 Quality Assurance 4.2.6 Overall Evaluation 4.3 Flux-Variance Relations 4.4 Accumulation Methods 4.4.1 Eddy-Accumulations-Method (EA) 4.4.2 Relaxed Eddy-Accumulation Method (REA) 4.4.3 Disjunct Eddy-Covariance Method (DEC) 4.4.4 Surface Renewal Method 4.5 Fluxes of Chemical Substances References 5 Modeling of the Energy and Matter Exchange 5.1 Energy Balance Methods 5.1.1 Determination of the Potential Evaporation 5.1.2 Determination of the Actual Evaporation 5.1.3 Determination from Routine Weather Observations 5.2 Hydrodynamical Multilayer Models 5.3 Resistance Approach 5.4 Modelling of Water Surfaces 5.5 Boundary Layer Modelling 5.5.1 Prognostic Models for the Mixed Layer Height 5.5.2 Parametrization of the Wind Profile in the Boundary Layer 5.6 Modeling in Large-Scale Models 5.7 Large-Eddy Simulation 5.8 Area Averaging 5.8.1 Simple Area Averaging Methods 5.8.2 Complex Area-Averaging Methods 5.8.3 Model Coupling References 6 Measurement Technique 6.1 Data Collection 6.1.1 Principles of Digital Data Collection 6.1.2 Signal Sampling 6.1.3 Transfer Function 6.1.4 Inertia of a Measurement System 6.2 Measurement of Meteorological Elements 6.2.1 Radiation Measurements 6.2.2 Wind Measurements 6.2.3 Temperature and Humidity Measurements 6.2.4 Precipitation Measurements 6.2.5 Remote Sensing Methods 6.2.6 Other Measurement Techniques 6.3 Quality Assurance 6.3.1 Measurement Planning 6.3.2 Quality Control 6.3.3 Intercomparison of Measurement Devices References 7 Microclimatology 7.1 Climatological Scales 7.2 Generation of Local Climates 7.2.1 Small-Scale Changes of Climate Elements 7.2.2 Local Climate Types 7.3 Microclimate Relevant Circulations 7.3.1 Land-Sea Wind Circulation 7.3.2 Mountain-Valley Circulation 7.4 Local Cold-Air Flows 7.5 Land Use Changes and Local Climate 7.5.1 Changes of Surface Roughness 7.5.2 Changes of the Evaporation 7.5.3 Change of the Albedo 7.5.4 Degradation 7.6 Microclimatological Measurements References 8 Applied Meteorology 8.1 Examples of Applied Meteorological Applications 8.1.1 Distribution of Air Pollution 8.1.2 Meteorological Conditions of Wind Energy Use 8.1.3 Sound Propagation in the Atmosphere 8.1.4 Human Biometeorology 8.2 Perspectives of the Applied Meteorology References Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319579269 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to the dangerous fishes found offshore the eastern and southern Arabian Peninsula. It covers information about the main groups of dangerous fish species i.e., biting and predator fish group, venomous stinging fish, electric shock fish, harmful stinging fish, and poisonous fish. In the latter group, the book gives details about fishes that cause several types of toxicities to human. The purpose of this book is to thoroughly introduce life, nature and methods of dangerous fishes in order to form awareness about their danger and to take the proper preventive steps. It will appeal to researchers, scholars, divers, the sea coast visitors and students of marine biology as it is highly informative and carefully presented. This book is the first of its kind for the Arabian region in particular and the Middle East in general.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 322 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Corrected at 2nd printing 2018
    ISBN: 9783319579269 , 978-3-319-57926-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Geography 1.2 Geology 1.3 Oceanography 1.4 Climate 1.5 Biodiversity References Part I Dangerous Fishes 2 Biting and Predator Fish Group 2.1 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) 2.1.1 Relationship of Sharks to Humans 2.2 Osteichthyes (Teleostean Fishes) 2.2.1 Moray eels 2.3 Wolf-Herring and Barracuda 2.3.1 Barracuda Attacks and Bites 2.4 Triggerfish 2.4.1 Reported Cases of Triggerfish Bites 2.5 Ribbonfish 2.5.1 Bite of Ribbonfish and Its Mechanism References 3 Harmful Fish Group 3.1 Needlefish 3.1.1 Injuries Caused by Needlefishes 3.2 Surgeonfish 3.2.1 Cuts Caused by Surgeonfish References 4 Electric Fishes 4.1 Electric Rays and Their Electric Organ References Part II Poisonous and Venomous Fishes 5 Poisonous Fishes 5.1 Ichthyosarcotoxic Fishes 5.1.1 Elasmobranch Fish Poisoning 5.1.2 Ciguatoxic Fishes 5.1.3 Clupeotoxic Fishes 5.1.4 Gempylotoxic Fishes 5.1.5 Scomberotoxic Fishes 5.1.6 Hallucinogenic Fishes 5.1.7 Tetrodotoxic Fishes 5.2 Ichthyootoxic Fishes 5.2.1 Ichthyootoxic Fish Species 5.3 Ichthyogallotoxic Fishes 5.3.1 Ichthyogallotoxic Fish Species References 6 Ichthyohemotoxic Fishes 6.1 Background 6.2 Causative Agent 6.3 Symptoms 6.4 Treatment and Prevention 6.5 Ichthyohemotoxic Fish Species References 7 Venomous Fishes 7.1 Ithyocrinotoxic Fishes 7.1.1 Catfishes 7.1.2 Boxfishes 7.1.3 Species of Eels 7.1.4 Flatfishes 7.1.5 Pufferfish 7.1.6 Ichthyocrinotoxic Fish Species 7.2 Acanthotoxic (Venomous) Fishes 7.2.1 Venomous Stingrays 7.2.2 Venomous Catfishes 7.2.3 Venomous Scorpaenid Fishes 7.2.4 Venomous Stonefishes 7.2.5 Venomous Toadfishes 7.2.6 Venomous Spadefishes or Scats 7.2.7 Venomous Stargazers 7.2.8 Venomous Rabbit Fishes References Erratum to: Dangerous Fishes of the Eastern and Southern Arabian Peninsula About the Author Common Name Index Scientific Name Index General Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: 9789401772426 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive compilation of conceptual perspectives, methodological approaches and empirical insights of inter- and transdisciplinary sustainability science. Written by an international team of authors from leading sustainability institutions, the textbook covers key perspectives and topics of the scientific discourse on sustainable development. More than two decades after conceptualizing sustainability as societal guiding vision and regulative idea the necessity of concretizing and realizing sustainability in societal praxis is bigger than ever. Sharply improved individual and societal sustainable decision-making and action is necessary for a better future of humankind and the planet. On that account problem- and solution-oriented perspectives and competencies are crucial. The different chapters assemble an encompassing view of essential foundations and specific areas of research and action in sustainability science and practice. The textbook aims at fostering the further establishment of sustainability science in higher education and to enable the next generation of sustainability experts to tackle the challenging and exciting topic of sustainable development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 367 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9789401772426 , 978-94-017-7242-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction / Harald Heinrichs, Arnim Wiek, Pim Martens, and Gerd Michelsen 2 Sustainable Development – Background and Context / Gerd Michelsen, Maik Adomßent, Pim Martens, and Michael von Hauff 3 Transformational Sustainability Research Methodology / Arnim Wiek and Daniel J. Lang 4 Green and Sustainable Chemistry / Klaus Kümmerer and James Clark 5 Sustainability and Ecosystems / Henrik von Wehrden, Goddert von Oheimb, David J. Abson, and Werner Härdtle 6 Sustainability Assessment of Technologies / Sjouke Beemsterboer and René Kemp 7 Corporate Sustainability Management / Stefan Schaltegger, Erik G. Hansen, and Heiko Spitzeck 8 Sustainable Development in Economics / Michael von Hauff 9 Sustainable Development and Law / Marjan Peeters and Thomas Schomerus 10 Finance and Sustainability / Olaf Weber 11 Sustainability: Politics and Governance / Harald Heinrichs and Frank Biermann 12 Sustainability Communication / Daniel Fischer, Gesa Lüdecke, Jasmin Godemann, Gerd Michelsen, Jens Newig, Marco Rieckmann, and Daniel Schulz 13 Sustainability and Science Policy / Uwe Schneidewind, Mandy Singer-Brodowksi, and Karoline Augenstein 14 Justice and Sustainability / Sonja Klinsky and Aaron Golub 15 Sustainability Ethics / Nils Ole Oermann and Annika Weinert 16 Ocean Space and Sustainability / Jan H. Stel 17 Sustainable Landscape Development / Michael Stauffacher and Pius Krütli 18 Sustainable Development and Material Flows / Beatrice John, Andreas Möller, and Annika Weiser 19 Sustainable Energy Systems / Stefan Lechtenböhmer and Lars J. Nilsson 20 Sustainability and Health / Maud M.T.E. Huynen and Pim Martens 21 Mobility and Sustainability / Aaron Golub 22 International Development and Sustainability / Rimjhim M. Aggarwal 23 Tourism and Sustainability / David Manuel-Navarrete 24 Consumption and Sustainability / John Harlow, Michael J. Bernstein, Bastien Girod, and Arnim Wiek 25 Climate Change: Responding to a Major Challenge for Sustainable Development / Pim Martens, Darryn McEvoy, and Chiung Ting Chang 26 Art and Sustainability / Heather Sealy Lineberry and Arnim Wiek 27 Teaching and Learning in Sustainability Science / Matthias Barth 28 Education for Sustainable Development / Niko Roorda and Han van Son 29 Problem-Based and Project-Based Learning for Sustainable Development / Ron Cörvers, Arnim Wiek, Joop de Kraker, Daniel J. Lang, and Pim Martens 30 Science for Sustainability – A Societal and Political Perspective / Günther Bachmann
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783319746692 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insight on a range of issues focused on three themes; what new climate change information is being developed, how that knowledge is communicated and how it can be usefully applied across international, regional and local scales. There is increasing international investment and interest to develop and communicate updated climate change information to promote effective action. As change accelerates and planetary boundaries are crossed this information becomes particularly relevant to guide decisions and support both proactive adaptation and mitigation strategies. Developing new information addresses innovations in producing interdisciplinary climate change knowledge and overcoming issues of data quality, access and availability. This book examines effective information systems to guide decision-making for immediate and future action. Cases studies in developed and developing countries illustrate how climate change information promotes immediate and future actions across a range of sectors.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 219 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319746692 , 978-3-319-74669-2
    ISSN: 2352-0701 , 2352-0698
    Series Statement: Springer Climate
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Developing Climate Change Information 1 Science and Knowledge Production for Climate Change Adaptation: Challenges and Opportunities / Silvia Serrao-Neumann and Anne Coudrain 2 Science and Evidence-Based Climate Change Policy: Collaborative Approaches to Improve the Science–Policy Interface / Edward A. Morgan and Gabriela Marques Di Giulio 3 Conceptual Analysis of Climate Change in the Light of Society-Environment Relationships: Observatories Closer to Both Systems and Societies / Mireille Fargette, Maud Loireau, Nabil Ben Khatra, Habiba Khiari and Thérèse Libourel 4 Rethinking IPCC Expertise from a Multi-actor Perspective / Maud H. Devès, Michel Lang, Paul-Henri Bourrelier and François Valérian 5 Computational Constraint Models for Decision Support and Holistic Solution Design / Carmen Gervet Part II Communicating Climate Change Information 6 Uncertainty and Future Planning: The Use of Scenario Planning for Climate Change Adaptation Planning and Decision / Silvia Serrao-Neumann and Darryl Low Choy 7 Future Climate Narratives: Combining Personal and Professional Knowledge to Adapt to Climate Change / Liese Coulter 8 Integrating Research and Practice in Emerging Climate Services—Lessons from Other Transdisciplinary Dialogues / Susanne Schuck-Zöller, Carina Brinkmann and Simone Rödder 9 Communicating Climate Information: Traveling Through the Decision-Making Process / Ghislain Dubois, Femke Stoverinck and Bas Amelung 10 Transforming Climate Change Policymaking: From Informing to Empowering the Local Community / Michael Howes 11 Resilience and Vulnerability Assessment as the Basis for Adaptation Dialogue in Information-Poor Environments: A Cambodian Example / Chris Jacobson, Stacy Crevello, Chanseng Nguon and Chanthan Chea Part III Applying Climate Change Information: Case Studies 12 Scalable Interactive Platform for Geographic Evaluation of Sea-Level Rise Impact Combining High-Performance Computing and WebGIS Client / Agnès Tellez-Arenas, Robin Quique, Faïza Boulahya, Gonéri Le Cozannet, François Paris, Sylvestre Le Roy, Fabrice Dupros and François Robida 13 Coral Reef Monitoring Coping with Climate Change, Toward a Socio-ecological System Perspective / Gilbert David and Jean-Pascal Quod 14 The Experience of the Brazilian Climate and Health Observatory: Seeking Interaction Between Organizations and Civil Society / Renata Gracie, Diego Ricardo Xavier, Sandra de Souza Hacon, Vanderlei Matos, Heglaucio da Silva Barros, Maria de Fátima de Pina and Christovam Barcellos Part IV Conclusion 15 Informing Decisions with Climate Change Information / Liese Coulter and Anne Coudrain Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Call number: 9783319514123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook deals with the most important items in Marine Geology, including some pioneer work. The list of topics has grown greatly in the last few decades beyond the items identified by Eugen Seibold as central and now includes prominently such things as methane and climate change; that is, the carbon cycle and the Earth system as a whole. Relevant geophysical, geochemical, sedimentological and paleontological methods are shortly described. They should allow the reader to comment on new results about plate tectonics, marine sedimentation from the coasts to the deep sea, climatological aspects, paleoceanology and the use of the sea floor. The text tries to transmit to the reader excitement of marine geological research both aboard and in modern laboratories. Basic mineralogical, geochemical, biological and other relevant data and a detailed list of books and symposia are given in an Appendix. This Introduction builds on the third edition of “The Sea Floor” by E. Seibold and W.H. Berger. While much of the original text was written by Seibold, a considerable portion of the material presented in this edition is new, taking into account the recent great shift in marine geological research, some of it with great relevance to human concerns arising in a rapidly changing world.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 268 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 29 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9783319514123 , 978-3-319-51412-3
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Basins 3 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Margins 4 Sources and Composition of Marine Sediments 5 Effects of Waves and Currents 6 Sea-Level Processes and Effects of Sea-Level Change 7 Productivity of the Ocean and Implications 8 Benthic Organisms and Environmental Reconstruction 9 Imprint of Climate Zonation on Marine Sediments 10 Deep-Sea Sediments: Patterns and Processes 11 Geologic History of the Sea: The Ice-Age Ocean 12 Cenozoic History from Deep-Ocean Drilling 13 Cretaceous Environments and Deep-Ocean Drilling 14 Resources from the Ocean Floor 15 Problems Ahead Appendix Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319992174 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: A non-technical (but serious) treatment of those parts of Earth history leading up to human history, as well as some pre-historical aspects of humanity. Many “events” in Earth’s history necessarily preceded the emergence of human beings (and intelligence). Geology has provided us with a great deal of information about these various steps on the way to intelligent life, and how and why they were important. Some of these events were on a cosmic scale (no universe - no life!), some were planetological/astronomical (no Earth - no life), some were essentially chemical (how did life emerge in the primordial ocean and why do we have oxygen in the atmosphere?), and some were details of evolutionary history (how did life colonize the land and how did mammals develop?). In this book an enthusiastic professor of geosciences presents a broad introduction from the Big Bang to the present and into the future, lucidly explaining aspects from various disciplines to interested, non-specialist readers.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VIII, 85 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319992174 , 978-3-319-99217-4
    Series Statement: Springer-praxis books in popular science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 In the beginning….and somewhat later 3 How to make a habitable planet 4 Prebiotic chemical synthesis 5 The Origin of Life 6 Interlude 7 Photosynthesis: The Game Changer 8 The Rise of Oxygen and the origin of the Eukaryotic Cell 9 Earliest plants and animals 10 The Cambrian Explosion and emergence of “modern” body plans 11 The end of the Ordovician and the colonization of the land 12 The Permian extinction and rise of the dinosaurs 13 End of Cretaceous extinction: The end of the dinosaurs 14 The rise of mammals, the Genus Homo, and the ongoing extinction event 15 Conclusion Appendix 1. Analysis of tRNA sequences, searching for matches to modern protein amino acid sequences Appendix 2. Calculating the probability of the formation of the first protocell Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: 9783319728742 (e-books)
    Description / Table of Contents: Climate change is one of the greatest challenges of our time. As such, both the Fifth Assessment Report (AR5) released by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the 25th Conference of the Parties (COP 25) recommendations call for action not only from government, but also from various stakeholders. Apart from the knowledge offered by modeling and forecasts, which allows the readers to understand the problem and how it is likely to develop in the future, the book highlights approaches, methods and tools that can help readers cope with the social, economic and political problems posed by climate change. In other words, the book’s goal is to accelerate developments in the field of climate change adaptation. This book gathers papers presented at the “2nd World Symposium on Climate Change Adaptation”, a joint initiative by the University of Coimbra (Portugal), the Research and Transfer Centre “Sustainable Development and Climate Change Management” at Hamburg University of Applied Sciences (Germany), and the International Climate Change Information Programme (ICCIP). The book is truly interdisciplinary, covering various key areas in the field of climate change adaptation. Its focus is on “integrative approaches to implementing climate change adaptation”, and is expected to contribute to the further development of this fast-growing field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 589 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319728742 , 978-3-319-72874-2
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Climate Change Governance and Policy Decentralized Governance and Climate Change Adaptation: Working Locally to Address Community Resilience Priorities / Erin Martin, Christopher Perine, Veronique Lee and Jeff Ratcliffe Using the Open Standards-Based Framework for Planning and Implementing Ecosystem-Based Adaptation Projects in the High Mountainous Regions of Central Asia / Paul Schumacher, Tobias Garstecki, Bunafsha Mislimshoeva, John Morrison, Benedikt Ibele, Corey Lesk, Salamat Dzhumabaeva, Umed Bulbulshoev and Shaun Martin Understanding Climate Change Adaptation: The Role of Citizens’ Perceptions and Appraisals About Extreme Weather Events / Samuel Domingos, Rui Gaspar, João Marôco and Rita Beja Diffusion of Climate Change Adaptation Policies Among Local Governments in Sub-Saharan Africa: Conceptual Review / Issah Justice Musah-Surugu, Albert Ahenkan, Justice Nyigmah Bawole and Samuel Antwi Darkwah The Politics and Governance of Negative Emissions Technologies / Klaus Radunsky Vulnerability Here, There, and Everywhere: What Happened to Ghana’s Decentralized Climate Change Adaptation Policy? / Issah Justice Musah-Surugu, Albert Ahenkan, Justice Nyigmah Bawole and Antwi Samuel Darkwah Part II Climate Change Adaptation, Resilience and Disaster Risk Management Effect of a Drought on Cork Growth Along the Production Cycle / Carla Leite, Vanda Oliveira, Alexandra Lauw and Helena Pereira Ozone Layer Depletion, Climate Change, Risks and Adaptation / Aliaksandr Krasouski and Siarhei Zenchanka Embedding Adaptation into Development Planning and Decision Making Process at the Municipal Levels in Mozambique / Luís Artur, Casimiro António, Olanda Bata, Felisberto Afonso and Gilberto Muai Promoting Private Sector Engagement in Climate Change Adaptation and Flood Resilience—A Case Study of Innovative Approaches Applied by MSMEs in Mumbai, India / Caroline Schaer and Archana Pantakar Can Young Olive Plants Overcome Heat Shock? / Márcia Araújo, Conceição Santos and Maria Celeste Dias Microclimatic Adaptations That Occurred in Urban Area in the Brazilian Cerrado Between the Years 2011–2012 and 2016 / Diana Carolina Jesus de Paula, Natallia Sanches e Souza, Marta Cristina de Jesus Albuquerque Nogueira and Flávia Maria de Moura Santos Part III Social Perceptions and Socio-cultural Dimensions of Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation Outlining Community Perceptions of Climate Change in Local Adaptation Strategies Development: The Case of ClimAdaPT.Local / Luísa Schmidt, Adriana Ferreira Alves, Susana Valente and João Morais Mourato Attitudes, Ability and Willingness: Rethinking Split-Incentives of Non-domestic Building Tenure to Overcome Energy Inertia / Kay Emblen-Perry Environmental Justice and Climate Change Adaptation in the Context of Risk Society / Maria Eduarda Medeiros da Silveira, Solange Buchele de S. Thiago, Larissa Pereira Cipoli Ribeiro, Ana Clara Medeiros da Silveira, José Baltazar Salgueirinho Osório de Andrade Guerra, Jéssica Garcia and Sthefanie Aguiar da Silva Fish Farmers’ Perceptions, Impacts and Adaptation on/of/to Climate Change in Africa (The Case of Egypt and Nigeria) / M. L. Adeleke, D. Al-Kenawy, A. M. Nasr-Allah, S. Murphy, G. O. El-Naggar and M. Dickson Environmental Migrations Without Environmental Migrants? Perceptions and Policies on Environmental and Mobility Issues / Inês Vieira Can 3D Visualizations Really Convince Small Island Coastal Communities About the True Risks of Sea Level Rise? / Attard Claudia, Galdies Charles and Conrad Elisabeth Overview of Contextual Factors When Designing and Implementing Climate Risk Communication with Rural Communities in the Global South / Elvis Modikela Nkoana Part IV Food Security and Climate Change: Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change Improving Water Productivity in Irrigated Agriculture: Challenges from Climate Change and New Water Resources Paradigms / José Manuel Gonçalves and Isabel Pedroso de Lima Promoting Sustainability Through Agro-industrial Waste Valorisation / Micael Silva, Patrícia Marques, Luís Coelho, Hartmut Nestler, Paula Castro and Cristina Galhano Are Increases in Maize Production in Malawi Due to Favourable Climate or the Farm Input Subsidy Program (FISP)? / Floney P. Kawaye and Michael F. Hutchinson Would Rainfed Agriculture Be the Right Option Under Climate Change Scenarios? A Case Study from Centro Region of Portugal / Albano Figueiredo, Carolina Alves, Joaquim Patriarca, Andreia Saavedra Cardoso, Paula Castro and João Loureiro Impact of the Light Microclimate on Photosynthetic Activity of Grape Berry (Vitis vinifera): Insights for Radiation Absorption Mitigations’ Measures / Andreia Garrido, Richard Breia, João Serôdio and Ana Cunha Is It Possible to Completely Adapt Agriculture Production to the Effects of Climate Variability and Change in Central Argentina? New Approaches in Face of New Challenges / Mónica B. Wehbe, Roberto A. Seiler, Marta G. Vinocur and Ivan E. Tarasconi Coffee Responses to Drought, Warming and High [CO 2 ] in a Context of Future Climate Change Scenarios / José Nobre Semedo, Weverton P. Rodrigues, Danielly Dubberstein, Madlles Q. Martins, Lima D. Martins, Isabel P. Pais, Ana P. Rodrigues, António E. Leitão, Fábio L. Partelli, Eliemar Campostrini, Marcelo A. Tomaz, Fernando H. Reboredo, Paula Scotti-Campos, Ana I. Ribeiro-Barros, Fernando C. Lidon, Fábio M. DaMatta and José C. Ramalho How Can Global Change Affect Insect Population Dynamics in Mediterranean Ecosystems? A Case Study with Pine Shoot Beetle and Pine Processionary Moth / Teresa Maria Vasconcelos and Isabel Maria Duarte Part V Technological approaches to Climate Change Adaptation/Innovative Approaches towards Low Carbon Economics Urban Agriculture Practices as Initiatives for Mitigation and Adaptation to Climate Change: Possibilities for Urban Farms in a South American City / Ana Valquiria Jonck, João Marcelo Pereira Ribeiro, Issa Ibrahim Berchin, Francesca Chaher Perini and José Baltazar Salgueirinho Osório de Andrade Guerra Climate Adaptation Practices in Building Constructions: Progress and Limitations in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania / Elinorata Mbuya, Nathalie Jean-Baptiste and Alphonce G. Kyessi Irrigation Water-Saving Technologies to Adapt to Global Changes in the Yellow River Basin, China: A Hetao Case Study / Qingfeng Miao, Haibin Shi, José Manuel Gonçalves and Luis Santos Pereira Emission Trading Schemes and Carbon Markets in the NDCs: Their Contribution to the Paris Agreement / Veronica Caciagli Adaptation Technologies in Water Sector Demanded by Developing Countries and the Potential of Technology Transfer of SMEs in South Korea / Ho-Sik Chon, Huncheol Im and SeJin An Erratum to: Promoting Private Sector Engagement in Climate Change Adaptation and Flood Resilience—A Case Study of Innovative Approaches Applied by MSMEs in Mumbai, India 7 Caroline Schaer and Archana Pantakar
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Call number: 9783319500799 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book describes and analyses necessities for a more resource-efficient world. It discusses solutions for a more sustainable use of natural resources, addressing decision-makers and experts from the fields of policy development, industry, academia, civil society, and the media. The book presents strategies, concrete ways and examples of achieving more sustainable resource use in practice. Following on from two previous titles published on Factor X by the Umweltbundesamt (German Environment Agency), entitled “Factor X: Policy, Strategies and Instruments for a Sustainable Resource Use” (2013) and “Factor X: Re-source - Designing the Recycling Society” (2014), this book further investigates how savings in natural resources and resource efficiency improvements could be achieved, focusing on good practice examples that cover different resource categories, pursue different efficiency strategies and come from different sectors, e.g. innovative products or serv ices, technology, management approaches, systemic approaches, etc. The background against which this work is done has a highly comprehensive span, from the first Declaration of the Factor X Club in the nineties, to the European Commission’s Roadmap to a Resource Efficient Europe that was published in September 2011, through to the German Federal government’s German Resource Efficiency Programme (ProgRess I and II) in 2012 and 2016, the G7 Alliance for Resource Efficiency, and most recently the development and implementation of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG).
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 452 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319500799 , 978-3-319-50079-9
    ISSN: 1389-6970
    Series Statement: Eco-Efficiency in Industry and Science volume 32
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Challenges 1 Factor X – 25 Years – “Factor X Concept” Is Essential for Achieving Sustainable Development / Harry Lehmann, Friedrich Schmidt-Bleek, and Christopher Manstein 2 Necessities for a Resource Efficient Europe / Leida Rijnhout, Magda Stoczkiewicz, and Meadhbh Bolger 3 Global Megatrends and Resource Use – A Systemic Reflection / Ullrich Lorenz, Harald Ulrik Sverdrup, and Kristin Vala Ragnarsdottir 4 Data, Indicators and Targets for Comprehensive Resource Policies / Stephan Lutter, Stefan Giljum, and Martin Bruckner 5 The Critical Raw Materials Concept: Subjective, Multifactorial and Ever-Developing / Jan Kosmol, Felix Müller, and Hermann Keßler 6 Equitable, Just Access to Natural Resources: Environmental Narratives during Worsening Climate Crises / Patrick Bond Part II Implementation Strategies 7 Circular Economy: Origins and Future Orientations / Riina Antikainen, David Lazarevic, and Jyri Seppälä 8 Financial System, and Energy and Resource Husbandry / R. Andreas Kraemer 9 Developing Resource Competence – Anchoring Resource Conservation and Efficiency in the German Education System / Carolin Baedeker, Holger Rohn, Michael Scharp, and Jaya Bowry 10 The Way from Problem Scope Towards the Vision of a Low Resource Society – The First Working Period of the Resources Commission at the German Environment Agency (KRU) / Sascha Hermann and Christa Liedtke 11 Implementing Resource Efficiency in Europe – Overview of Policies, Instruments and Targets in 32 European Countries / Paweł Kaźmierczyk 12 The Resource Nexus and Resource Efficiency: What a Nexus Perspective Adds to the Story / Raimund Bleischwitz and Michal Miedzinski 13 Germany’s Resource Efficiency Agenda: Driving Momentum on the National Level and Beyond / Reinhard Kaiser 14 Results of Three Cost-Effective, Innovative and Transferable Resource-Efficiency Instruments for Industries in the Basque Country / Ander Elgorriaga Kunze and Ignacio Quintana San Miguel 15 The Circular Economy Package of the European Union / Joachim Wuttke 16 Saving Natural Resources Through Conversion and Constructional Densification in Urban Areas: Ecological Potentials and Limits / Daniel Reißmann and Matthias Buchert 17 The Path to Degrowth for a Sustainable Society / Serge Latouche Part III Examples of Good Practice 18 Social Innovation Repair – The R.U.S.Z Case: A Systemic Approach Contributing to the Unplanned Obsolescence of Capitalism / Sepp Eisenriegler and Greta Sparer 19 Resource Efficiency in the Building Sector / Klaus Dosch 20 Eco Efficiency and Circular Production: Cases from the Netherlands’ Eastern Region / Frank A.G. den Butter and Harry A.A.M. Webers 21 An Approach to Identify Resource Patterns on a Neighborhood Level / Magnus Österbring, Leonardo Rosado, Holger Wallbaum, and Paul Gontia 22 Strategic Business Examples from Finland: The Growth of the Smartup Industry / Tuuli Kaskinen, Satu Lähteenoja, Mikael Sokero, and Iiris Suomela 23 Circular Flanders: Adaptive Policy for a Circular Economy / Sam Deckmyn 24 The 100 Companies Project Resource Efficient Practice Cases from Producing Industry / Mario Schmidt 25 Lifestyle Material Footprint of Finnish Households – Insights, Targets, Transitions / Michael Lettenmeier 26 Construction 4.0: The LifeCycle Tower and Digitalised Timber Construction / Hubert Rhomberg 27 Protect Resources, Strengthen the Economy: Good Examples for Resource Efficiency in Industry and Handicraft Businesses / Peter Jahns 28 Chemical Leasing: A Business Model to Drive Resource Efficiency in the Supply Chain / Reinhard Joas, Veronika Abraham, and Anke Joas 29 Resource Efficiency for the Manufacturing Industries – A Holistic Approach / Werner Maass, Christof Oberender, and Martin Vogt 30 Towards a Resource Efficient and Greenhouse Gas Neutral Germany 2050 / Jens Günther, Harry Lehmann, Ullrich Lorenz, David Pfeiffer, and Katja Purr 31 Pope Francis’ Encyclical Laudato Si’ as a Catalyst for Societal Transformation? Critical Remarks and Presentation of an Inspired Exemplary Project as a Driver for Sustainability / Ulrich Bartosch, Christian Meier, and Till Weyers Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319595979 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook introduces fundamental dynamics of tropical atmosphere and ocean useful for advanced graduate courses in atmospheric and climate sciences. It presents an overview of simple atmospheric and oceanic models, as well as the observed phenomena associated with major climate modes in the tropics. It provides students with an up-to-date understanding of the dynamics of tropical climate and weather phenomena. A particular focus is given to scale interactions and atmosphere-ocean interactions associated with tropical mean climate (such as ITCZ asymmetry and annual cycles), synoptic-scale variability (such as synoptic wave trains, easterly waves and tropical cyclones), intraseasonal oscillations (such as Madden-Julian Oscillation and boreal summer intraseasonal oscillation), and interannual variability (such as El Niño-Southern Oscillation and Indian Ocean Dipole). Theoretical and conceptual models are presented for better understanding of physical mechanisms behind the observational phenomena. This book aims to motivate graduate students in atmospheric sciences and oceanography by providing them with the key methods and tools necessary to conduct research.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 229 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319595979 , 978-3-319-59597-9
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Simple Dynamic Frameworks for Tropical Atmosphere and Ocean 1.1 Free Waves in an Equatorial Beta-Plane 1.2 Vertical Mode Separation in a Stratified Atmosphere 1.3 The Gill Model 1.4 The Lindzen–Nigam Model 1.5 The Cane–Zebiak Simple Coupled Atmosphere–Ocean Model 1.6 A 2.5-Layer Tropical Atmospheric Model 1.7 A 2.5-Layer Tropical Oceanic Model References 2 Roles of Air–Sea Interaction in Shaping Tropical Mean Climate 2.1 ITCZ Asymmetry 2.2 Theories 2.3 Effects of Asymmetric Land Mass and Coastal Geometry 2.4 Annual Cycle at the Equator References 3 Madden-Julian Oscillation: Observations and Mechanisms 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Observed Structure and Evolution Features 3.3 Mechanisms for Eastward Propagation 3.4 Initiation Mechanisms 3.5 Boreal Summer Intraseasonal Oscillation (BSISO) 3.6 Interactions with High-Frequency Eddies References 4 Tropical Cyclone Formation 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Precursor Synoptic Signals 4.3 Origin of Synoptic-Scale Wave Trains and Easterly Waves in WNP 4.4 Numerical Simulations of TC Genesis 4.5 MJO and ENSO Impacts 4.6 Projection of Future TC Changes Under Global Warming 4.7 Concluding Remark References 5 Dynamics of El Niño–Southern Oscillation 5.1 Observed Structure and Evolution 5.2 Instability Mechanisms 5.3 Oscillation Theories 5.4 Phase Locking to the Annual Cycle 5.5 El Niño and La Niña Amplitude Asymmetry 5.6 El Niño and La Niña Evolution Asymmetry 5.7 Modulation of Interdecadal Mean State on El Niño Behavior 5.8 Indian Ocean Dipole References 6 Monsoon Dynamics and Its Interactions with Ocean 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Theories on Tropospheric Biennial Oscillation (TBO) 6.3 Quasi-Biennial and Lower-Frequency Variability of the Monsoon 6.4 Pacific–East Asia Teleconnection 6.5 Effects of Indian Ocean and WNP SSTA on Circulation in WNP 6.6 Modulation of the Monsoon Mean Flow on El Niño Response 6.7 Inter-monsoon Relationships 6.8 Effect of Aerosol on Monsoon References
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: 9783319730288 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gathers contributions from scientists and industry representatives on achieving a sustainable bioeconomy. It also covers the social sciences, economics, business, education and the environmental sciences. There is an urgent need to optimise and maximise the use of biological resources, so that primary production and processing systems can generate more food, fibre and other bio-based products with less environmental impacts and lower greenhouse gas emissions. In other words, we need a “sustainable bioeconomy” – a term that encompasses the sustainable production of renewable resources from land, fisheries and aquaculture environments and their conversion into food, feed, fibre bio-based products and bio-energy, as well as related public goods. Despite the relevance of achieving a sustainable bioeconomy, there are very few publications in this field. Addressing that gap, this book illustrates how biological resources and ecosystems could be used in a more sustainable, efficient and integrated manner – in other words, how the principles of sustainable bioeconomy can be implemented in practice. Given its interdisciplinary nature, the field of sustainable bioeconomy offers a unique opportunity to address complex and interconnected challenges, while also promoting economic growth. It helps countries and societies to make a transition and to use resources more efficiently, and shows how to rely less on biological resources to satisfy industry demands and consumer needs. The papers are innovative, cross-cutting and include many practice-based lessons learned, some of which are reproducible elsewhere. In closing, the book, prepared by the Inter-University Sustainable Development Research Programme (IUSDRP) and the World Sustainable Development Research and Transfer Centre (WSD-RTC), reiterates the need to promote a sustainable bioeconomy today.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 575 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319730288 , 978-3-319-73028-8
    ISSN: 2199-7373 , 2199-7381
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Bioeconomy: Concepts, Fundaments and New Approaches Fostering Sustainable Bioeconomies: The Role of Conscious Consumption / Madhavi Venkatesan Service-Based Bioeconomy—Multilevel Perspective to Assess the Evolving Bioeconomy with a Service Lens / Päivi Pelli, Jyrki Kangas and Jouni Pykäläinen Environmental Sustainability Indicators for the Bioeconomy / Tiina Pursula, Maija Aho, Ida Rönnlund and Minna Päällysaho A Macroeconomic Perspective on Green Growth / Mounaim Sebastian Rhozyel and Jolanta Žalpytė Part II Bioeconomy: Industry, Market and Financing Possibilities The Biodiversity Finance Initiative: An Approach to Identify and Implement Biodiversity-Centered Finance Solutions for Sustainable Development / Marco Arlaud, Tracey Cumming, Ian Dickie, Marlon Flores, Onno van den Heuvel, David Meyers, Massimiliano Riva, Andrew Seidl and Annabelle Trinidad Bioeconomy Opportunities in the Danube Region / Miklós Gyalai-Korpos, Zoltán Szabó, Miklós Hollósy, Bence Dávid, Kinga Pencz, Csaba Fehér and Zsolt Barta Barriers to Acceptance of Bio-Based Substitutes: How Schema Incongruity Can Hinder the Purchase of Bio-Based Products / Katja Rudolph Key Factors for the Successful Implementation of Payments for Environmental Services and Offsets for Biodiversity Management and Sustainable Development / P. Puydarrieux and A. L. Mésenge Part III Bioeconomy: Innovative Approaches and Technological Possibilities Development of Blue Revolution Through Integrated Bio-cycles System on Tropical Natural Resources Management / Cahyono Agus Local Knowledge and Resources as Driving Forces of Sustainable Bioeconomy / Maris Klavins and Vaira Obuka Tropicalizing Sustainable Bioeconomy: Initial Lessons from Ecuador / Daniel V. Ortega-Pacheco, Ariel Silva, Alfredo López, Ramón Espinel, Diego Inclán and María J. Mendoza-Jiménez Economic Assessment of Tourism Based on Shark-Seeing and Diving as a More Profitable Activity Than Commercial Fishing / Yessica Miriam Plata Zepeda, Patricia Ramírez Romero and Fabíola S. Sosa-Rodríguez Part IV Bioeconomy: Advances on Agriculture, Biofarming and Food Production Potential for Sustainable Urban Food Production in a Medium Scale City in Germany / Kay Plat, Andreas Meyer, Petra Schneider and Kai Perret Building Bioeconomy in Agriculture: Harnessing Soil Microbes for Sustaining Ecosystem Services / Raj Rengalakshmi, Manjula M., V. R. Prabavathy, S. Jegan and B. Selvamukilan Revitalisation of Agricultural Biomass for an Industrial Bio-economy, Case Studies on South Africa and Netherlands Bio-economy / Marie Blanche Ting and Jim Philp Mangrove Restoration an Economical Alternative for Generating Incomes / Ángel Sol Sánchez, Gloria Isela Hernández Melchor, Juan Manuel Zaldívar Cruz, Carlos Alberto Zúñiga González and José Luis Santiváñez Galarza Green-Growth Policies and Economic Effects: Lessons Learnt from Organic Farming in the Czech Republic / Radka Redlichová, Věra Bečvářová, Diana Mihaela Pociovălișteanu, Karel Vinohradský and Ivo Zdráhal Family Farmers’ Cooperative from Ibiúna, São Paulo State, Brazil: An Example of Social Capital as a Driver for Ecological Sustainability Change / Paulo Roberto Borges de Brito Part V Bioeconomy: Advances on Bioenergy and Biofuels Constructing a Sustainable Bioeconomy: Multi-scalar Perceptions of Sustainability / Aparajita Banerjee, Chelsea L. Schelly and Kathleen E. Halvorsen Contributions of Public Policies to Greening Sugarcane Ethanol Production in Brazil / Issa Ibrahim Berchin, Sthefanie Aguiar da Silva, Pierre Bocquillon, Vitória Haendchen Fornasari, Larissa Pereira Cipoli Ribeiro, João Marcelo Pereira Ribeiro and José Baltazar Salgueirinho Osório de Andrade Guerra Sustainable Development: Implications for Energy Policy in Nigeria / A. V. Adejumo and O. O. Adejumo To Cultivate or Not to Cultivate? An Exploratory Analysis of What Influences Greek Farmers’ Decisions Towards the Cultivation of Bioenergy Crops / Eugenia Petropoulou, Vasiliki Petousi and Irini Theodorakopoulou Bioenergy Development in Sweden—Frameworks for Success / Anders Chr. Hansen and Anna Berlina Ecological Limits to Sustainable Use of Wood Fuels / Janis Abolins Part VI Bioeconomy: Advances on Bio-Based Forest Resources and Biomass Sustainability-Driven New Business Models in Wood Construction Towards 2030 / Anne Toppinen, Minna Autio, Miska Sauru and Sami Berghäll A Governance Framework for a Sustainable Bioeconomy: Insights from the Case of the German Wood-based Bioeconomy / Erik Gawel, Alexandra Purkus, Nadine Pannicke and Nina Hagemann Holistic Indicator for Optimizing Forest Governance / Mihail Hanzu Qualitative and Quantitative Indicators of Coniferous in Boreal Zone After Care for a Forest / Dmitry Danilov Bioeconomy Meets the Circular Economy: The RESYNTEX and FORCE Projects / Walter Leal Filho Erratum to: Towards a Sustainable Bioeconomy: Principles, Challenges and Perspectives / Walter Leal Filho, Diana-Mihaela Pociovălișteanu, Paulo Roberto Borges de Brito and Ismar Borges de Lima
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...